Home Blog

Can I Get Payday Loans Using My Car as Collateral?

Can I Get Payday Loans Using My Car as Collateral?

If you own a car and require urgent money, then you’re in the right place. You can utilize your car as collateral for Payday Loans online @ citrusnorth.com and get fast money to pay for costs. Let’s take a closer look the way that the title Payday Loans work and the advantages that come with having one.

What if I used my vehicle as collateral to get the Payday loans?

These Title-Payday Loans can be described as essentially secured Loans that permit you to borrow against your car as collateral. If you’re accepted, you are able to continue driving your car while you pay off the Payday Loans. You are eligible for a title Payday Loan for as long as you own your vehicle.

What are the mechanics behind the car Title Payday Loans work?

Title Payday Loans are secure payday Loan that relies on your car as collateral. When you’re approved for a title payday loan and you’re able to give the lender the title of your car to receive a large amount of cash. The appraisal value of your vehicle can determine how much you’ll get.

The benefits of obtaining an auto title Payday Loans by using your vehicle as collateral

There are many advantages to having a title-based Payday Loan with your car as collateral, such as:

The application process is simple and easy to complete.

You are able to apply for a Title Payday Loan and have your vehicle appraised within minutes.

Cash in a hurry

When your vehicle is appraised and you agree to the deal the lender can transfer your money immediately. You will receive the cash fast and will not be waiting for several months for your cash as you do with other kinds of payday loans.

You can keep driving your car

If you get an official loan title Payday Loans, you’ll be in a position to continue driving your vehicle. You won’t need to lease a vehicle or rely on friends or family members to get you the place you want to get to.

You don’t have to have good credit

Title Payday Loans have flexibility in terms of requirements. Because you’re using your vehicle to secure the loan, you can be approved for Payday Loan even if you have bad credit.

A representative will examine your car and provide you with a Payday Loans offer within minutes. When you’ve agreed to these Payday Loans terms, you will receive the money. It will be simple and quick and you don’t have to worry about having good credit to get approved.

United Rentals (URI) plunges more than broader markets: What you need to know – September 20, 2022


United Rentals (URI Free Report) closed the most recent trading day at $289.76, or -1.92% from the previous trading session. That move lagged the S&P 500’s daily 1.13% loss. Meanwhile, the Dow lost 1.01% and the Nasdaq, a technology-heavy index, lost 0.18%.

Prior to today’s session, shares of the equipment rental company were down 3.94% in the past month. That was narrower than the construction sector’s loss of 8.12% and the S&P 500’s loss of 7.59% during that time.

United Rentals will be looking to show strength ahead of its next earnings release. On that day, United Rentals is expected to post earnings of $8.88 per share, which would represent 34.95% year-over-year growth. Our most recent consensus estimate calls for quarterly revenue of $3.06 billion, up 18.05% from the prior year period.

For the full year, our Zacks consensus estimates call for earnings of $31.73 per share and revenue of $11.58 billion, which would represent swings of +43.83% and +19, 17%, respectively, compared to the previous year.

Any recent changes in analyst estimates for United Rentals should also be noted by investors. These revisions generally reflect the latest short-term trading trends, which may change frequently. With this in mind, we can view positive estimate revisions as a sign of optimism about the company’s business outlook.

Based on our research, we believe that these estimate revisions are directly related to the team’s close stock movements. To benefit from this, we have developed the Zacks Rank, a proprietary model that takes into account these estimation changes and provides an actionable rating system.

The Zacks Rank system, which ranges from #1 (Strong Buy) to #5 (Strong Sell), has an impressive track record of outperformance verified by external audits, with #1 stocks generating an average annual return of +25% since 1988 Over the past 30 days, our consensus EPS projection has increased by 0.22%. United Rentals currently has a Zacks rating of #1 (Strong Buy).

As for its valuation, United Rentals holds a Forward P/E ratio of 9.31. Its industry sports an average Forward P/E of 11.31, so we could conclude that United Rentals is trading at a discount comparatively.

Investors should also note that the URI has a PEG ratio of 0.53 at this time. This measure is used in the same way as the famous P/E ratio, but the PEG ratio also takes into account the growth rate of the stock’s expected earnings. The Construction Products – Miscellaneous industry currently had an average PEG ratio of 1.02 as of yesterday’s close.

The Building Products – Miscellaneous industry is part of the Construction sector. This group has a Zacks industry ranking of 59, which places it in the top 24% of over 250 industries.

The Zacks Industry Rankings are ranked from best to worst in terms of the average Zacks Ranking of individual companies in each of these industries. Our research shows that the top 50% of industries outperform the bottom half by a factor of 2 to 1.

You can find more information on all of these metrics, and more, at Zacks.com.

Uber expands premium Comfort Electric EV service in the US


Uber has expanded its Comfort Electric service to 24 US cities and Vancouver, Canada. The company had launched Comfort Electric to build on agreements with rental companies like Hertz. The latter helps Uber drivers get their hands on Tesla and other high-end electric vehicles.

Uber Comfort Electric was made available four months ago in select California cities. Today, Uber’s partnership with Hertz has helped the company expand service, with more than 25,000 drivers renting a Tesla.

To pick up, Hertz in October 2021 said it would supply 50,000 of the 100,000 electric cars ordered from Tesla to Uber drivers in the United States. Drivers could first rent Tesla cars from Hertz in Los Angeles, San Francisco, San Diego and Washington DC last fall.

Uber and Hertz have worked together since 2016 to provide discount car rental options.

Besides Tesla cars, Uber is also listing other premium electric vehicles like the Polestar and Ford’s Mustang Mach-E in today’s announcement. At least the Polestar cars are also confirmed by Hertz.

As with previous communications, the companies did not disclose actual driver rates. Uber, however, suggests drivers who qualify for Comfort Electric can earn more per hour due to higher fares, gas savings and an additional $1 per trip incentive for every trip they take.

Starting today, Uber Comfort Electric has been activated in the app in Atlanta, Austin, Baltimore-Maryland, Boston, Charlotte, Chicago, Connecticut, Dallas, Denver, Houston, Las Vegas, Miami, New Jersey, NYC Suburbs, Philadelphia, Portland, Sacramento, San Antonio, Seattle, St Louis, Vancouver (Canada), in addition to Los Angeles, San Diego, San Francisco and Washington DC.

It’s a bit like Uber Green in Europe, where passengers choose electric cars to pick them up. The service is mainly available in London (and some US markets), and Uber has tried to make it easier for drivers to finance electric cars. More recently, the company partnered with fintech company Moove to provide drivers with electric vehicles through its rent-to-own model. Moove aims to be the biggest EV partner on Uber’s London platform, with plans to grow to 10,000 cars by the end of 2025. However, that has yet to materialize.

Uber Comfort Electric also ranks above Uber Green as it requires a price premium and is premium EV only. Uber Green, however, sometimes includes PHEVs and hybrid cars.

Uber drivers can view their options for going electric in the “EV Hub” available in the driver app.


U.S. Stocks Rise Ahead of Fed’s Expected Interest Rate Hike – Sentinel and Enterprise



A choppy day of trading on Wall Street ended with stocks closing higher on Monday as investors brace for another big interest rate hike this week from the Federal Reserve.

The indices oscillated between modest gains and losses for much of the day before a burst of buying in the final hour of trading. The S&P 500 rose 0.7%, rebounding from a 0.9% decline. The Dow Jones Industrial Average rose 0.6% and the Nasdaq composite climbed 0.8%.

Tech stocks, retailers, banks and industrial companies helped boost the market. Apple rose 2.5%, Home Depot gained 1.6%, Bank of America rose 1.7% and United Airlines closed up 3.3%.

Health care and real estate stocks fell, tempering gains elsewhere in the market. Pfizer fell 1.3% and Welltower 2.2%.

The 2-year Treasury yield, which tends to track Fed action expectations, rose to 3.94% from 3.87% late Friday. The 10-year yield, which influences mortgage rates, rose from 3.45% to 3.49%.

Small company stocks also gained ground. The Russell 2000 closed up 0.8%.

Trading volume was below normal, a sign that most traders weren’t keen on making big changes ahead of the Federal Reserve’s interest rate policy announcement on Wednesday afternoon, it said. Scott Ladner, Chief Investment Officer at Horizon Investments.

“Nobody really wants to position themselves in front,” he said. “It’s been such a slippery market both up and down.”

The S&P 500 rose 26.56 points to 3,899.89, while the Dow Jones added 197.26 points to 31,019.68. The Nasdaq rose 86.62 points to 11,535.02 and the Russell 2000 added 14.65 points to 1,812.84.

Wall Street remains focused on inflation and the Federal Reserve’s attempt to drive prices down by aggressively raising interest rates. On Wednesday, the central bank will announce its latest rate decision. It is expected to raise its benchmark rate, which influences interest rates across the economy, by another three-quarters of a percentage point.

The broader market is coming off its worst week in three months following a surprisingly hot report on inflation and major companies, including FedEx, warning of deteriorating trends in the economy.

Wall Street fears that the Fed’s plan to quell the highest inflation in four decades is too aggressive and could plunge the economy into a recession by dampening growth too hard. Higher rates also tend to weigh on equities, especially the more expensive tech sector.

Investors will get another update on the housing sector on Wednesday when the National Association of Realtors releases August numbers for sales of previously occupied homes.

Average long-term mortgage rates in the United States rose above 6% last week for the first time since the housing crash of 2008. These higher rates could make an already tight housing market even more expensive for American buyers.

Britain observed a day of mourning for Queen Elizabeth II. The German DAX rose 0.5% while the CAC 40 in Paris fell 0.3%. Hong Kong’s Hang Seng lost 1% while the Shanghai Composite lost 0.3%. Japanese markets were closed for a holiday.


AP Business Writer Elaine Kurtenbach contributed to this report from Bangkok.

Digital Payments Market to Seize Opportunities Worth $361.30 Billion by 2030: Grand View Research, Inc.


SAN FRANCISCO, September 19, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — The Global Digital Payment Market is Expected to Reach $361.30 billion by 2030 and projected expansion is at a CAGR of 20.5% over the forecast period, according to a new report from Grand View Research, Inc. In 2021, the digital payment market was valued at $88.1 billion. Cashless transactions globally, which are on the rise over the years, look promising for the overall market growth. Global cashless transactions are expected to see significant growth amid usage and preference for cashless transactions and by 2025 a growth of 1.9 trillion transactions is estimated.

Key industry insights and findings from the report:

  • Various initiatives have been adopted to make digital payments interfaced globally, as well as increased government support.
  • An increase in urbanization and industrialization, and the growing number of smartphone users among the global population have greatly contributed to the overall expansion of the market.
  • The introduction of payment networks, such as Master Card, Visa, and RuPay, in several countries around the world, is helping the growth of the segment.
  • The growing adoption of digital payment solutions in emerging economies, such as China and India, Expected to Create Growth Opportunities for Market Players in Asia Pacific Rising customer demand for contactless payment methods is the reason banks are adopting digitized solutions. This accentuates the expansion of the BFSI segment.
  • In September 2021Virgin Money and Global Payments, Inc. have signed a distinctive two-way Global Payments Network User Agreement that provides Virgin Money consumers with access to leading digital payment experiences around the world.
  • Introduced in 2021, RealNet is a cloud-based software-as-a-service (SaaS) platform that enables account-to-account (A2A) transactions for businesses, individuals and governments over real-time payment networks .

Read the full 150-page market research report for more information,”Digital Payments Market Size, Share & Trends Analysis Report By Deployment (Cloud, On-Premise), By Solution (Payment Gateway, Payment Processing), By Payment Method, By Enterprise Size , by end use and segment forecast, 2022-2030“, published by Grand View Research.

Digital Payments Market Growth and Trends

Customer preference for real-time payments has increased globally in recent times. The Indian economy recorded real-time transactions of 25.6 billion in 2020, representing a growth of 70%. The COVID-19 pandemic has also had a positive impact on the digital payment market with an increase in online shopping and fear of virus transmission through physical monetary transactions.

The growing preference for online shopping is a driving factor for the market. It provides users with a number of benefits such as fast checkout options, personalized customer experience, and multiple payment options. Additionally, companies are also designing improved smartwatches capable of making contactless payments, similar to the process used in smartphones. For example, Xiaomi launched the brand new Mi Smart Band 6 in collaboration with Master Card in December 2021capable of making contactless payments at Master Card terminals.

The smart city initiative adopted by the government is an important element in the growth of the digital payments market, as digital payments are used in different departments to cover multiple payments from citizen to government (C2G) and government to citizen ( G2C). . Accenture conducted research that shows deals are worth $7 trillion is expected to move from cash to card and other digital payments by 2023, and reach $48 trillion by 2030.

The introduction of digital wallets and the decrease in the number of unbanked people in the world seem favorable for digital payment providers to expand their customer base. Overall, the digital payment market is expected to witness a much higher growth rate, owing to driving factors such as the promotion of digital payments, increasing internet penetration, high proliferation of smartphones which enable the growth of m-commerce and an increase in e-commerce. -Commercial sales.

Segmentation of the digital payments market

Grand View Research has segmented the global digital payment market based on solution, payment method, deployment, company size, end use, and region:

Digital Payments Market – Solution Outlook (Revenue, USD Billion, 2017 – 2030)

  • Application program interface
  • payment gateway
  • Payment Processing
  • Payment security and fraud management
  • Transactional risk management
  • Others

Digital Payments Market – Payment Method Outlook (Revenue, USD Billion, 2017 – 2030)

  • Bank cards
  • Digital currencies
  • Digital wallets
  • Net bank
  • Points of sale
  • Others

Digital Payments Market – Deployment Outlook (Revenue, USD Billion, 2017 – 2030)

Digital Payments Market – Company Size Outlook (Revenue, USD Billion, 2017 – 2030)

  • Large companies
  • Small and medium enterprises

Digital Payments Market – End-Use Outlook (Revenue, USD Billion, 2017 – 2030)

  • BFSI
  • Health care
  • IT & Telecom
  • Media and entertainment
  • Retail and e-commerce
  • Transportation
  • Others

Digital Payments Market – Regional Outlook (Revenue, USD Billion, 2017 – 2030)

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

List of Key Digital Payment Market Players

  • Aliant Payments
  • Aurus Inc.
  • Adyen
  • Financial Software and Systems Pvt. ltd.
  • PayPal Holdings Inc.
  • Novatti Group Pty Ltd.
  • ACI Worldwide, Inc.
  • Global Payments Inc.
  • wirecard
  • Authorize.net
  • Total System Services, Inc.

Check out other related studies published by Grand View Research:

  • Contactless payment marketThe global contactless payment market size is expected to reach $6.25 trillion by 2028, according to a new report from Grand View Research, Inc. It is expected to register a CAGR of 20.3% from 2021 to 2028. Various benefits, such as better service delivery and reduced time transaction capabilities offered by contactless payments, are expected to propel the growth of the market over the forecast period.
  • Mobile payment market – The global mobile payment market size is expected to reach $587.52 billion by 2030, expanding at a CAGR of 35.3% from 2022 to 2030, according to a new report by Grand View Research, Inc. Market growth can be attributed to the growing shift towards contactless payment amid of the COVID-19 pandemic. Moreover, the growing popularity of e-commerce industry across the globe is expected to accelerate the adoption of mobile payment over the forecast period.
  • Payment as a Service Market – The Global Payment as a Service Market Size is Expected to Reach $25.7 billion by 2027, growing at a CAGR of 16.9%, according to a new report from Grand View Research, Inc. Digital disruption of the money transfer ecosystem, combined with the increased need for methods fast money transfer, has transformed the payment gateway model. Due to digital money transfer methods, consumers are now demanding secure digital transaction processing systems to transfer money to their merchants and individuals.

Browse next-generation technology industry research reports from Grand View Research.

About Grand View Research

Grand View Research, a US-based market research and consulting firm, provides syndicated and custom research reports and consulting services. Checked in California and whose head office is at San Francisco, the company has more than 425 analysts and consultants, adding more than 1,200 market research reports to its extensive database each year. These reports offer in-depth analysis of 46 industries in 25 major countries around the world. Using an interactive market intelligence platform, Grand View Research helps Fortune 500 companies and renowned academic institutes understand the global and regional business environment and assess upcoming opportunities.

Sherry James
Corporate Sales Specialist, UNITED STATES
Grand View Research, Inc.
Phone: 1-415-349-0058
Toll Free: 1-888-202-9519
E-mail: [email protected]
Web: https://www.grandviewresearch.com
Grand View Compass | Astra ESG Solutions
Follow us: LinkedIn | Twitter

Logo: https://mma.prnewswire.com/media/661327/Grand_View_Research_Logo.jpg

SOURCEGrand View Research, Inc.

Drastic shortages of stock prevent people from entering the rental market


The supply and demand problem has seen the cost of renting skyrocket over the past year, from an annual increase of less than 2% in July 2021 to 12.3%.

Average monthly rents have increased by £115 since last year and now stand at £1,051 per calendar month.

In Yorkshire they are up 10.2% and cost an average of £697 per month. In Leeds the increase is 11.4% and the average monthly rent in the city is now £830, while in Sheffield the rise is 10.8% with rents now averaging £711.

More and more people are struggling to find rental accommodation

Those looking to rent in London face the biggest challenge as rents top the growth chart there with a 17.8% increase, followed by Manchester with a 15.5% increase.

Hometrack says the rise is outpacing profit growth across all regions and countries in the UK and the situation is worsening as private owners continue to sell homes to rationalize their portfolios in the face of tax concerns and changes proposed for rental regulations.

Many have also cashed in to take advantage of recent increases in property values ​​fueled by the pandemic.

As the pace of rent increases begins to plateau in some places, Hometrack believes there is room for above-average growth in the cheaper parts of the UK, including parts of Yorkshire. It predicts upward pressure on rents until 2023.

This and the cost of living crisis are causing people to seek smaller, energy efficient homes.

In the regions, the price difference for a two-bedroom apartment and a three-bedroom house is £105 per month, which equates to a saving of £1,260 per year.

There is now talk of rent caps, where rents are set at a certain value with increases linked to inflation or wage growth, although few people believe this will happen in England.

However, the Rent Reform Bill, once enacted, will require landlords to make their properties more energy efficient and limit the grounds for eviction of tenants.

Luke Gidney, MD of Leeds-based estate and lettings agency HOP, says: “Lack of stock means that within the first two hours of listing a rental property, we have between 20 and 30 phone calls from potential tenants within the first two hours.

“We had to put a cap at 25 views.”

He adds: “More of our owners have sold properties and it’s the same everywhere, hence the huge shortage of stock.

“Tenants are also staying longer in a house because if they move, they will have to pay a higher price.”

Rent caps have been suggested, but Luke thinks that would make a bad situation worse and lead to more landlords being sold.

Nick Simpson, CEO of Linley & Simpson, which operates across Yorkshire, said: “Unless the government opens its eyes and recognizes that landlords are the solution, rather than a problem, the situation will only get complicated.

“It is long-term policy inaction to close the growing gap between supply and demand that is at the root of what the rental sector is experiencing today.

“It’s an industry battered by the perfect storm of spiraling demand, shrinking supply and mounting cost of living pressure.”

He adds: “It’s a classic case of hens coming home to roost. Years of anti-landlord legislation and an influx of red tape have forced many landlords out of business.

“This trend has been further fueled by rising property prices, a tasty carrot on a stick that many homeowners looking to cash in are finding it hard to turn down.”

He predicts that the situation will get more complicated and calls on the new Chancellor to announce measures to encourage investment and entice owners to return to renting.

Nick points out that the Republic of Ireland saw its rental market crash a few years ago as penalized landlords fled the area.

He says: ‘Ireland has now realized that urgent action is needed and the tax breaks for private landlords, in return for staying on the market for ten years, are part of a series of incentives being considered there. Similar proactive action is needed here.

New Model for Recruiting Regular Americans to Resettle Refugees


When nearly 80,000 Afghans arrived in the United States, refugee resettlement agencies were quickly overwhelmed, still struggling to rehire staff and reopen offices after being gutted as the Trump administration slashed the number of refugee admissions at a record high.

So the US State Department, in conjunction with humanitarian organizations, turned to ordinary Americans to fill the void. Neighbours, co-workers, faith groups and friends have come together in “sponsorship circles” to help Afghans settle into their communities.

They raised funds and found houses to rent for new arrivals, enrolled their children in schools, taught them how to open bank accounts and located the nearest mosques and shops selling halal meat.

Since the withdrawal of the US military from Kabul last year, the Sponsorship Circle program for Afghans has helped more than 600 Afghans restart their lives. When Russia invaded Ukraine, a similar effort was made for the Ukrainians.

Now the Biden administration is preparing to turn the experiment into a private sponsorship program for refugees admitted under the U.S. Refugee Admissions Program and is asking organizations to partner with it to launch a pilot program. by the end of 2022.

The move comes amid mounting pressure on President Joe Biden, who pledged in a 2021 executive order to increase opportunities for Americans to resettle refugees and restore the United States as the world’s safe haven. The Trump administration has decimated the refugee program, which traditionally tasks nine resettlement agencies with placing refugees in communities.

Experts say the private sponsorship model could transform how America resettles refugees and ensure a door remains open no matter who is elected.

“I think there’s a real revolution going on right now when it comes to communities in America and communities around the world raising their hands and saying, ‘We want to bring in refugees,'” said Sasha Chanoff, Founder and CEO of RefugePoint. , a Boston-based nonprofit that helped launch the effort.

It comes as the number of people forced to flee their homes topped 100 million this year, the first time on record, according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees.

The pilot program will incorporate lessons learned from the Sponsor Circle program for Afghans, which was developed as an emergency measure to expedite the resettlement of Afghans, many of whom are languishing on US bases. But the pilot program will be different because it is intended to be “an enduring part of US refugee resettlement,” a US State Department official said in an email to The Associated Press.

The pilot program will connect ordinary Americans with refugees abroad who have already been approved for admission to the United States, the representative said.

Chanoff said the new model should also come on top of the US government’s traditional refugee program, which only admitted about 15% of the 125,000 Biden cap set for the fiscal year ending Sept. 30. . The Biden administration has been slow to build staff and overcome the huge backlog, especially amid the COVID-19 pandemic, advocates say.

Those figures exclude the roughly 180,000 Afghans and Ukrainians who were mostly admitted on humanitarian parole, a temporary legal option that aimed to get them in faster but left them with less government support.

Ordinary Americans have helped fill that need, Afghan families say.

As part of the sponsorship circle program for Afghans, participants underwent background checks, received training and developed a three-month plan. Each group was to collect at least $2,275 for each resettled person, the same allowance the US government gives to agencies for each refugee.

Mohammad Walizada, who fled Kabul with his family, said five days after being connected in a sponsorship circle with Four Rivers Church in New Hampshire, his family moved into a furnished house in Epping, a town in approximately 7,000 inhabitants.

Meanwhile, Afghan friends and relatives have spent months on US bases waiting to be placed by a resettlement agency, he said.

He said his sponsorship circle gave his family 10 months rent and a car, and someone still watches over him, his wife and six children on a daily basis. Each circle receives a mentor who coaches them from WelcomeNST, an organization created in 2021 to help Americans resettle Afghans and now Ukrainians. The organization offers a Slack channel for circles and partners of the resettlement agency, HIAS, which connects them to social workers when needed.

The New Hampshire team has more than 60 members helping people like Walizada.

“I feel like I have a lot of family here now,” Walizada said.

True, ordinary Americans have always helped resettle refugees, but not on this scale since the US Refugee Act of 1980 created the official program, experts say.

A similar outpouring of goodwill occurred when the Biden administration launched Uniting for Ukraine, which allows Ukrainians to flee war to the United States for two years with a private sponsor. US Citizenship and Immigration Services, an agency of the Department of Homeland Security, which oversees the program, received more than 117,000 applications through August.

Hundreds of Americans have formed teams to resettle Ukrainians, including in Wyoming – the only state that has never authorized an official refugee resettlement program.

“We just wanted to be able to do something and we have such a great community here,” said Darren Adwalpalker, pastor of Highland Park Community Church in Casper, who formed a group that sponsored three Ukrainians who arrived in the town in 60 000 in June. .

Adwalpalker has received support from the humanitarian group Samaritan’s Purse.

“Without private sponsorship, this would not have been possible for many of these communities who have enormous resources and the goodwill to do so,” said Krista Kartson, who runs its refugee programs.

With $3,000, the pastor said his group provided an apartment for six months for the only Ukrainian who remained in Casper. Just about everything else – grocery gift cards, furniture – was donated.

“One of the things I’ve learned is that the whole idea of ​​a resettlement office isn’t that important” if there are people on the ground willing to help, Adwalpalker said. .

“We have dentists working on their teeth. We have doctors who see them. We have lawyers who help them with their immigration documents.

Courtney B. Vance discusses mental health after her father’s death by suicide


Actor Courtney B. Vance spoke on mental health at a panel discussion with the writer Candace McDuffie and Dr Robin Smith in Washington, DC earlier in the week.

Vance told the panel that his godson and his father died by suicide and therapy helped him cope. The 62-year-old’s father had suffered from depression and died when Vance was 30. After his sister and mother encouraged him, Vance decided to try therapy. The Emmy Award-winning actor admitted it took time to find the right therapist, but noted it was life-changing.

“I think we all have to find a good person to chat with and just like we tune our cars, we have to tune ourselves. Nobody else is going to help us if we don’t help ourselves.

“We started working on my dreams and it completely changed my life,” Vance added. “She asked me if I had the patience to let the mud settle in the water and let the water turn clear? But at the time, I didn’t know how to sit. She asked me how I made decisions. And I said, like acting, I’m just making a choice. She told me “it’s good for playing, but for life, it’s potentially fatal”. Sometimes you don’t know what to do and you have to stand. I can’t control any of this. The first three years of marriage are difficult. And I almost ruined it because I was trying to change her. I realized, she’s fine. You have to pull yourself together. »

The 61st street the actor said a book about dream interpretation, “Breakthrough Dreaming” by Gayle Delaneyalso helped him through his grief.

Vance and his wife, actress Angela Bassetteare working on a new movie, Heist 88, featuring Vance and actor keith david. The film is based on the true story of Armand Moore, who was the mastermind behind one of the nation’s biggest bank robberies. The film began production in August.

GO Rentals partners with the world’s largest car rental company, Enterprise Holdings, to expand its global network


GO Rentals is delighted to announce its partnership with Enterprise Holdings, the world’s largest car rental company.

GO Rentals has been granted the right to operate the Enterprise Rent-A-Car, National Car Rental and Alamo Rent a Car brands in New Zealand from August 1.

Enterprise Holdings is one of America’s largest privately held companies and, through its network of affiliated companies, manages a diverse fleet of more than 1.85 million vehicles at its nearly 10,000 neighborhood rental locations and fully staffed airport operators in more than 90 countries and territories.

Enterprise Holdings looks forward to continued expansion and growth in the New Zealand market, especially given the recent reopening of New Zealand to international travel.

GO Rentals COO James Dalglish says that with Tourism NZ mainly focusing on North America and Air NZ resuming long-haul flights, this makes Auckland one of the most connected cities in the world and that the partnership could not have come at a better time.

“With the increase in the number of international flights, including more flights planned between New Zealand and the United States, there is a tremendous opportunity to bring the Enterprise standard of excellence to a wider customer base” , did he declare.

“One of the best ways to see New Zealand is by car, the Great New Zealand Road Trip. Hiring a car allows visitors to explore our country’s rich tourism offering.

“Our new partnership with Enterprise Holdings will make this more accessible to domestic and international visitors at an integral time, after a difficult time for many businesses across the country that are heavily dependent on tourism.”

Used vehicle inventory up 30% per year – Remarketing


The average used vehicle listing price continues to hover at just over $28,000, but price growth has definitely slowed since last year’s big spike.

Graphic: Cox Automotive

The volume of used-vehicle inventory was flat from July to August, as were prices – a sign of market stability, according to Cox Automotive’s analysis of vAuto’s available inventory data released Sept. 16.

The total supply of unsold used vehicles at dealer lots, both franchise and independent dealers, across the United States stood at 2.46 million units at the end of August, roughly the same number as the revised number at the end of July.

Total day supply at the end of August stood at 49, compared to the revised supply of 52 days at the end of July. Day supply in July was 24% higher than the previous year’s levels.

“Inventory volume at the end of August was 10% above year-ago levels, so we’re seeing some improvement,” said Chris Frey, Cox Automotive’s senior director for Industry Insights, in a statement. Press release. “In fact, we are followed at a fairly normal rate for supply.

Cox Automotive’s day supply is based on the daily sale rate for the most recent 30-day period, in this case, ending August 29. .

“While total used vehicle sales so far this year are down 16% from 2021, the year is following a normal trend line,” Frey said. “The latest rise in August suggests resilience in the second-hand market.”

By brand, Toyota and Honda had the lowest used vehicle inventory, with 42 and 41 days of supply, respectively. They are also at the lower end of the new vehicle supply scale.

Subaru and Hyundai, with 43 and 44 day used day supply, and Kia with 46 day used day supply, are other Asian automakers with lightly used new vehicle inventory as well as new vehicle inventory reduced. Mazda has an above average new vehicle inventory, but is rather low at Used Vehicle Inventory for 45 days.

Per price category, the lower the price, the lower the supply. The under $10,000 segment has the lowest available supply and the lowest day supply of 31, down one point from a month ago. The $10,000 to $15,000 segments saw a drop in day supply to 36 from 37 a month earlier. Price categories between $15,000 and $30,000, representing the bulk of available inventory, had a 51-53 day supply. Categories above $30,000 had 55 to 61 days of supply.

The average used vehicle listing price topped $28,000 in mid-April and hit a record high of $28,375 in early May. The average listing price then dipped slightly throughout August, closing at $28,061. This compares to a revised amount of $28,003 at the end of July. Year-on-year price growth was 28% in mid-April, but has fallen every week since and is now 9% higher than a year ago.

“The average used vehicle listing price continues to trend at just over $28,000, but price growth has definitely slowed since we passed the anniversary of the big race last year. “, said Frey. “Yet prices remain above 2021 levels and will remain there as long as demand remains strong and until new vehicle inventories build up.”

In terms of wholesale prices, the Manheim Used Vehicle Value Index shows prices have been falling for most of the year and were down 4% in August compared to July. Over the past six weeks, the gap between wholesale and retail prices has widened.

“It’s unclear whether the retail index will follow the wholesale index through the depreciation cycle over the next 16 weeks,” Frey said. “Anyway, the wholesaling started to depreciate again after the spring.”

Originally posted on Vehicle Remarketing

Comerica Bank will open a business and innovation center in Frisco in 2023


North Texas continues to attract new and larger businesses. Now Comerica Bank has announcement that construction of its new office tower at The Star in Frisco will begin later this year and is expected to open between late 2023 and early 2024.

The business and innovation building will complement Comerica’s headquarters in downtown Dallas, where executive offices, commercial banking, wealth management and other business units will continue to operate.

“This represents a significant investment in Comerica’s strategic vision,” Megan Crespi, executive vice president and director of technology and business services for the company, said in an official statement. “Expanding our headquarters footprint to one of the most sought-after locations for business and innovation in the United States positions our bank for future success.”

As previously covered by Local profile, North Texas is becoming an attractive destination for businesses in different fields, especially the technology industry. It’s no wonder Comerica wants to set up a new space including an innovation center to test new concepts and a tech genius bar in Frisco after other tech companies called dibs on spots around town.

“Frisco is known for cultivating an exceptional environment for businesses to thrive,” said Brian Foley, President of Comerica’s Texas Market. “The hub’s on-site amenities and prime location will help support our company’s vision for future growth, including our ability to attract and retain top talent.

Comerica will also come with employment opportunities for the region. The new building is expected to house approximately 300 workers from various teams, including technology and product management to front-line business units, and will include learning and interview centers at the new human resources office.

The company hopes The Star’s mixed-use campus will provide colleagues with entertainment, sports, retail, residential and educational opportunities that will further enhance the worker experience and help attract new talent in the process.

Records show investors own hundreds of homes in the Boise area


Who are these investors in Treasure Valley? How many of them are Idahoans looking for extra income, and how many are tied to out-of-state interests profiting from the housing boom?

BoiseDev has spent the past four months digging through hundreds of real estate property records in Ada and Canyon counties, seeking investors to learn more about homeowners in our neighborhoods and where they are located. . This analysis is not a complete picture of every investor or owner in Treasure Valley due to the large number of records to review. Yet it revealed the prevalence of large-scale investor-owned properties, particularly in the outer suburbs of Treasure Valley.

Records reveal at least more than 400 single-family homes in Treasure Valley owned by out-of-state investors, with the vast majority owned by publicly traded California company American Homes 4 Rent.

Are houses a new investment asset class?

It’s not just in Idaho, where investment companies have taken hold, fundamentally changing the real estate market.

A months-long survey by the Charlotte Observer revealed the extent of the real estate holdings of Wall Street-backed companies in North Carolina earlier this year. A team of reporters uncovered 40,000 properties statewide owned by less than two dozen deep-pocketed investment firms.

The United States has no laws preventing private companies or individual investors seeking to expand their holdings from buying as many single-family homes as they want. Nothing about this change in the market is illegal, but it changes the dynamics of how supply and demand shape prices as growing families bid against Wall Street firms that can afford to pay. in cash, thousands more than the asking price of the houses.

Steven Peterson, clinical associate professor of economics at the University of Idaho, says investing in out-of-state real estate isn’t a negative thing on the face of it because it can help build more houses to accommodate a growing population. But, he said, problems arise when investment firms buy homes to boost profits without building more.

“What worries me is that they treat it like an asset class of investments, like a stock-like investment,” he said. “I don’t see on the surface how that leads to increased availability.”

He said it made the real estate market more sensitive to stock market boom and bust cycles, and it took homes away from the market for families to buy. But, even as economic forecasts point to a potential recession, Peterson warned anyone against hoping for a Wall Street crash, believing it would free up some of those investor-owned properties and make it easier to buy homes. a home for average Americans.

Peterson said that unless officials relax zoning laws and allow new homes to be built to address the nation’s growing housing shortage, these homes will continue to be valuable assets for these businesses. and prices will continue to rise.

“We can easily have a recession, and that has no effect on this problem,” he said. “You have to be very careful what you wish for. Recessions are generally not good things because they cause a lot of economic stress.

Small and large investors

BoiseDev’s research revealed three loosely defined groups of investors populating Treasure Valley neighborhoods.

The first group is what people generally refer to as “mommy-and-pop” owners. The vast majority of properties BoiseDev reviewed linked to LLCs on the Boise Bench and North End were linked to people who live in Treasure Valley and own one or possibly two properties. These properties could provide additional income for someone who lives locally or was originally purchased as a first home decades ago and is now rented out.

An aerial view of homes at Locust Grove Rd and Ustick Rd. in Meridian Photo: Charles Knowles/Shutterstock

The second class of investors operating in Treasure Valley are based out of state and own more than one or two properties. That includes outfits like investment firm WTS Investments LLC, which owns ten homes in Canyon County. The company is based in Houston and is linked to Tanweer Ahmed, the CEO of catering company PAK Foods. WTS purchased all ten properties on the same day in 2011.

Another example is Elco Enterprises LLC, which owns 15 properties in Ada County. He is associated with a large family home in Billings, Montana. The LLC, which is now listed as missing with the Idaho Secretary of State, is linked to Billings-based trucking company owner Carl Baltrusch. Sunset West LLC, which owns three properties in Ada County and is tied to a law firm in Cedar City, Utah, specializes in forming LLCs and is a registered agent for businesses. Public records do not reveal the direct owner.

Wall Street joins Main Street

Operations like publicly traded American Homes 4 Rent are on a different scale than any of these other companies or people who manage rental properties.

The company was one of the first major public companies to invest heavily in single-family homes about a decade ago. Since then, American Homes 4 Rent has amassed tens of thousands of homes across the country. A June filing by the US Security Exchange Commission said the company owned 57,000 homes in 22 states. The report noted a high concentration of ownership in cities like Atlanta, Dallas and Charlotte.

“American Homes 4 Rent is transforming the single-family rental industry,” American Homes 4 Rent CEO David Singelyn said in a video on the company’s website.

Public real estate records show American Homes 4 Rent owns 443 properties in Ada and Canyon counties, including 344 in Idaho’s largest county. Most homes are located in the once affordable outer suburbs of Kuna, Star, Meridian and unincorporated Ada County. For example, in a Star subdivision with 214 homes, seven are owned by American Homes 4 Rent.

A screenshot of homes available for rent in a Kuna subdivision by American Homes 4 Rent

These homes are often for rent in nondescript suburban neighborhoods with backyards and the typical amenities common to any subdivision. The average company-owned home is 17 years old and just under 2,000 square feet. They rent for an average of $1,856 per month, which is roughly equivalent to the mortgage payment for a $375,000 home with an interest rate of 4.25% on a 30-year mortgage. Kuna homes listed on the company’s website are rented for at least $2,300 per month.

And these are only the houses purchased by American Homes 4 Rent that already exist. The company has now shifted to building housing estates for rental. American Homes 4 Rent expects to bring between 2,100 and 2,400 new homes for rent online by the end of 2022. The company’s SEC filings boast of a “land pipeline of more than 20 000 units” that creates “years of growth stability” for potential investors to consider.

One of these subdivisions is expected to rise on the site once planned for a school in the Boise Independent School District. The school district opted to sell the land instead, and the highest bidder was AMH Development, the homebuilding arm of American Homes 4 Rent, for $6.3 million earlier this year.

“You don’t even know who to contact”

Investor-owned rentals are a whole different ballgame for eviction prevention nonprofit Jesse Tree.

Executive director Ali Rabe said his nonprofit’s strategy to help prevent evictions is to negotiate with landlords and use a combination of rental assistance and case management to resolve the issue for the customer. This gets complicated when tenants live in rentals owned by investors who have no relationship with their tenants and who might just be looking to move on to the next tenant.

“Communication is a lot more of a challenge for us with these companies and then they’re running a lot more on the books when it comes to evictions,” Rabe said. “Whereas family owners will treat each situation differently. These big companies will just hire a contract attorney who they will pay on contract rather than on a case by case basis, and if a tenant doesn’t pay their rent they will give them 3 days notice to pay or vacate, and they will file in front of the court, and there is no opportunity to have a conversation.

Notice of eviction
Notice of eviction

Rabe told several stories of clients facing evictions from out-of-state investment firms, including a woman who was taken to court while in hospice and the owner didn’t know. She once spent an entire afternoon on hold with American Homes 4 Rent trying to talk to someone at the company about a family of five who were evicted from a mobile home that the company Purchased in Canyon County with only notices in the mail and no further tracking. at the top.

“We’re actually pulling eviction court records to identify the major evictions, and a lot of them are these big corporations that are coming into Idaho and buying up a lot of multifamily units,” Rabe said. “You don’t even know who to contact.

Cleveland’s pro athletes tend to rent rather than buy homes


Manziel could afford to buy, having grown up on the money before signing a four-year, $8.2 million contract with the Browns in 2015. But the average NFL player earns significantly less coming out of the university.

Before Wyatt Teller became an All-Pro guard for the Browns, he was just a fifth-round pick trying to make the Buffalo team. After being drafted from Virginia Tech in 2018, he signed a four-year contract worth $2.7 million with a signing bonus of $250,000. He moved into an apartment in Hamburg, New York, about 10 minutes from the Orchard Park training facility, and looked set to stay with the Bills, starting the final seven games of the season. Then, 10 days before the start of the 2019 season, he was traded to the Browns.

“I was living in Virginia at the time, and neither of us had ever been to Cleveland, so we had no idea where anything was,” said his wife, Carly, who had just started dating Teller at the time.

Teller added, “I was so focused on learning the playbook that I didn’t have time to look for an apartment. She was like, ‘What can I do for you? ?’ So I kicked him.”

Carly remembers calling the Browns’ offices and asking, “Where do people live in Cleveland, Ohio?” She quickly found him an apartment in Olmsted Falls, near the Berea training center. Most of Teller’s neighbors were of retirement age.

“I think I could get in my truck and be at the facility in 10 minutes,” said Teller, who now lives with Carly in a home in Westlake.

“I still can’t hear the end of it,” Carly said. “I still hear we’re 20 minutes away now.”

The story of the Tellers is typical. Cleveland’s sports teams are (understandably) tight-lipped about their athletes’ housing situation, but renting is common, especially with the Browns and Guardians, MLB’s youngest team. A Guardians source says Jose Ramirez may be the only player to own a home in Cleveland. Manager Terry Francona, who is finishing his 10th season with the club, rents an apartment two blocks from Progressive Field and walks or scooters to work. Most Guardians rent apartments near Crocker Park, with a few others downtown or in Tremont. Many of them choose to buy homes in Arizona to be closer to the Guardians’ Goodyear compound.

The NBA offers a little more security. Thompson bought his lakeside home in Bratenahl for $1.9 million in 2015 after signing a five-year extension. (The house, which was often featured on E!’s “Keeping Up With the Kardashians,” sold for $2.5 million shortly. after being listed.) Kevin Love also lives in Bratenahl, in a $1.25 million home he bought in 2015 and could sell once his contract ends after this season. Current jumpers such as Darius Garland, Jarrett Allen, Evan Mobley and Donovan Mitchell are all signed for at least four more seasons on guaranteed contracts, making buying more convenient, but few are staying long-term. Anderson Varejao still lives in Cleveland and LeBron James has a mansion in Bath where he will one day have to take a bath, but most former Cavaliers move to warmer climes after their careers end.

The NFL is a renter’s paradise, as the average career lasts 3.3 years, or nearly two-thirds of a team’s roster. runs after two years, and few contracts are fully guaranteed outside of Deshaun Watson’s five-year, $230 million deal with the Browns. Most of the Browns live on the West Side in places like Westlake, Strongsville, Avon and Columbia Station, where Jarvis Landry and Odell Beckham Jr. both owned homes. OBJ’s home went on the market in April for $3.3 million and would have found a taker in Juneeven if the house has not yet closed.

That’s no problem for Beckham, who earned $82 million during his NFL career and who signed a five-year, $29 million deal with Nike in 2017. But the average player can’t afford to own homes in multiple cities.

“It’s funny, but a lot of my friends think as soon as you get drafted you’re a millionaire,” said Teller, who signed a four-year, $56.8 million extension last November. “It took me three years to become a millionaire. They see this contract (extension) and think you have all this money right now.

“Careers in the NFL are short. You dream of playing for 10 years or even three years, since that’s when you retire. You hope to earn money outside of football, but you You only have a short time to make money. We’re blessed, but for a lot of guys it’s hard.”

Handelsbanken Business Bank of the Year and Swedish Small Enterprise Bank 2022


The independent Finansbarometern investigation again named Handelsbanken the Investment Bank of the Year, the Bank also ranking among the best Small Business Bank for the 11th consecutive year once the answers have been collected.
Authentic relationships and our position as a lasting and stable partner in the professional paths of our clients are the key to our success,” said Susanna Svartzhead of investment banking at Handelsbanken.

Finansbarometern is one of Sweden leading independent market research, focusing on how companies view their banking relationships. This year, nearly 1,400 companies responded. Customers rated their banks in several categories, including overall satisfaction, price, digital services, advisory services, their product and service offering, and customer service.

“The difference becomes more apparent the smaller the business. Smaller businesses like Handelsbanken the most,” says Christian SundbergCEO of Eastbrook, the organizer of the annual survey.

Christian Sundberg strong points Handelsbanken smooth management of its digital transition, while being able to maintain personalized relationships with its client companies:

“It is extremely important to continue to show care and attention to small businesses. When the future is shrouded in uncertainty, you need to be able to listen and understand how to help your customers meet the challenges that many of them will face,” says Christian Sundberg.

Susanna Svartz finds it inspiring to be able to support customers and work closely with them to find new solutions that simplify their daily operations.

“It is truly a pleasure to be alongside our customers on their travels, and this is what motivates us to continue to improve and develop our offer. We take this opportunity to once again express our gratitude to our business customers for their trust,” said Susanna Svartz.

Find out more about the winners of the Finansbarometern for 2022.

For more information, please contact:

Press service Handelsbanken, [email protected], +46 8 701 80 18

For more information on Handelsbankensee: www.handelsbanken.com


(c) Decision 2022. All rights reserved., sources Press Releases – English

Enterprise Rent-A-Car Foundation pledges $30 million to The Nature Conservancy to improve the health of rivers and freshwater ecosystems


Donation extends Enterprise’s “roads and roots”®: Five-year Healthy Rivers Project” and strengthens its commitment to causes that positively impact employees and customers

ST. LOUIS, September 13, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — The Enterprise Rent-A-Car Foundation today announced a $30 million donation to The Nature Conservancy. The gift extends the “Roads and Roots: Enterprise Healthy Rivers Project“, which supports The Nature Conservancy’s efforts to support the protection, restoration, and sustainable management of rivers and other freshwater ecosystems globally. The “Roads and Roots: Enterprise Healthy Rivers Project” was first established in 2017, when the Enterprise Rent-A-Car Foundation pledged an initial five-year term, $30 million donation to The Nature Conservancy. This latest donation, which will also be spread over a five-year period, will further benefit many of the world’s most vital rivers, watersheds, streams and more.

“At Enterprise, we are passionate about supporting causes and initiatives that positively impact the communities where our employees and customers live and work,” said Caroline Kindle, Chairman of the Enterprise Holdings Foundation. “Our ‘Roads and Roots’ program is a shining example of this feeling. Our employees are deeply passionate about this initiative, and we look forward to seeing the continued progress this program will have on many of the world’s most vital waterways. »

Support for The Nature Conservancy through the “Roads and Roots: Enterprise Healthy Rivers Project“has already achieved significant conservation results at these estimated scales1:

  • Securing or improving the health of nearly 5,400 river miles
  • Keeping 54 million pounds of pollutants out of rivers and streams
  • Conserve 7 million acres of land
  • Take action that helps improve water security for 78 million people

Over the next five years, The Nature Conservancy will use the donation from the Enterprise Rent-A-Car Foundation to continue conserving rivers and other freshwater ecosystems around the world. Targeted geographies include:

  • United States – The funding will support many US rivers, with a particular focus on the Colorado River Basin and the Mississippi River Basin.
  • Canada – Funding will support Indigenous-led land and water conservation, including in Canada’s boreal and coastal region. British Columbia.
  • Europe – The funding will help ensure that The Nature Conservancy’s proven scientific approaches to river protection are shared across the continent to help create more resilient watersheds and protect and restore rivers.

“Business has a vital role to play in protecting nature and Enterprise has demonstrated its commitment to this work over the past five years – and is now ensuring it will continue for the next five years,” said jennifer morris, CEO of The Nature Conservancy. “This generous donation will continue the work of not only protecting freshwater, but also the communities that depend on it.”

In addition to “Roads and Roots: Enterprise Healthy Rivers Project“, the Enterprise Rent-A-Car Foundation oversees a variety of initiatives aimed at positively impacting the communities where its employees and customers live and work. Examples:

  • Enterprise Holdings ROAD Forward – Enterprise announced for the first time its ROAD Forward commitment of $55 million in November 2020. The initiative focuses on Rrespect, Oopportunity, Aachievement and D(ROAD) for Youth and Families by helping to address three areas that need urgent attention: early childhood development, youth health and well-being, and career and college readiness. Through the ROAD Forward program, annual grants are distributed locally to address social and racial equity issues.
  • Enterprise 50 Million Tree Pledge – Created in honor of 50 years of Enterprisee anniversary and to thank customers for their longstanding support, this program funds the planting of 50 million trees across the United States, Canada, France, Germany, Spain and the UK
  • Enterprise Fill Your Tank® Program – Created in honor of the 60e anniversary at the end of 2016, this program is committed to fighting against food insecurity in the world. In 2020, the Foundation announced a reinvestment in the program and pledged additional funding $65 million in Enterprise Fill Your Tank to fight food insecurity. This brings Enterprise’s total financial commitment to the program to $115 million annually.

“Giving back is part of our DNA,” Kindle said. “Since its creation in 1982, our Foundation has donated over $520 million to thousands of non-profit organizations focused on community betterment, education, and environmental stewardship.”

For more information on Enterprise’s philanthropic initiatives, visit https://www.enterpriseholdings.com/en/corporate-social-responsibility/philanthropic-initiatives.html.

About Enterprise Holdings
Enterprise Holdings is a leading provider of mobility solutions, owning and operating the Enterprise Rent-A-Car, National Car Rental and Alamo Rent a Car brands through its integrated global network of independent regional subsidiaries. Enterprise Holdings and its affiliates provide a wide range of car rental services, car sharing, truck rental, fleet management and car retailing, as well as travel management and other transportation services, to make travel easier and more convenient for customers. Private company owned by the taylor Family of Saint Louis, month., Enterprise Holdings manages a diverse fleet of more than 1.85 million vehicles through a network of nearly 10,000 fully-staffed neighborhood and airport rental locations in more than 90 countries and territories.

About The Nature Conservancy
The Nature Conservancy is a global conservation organization dedicated to conserving the lands and waters on which all life depends. Guided by science, we create innovative, on-the-ground solutions to our world’s toughest challenges so nature and people can thrive together. We fight climate change, conserve land, water and oceans on an unprecedented scale, provide food and water sustainably, and help make cities more sustainable. Working in 72 countries, we use a collaborative approach that involves local communities, governments, the private sector and other partners. To learn more, visitwww.nature.org or follow @nature_presson Twitter.

1 Source: The Nature Conservancy

SOURCE Enterprise Holdings, Inc.

Comprehensive Overview of Oilfield Equipment Rental Market by Growth Rate, Industry Status, Forecast to 2029


Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Size, Industry Share & Analysis, By Equipment (Drilling Equipment, Pressure & Flow Control Equipment, Fishing Equipment, Other Equipment), By Application (Onshore , offshore) and regional forecast, 2022-2029

Market size available for years:2022-2029
CAGR value:
CAGR hitting in %
Reference year considered:2021
Historical data:2018-2020

The global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market is anticipated to rise at a considerable rate during the forecast period, between 2022 and 2029. In 2021, the market is growing at a steady rate and with rising adoption of strategies by major players, the market is expected to rise above the projected horizon.

TheOilfield Equipment Rental Market Size| Global Energy and Power Industry Analysis By Covid-19 Impact, Size, Trends, Growth, Share, Company, Key Players, Merger, Statistics, Competitive Landscape and Regional Forecast to 2029 is the latest study published by Fortune Business InsightsThe growth rate or CAGR exhibited by a market for a given forecast period is calculated based on various factors and their level of impact on the market.

Get a sample full PDF copy of the report:https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/enquiry/request-sample-pdf/101460

Industry key development:

Industry Globalization Factors:

The high-impact factors and renderers have been studied in this report to help readers understand the overall development. Additionally, the report includes constraints and challenges that can be stumbling blocks in the players’ path. This will help users make informed, meticulous business-related decisions. The experts also focused on the upcoming trade prospects.

Oilfield Equipment Rental Market COVID-19 Influence Analysis:

  • Market size before and after COVID-19
  • A qualitative survey of the long-term and short-term influence of COVID-19 on the industry
  • The analysis provides the key approaches taken by competitors to minimize the impact of outbreaks on their business operations and scope for future developments.

Entering a post-COVID economy: how the energy and power industry will play a vital role in its recovery.Request a sample copy

The study provides an analysis of market players, including:

  • BJ Services
  • hugue baker
  • Bechtel Company
  • COSL – China Oilfield Services Limited
  • Halliburton
  • McDermott International Inc.
  • Varco National Oil Well
  • Petrofac
  • Stallion Oilfield Services.
  • Superior energy services
  • Technip
  • Transocean
  • Weatherford
  • Wood
  • Worley
  • a GE company
  • Schlumberger

Sector outlook

The key segments including types and applications have been detailed in this report. Verified market report consultants have studied all segments and used historical data to provide market size. They also discussed the growth opportunities the segment could represent in the future. The study provides production and revenue data by type and application over the past period and the forecast period (2022-2029).

Report Highlights:

Industry Overview:The first section of the research study covers an overview of the global Oilfield Equipment Rental market, market status and outlook, and product scope. Further, it provides highlights of major segments of the global Oilfield Equipment Rental market i.e., region, type, and application segments.

Competitive analysis:This report throws light on significant mergers and acquisitions, business expansion, product or service differences, market concentration, global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market competitive status and market size by player .

Company profiles and key data:This section covers the companies featuring leading players of the global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market based on revenue, products, activities, and other factors mentioned above.

Market Size by Type and Application:Besides providing an in-depth analysis of the global Oilfield Equipment Rental market size by type and application, this section provides research on major end-users or consumers and potential applications.

Buy the full report at –https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/checkout-page/101460

Detailed TOC of Global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Report 2022

Detailed TOC of Global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Report 2022

  • 1 Presentation of the report
    • Search scope
    • Market Segment by Type
      • Global Oilfield Equipment Leasing Market Size Growth Rate by Type
    • Market Segment by Application
      • Global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Share by Application
    • Others
      • Study objectives
      • Years considered
    • Market perspective
      • Global Oilfield Equipment Leasing Market Size (2022-2029)
        • Global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Revenue (2022-2029)
        • Global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Sales (2022-2029)
      • Global Oilfield Equipment Leasing market size by key geographies of the world:
        • Global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Sales by Regions (2022-2022)
        • Global Oilfield Equipment Leasing Market Revenue by Region (2022-2022)
      • Global Oilfield Equipment Leasing Market Size Forecast by Region
        • Global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Sales Forecast by Region (2022-2029)
        • Global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Revenue Forecast by Region (2022-2029)
      • Global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Regions (Countries) Ranking by Market Size
      • Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Industry Trends
        • Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Trends
        • Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Drivers
        • Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Challenges
        • Constraints in the oilfield equipment rental market
      • Competitive landscape by manufacturers
      • Global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Size by Type
      • Global Oilfield Equipment Rental Market Size by Application
      • North America
      • Europe
      • Asia Pacific
      • Latin America
      • Middle East and Africa
      • Company Profiles
      • Analysis of the value chain and sales channels
      • Research results and conclusion
      • Annex


You have a question ? Ask our experts: https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/enquiry/speak-to-analyst/101460

About Us:

Fortune Business Insights™ delivers expert business analysis and accurate data, helping organizations of all sizes make timely decisions. We adapt innovative solutions to our customers, helping them to meet the challenges specific to their activities.

Contact us:

Fortune Business Insights™ Pvt. ltd.


United States: +1 424 253 0390

UK:+44 2071 939123

APAC:+91 744 740 1245

E-mail:[email protected]

Fortune Business Insight™


Mercury launches corporate payment card, entering crowded Fintech realm that includes Brex and Ramp


After three years of offering banking services to startups, San Francisco-based Mercury is launching a corporate payment card called IO. The corporate card market is an increasingly crowded fintech sector with companies such as Brex, Ramp, Divvy and Rho all competing to leverage technology to provide better financial tools for businesses, including maps.

Since its inception in 2017, Mercury’s plan has been to offer small startups their most basic financial needs – a bank account – first, then roll out more advanced products as their clients’ businesses grow. . Mercury launched its business bank account in 2019 in partnership with FDIC-insured banks Choice Financial Group and Evolve Bank & Trust. In a $120 million funding round in July 2021 from investors including Coatue and Andreessen Horowitz, Mercury secured a $1.6 billion valuation.

Over the past year, Mercury has rapidly expanded its customer base, from 45,000 businesses at the end of 2021 to 80,000 today. Its customers are typically small businesses – only about 2,000 of them have more than $1 million in their accounts. Mercury’s IO Card goal is to serve startups that are often too small to qualify for existing corporate card programs or, if eligible, receive insufficient credit limits.

“Our approach has always been to serve the smallest customers from day zero,” said Immad Akhund, 38-year-old founder and CEO of Mercury. “We need to be able to support customers when they’re really tiny, so we’ve designed our processes to scale from the smallest customer to the largest.”

Earlier this summer, corporate card competitor Brex announced it would close accounts for small and medium-sized businesses as it focuses on serving business customers, except for capital-backed startups. risk. Rho focuses on medium-sized businesses with revenue between 10 million and 1 billion dollars. Ramp targets a wide range of businesses, from small to medium-sized businesses.

Prior to founding Mercury, Akhund founded two other companies and was a part-time partner at prominent startup accelerator Y-combinator, which helped launch companies such as Airbnb, Coinbase and Dropbox.

“As an entrepreneur, I was just very frustrated with the banks we had to use,” says Akhund. “The products barely worked, kept breaking, had a lot of charges and it was really difficult to use customer service. So all these frustrations that everyone has with banks – I couldn’t see why we couldn’t do better.

The IO Card offers 1.5% cash back on all purchases, with no annual fee or personal guarantee by a business owner required. Mercury customers can issue corporate cards to their employees for expenses ranging from subscriptions to business-related tools to travel, and the cards also allow expense controls like customizable limits on an employee-by-employee basis.

IO cardholders are responsible for monthly bill payments – this is not an ongoing credit instrument. For now, Mercury funds the cards, which are typically redeemed within 15 days, using its own balance sheet. The company has enough cash to cover short-term expenses, Akhund says, but the next phase of growth will likely involve partnering with a bank to fund that shortfall.

As businesses evolve and their expenses increase, they need corporate cards for employees to cover business expenses such as travel. For decades, this market has been dominated by AmEx, which offers sleek cards with generous rewards, including travel discounts or employee gift cards. In recent years, fintech challengers have entered the market, often combining software with financial services to offer expense management tools or more flexible card options.

Brex and Ramp, two of the biggest names in the space, launched their corporate cards in 2018 and 2020, respectively. Rho launched its corporate card last year. In January, Brex closed a funding round with a valuation of $12.3 billion, and two months later Ramp secured a valuation of $8.1 billion. While competitors like Ramp and Brex started with a corporate card and then added features like budget management tools, Mercury started with the bank account. Brex and Rho offer corporate bank accounts, but not Ramp.

Starting with a bank account gives Mercury a clearer view of its customers’ finances, which allows the company to make more informed credit decisions, Akhund says. In order to extend credit, corporate card issuers often require companies to prove a certain amount of cash on hand in order to qualify. Mercury considers both cash on hand and historical data from existing customer accounts to determine creditworthiness. Akhund anticipates that a company’s total card limit will generally be 20% of its account balance.

Mercury customers must have $50,000 in their accounts to be eligible for the corporate card, which is less than the Ramp or Brex minimum balances of $75,000 and $100,000 (for companies that do not have venture capital funding), respectively. AmEx Corporate Card customers must have at least $1 million in a linked business bank account to qualify and get a limit of up to 10% of that account balance. Fintechs’ lower qualification requirements compared to AmEx reflect their focus on early-stage companies.

Although it’s been a tough year for fintech companies, with falling valuations and staff cuts, Akhund says he’s not worried. Last year, Mercury brought in $15 million in revenue, and its July 2021 fundraiser valued the company at more than 100 times its revenue. It’s a lofty valuation that will be difficult to meet, but Akhund says the company still has $90 million in cash from its July 2021 fundraising of $120 million. This means that, like many fintech companies, Mercury can probably wait a while before having to raise money again, thus avoiding a dreaded “round the table”, when a startup needs to raise money at a lower valuation. .

Google counts down to Ethereum merger with ‘Easter Egg’ on search engine


A Google ‘doodle’ countdown to the Ethereum merger, a sign of recognition for the world’s most popular website.

The snap comes as Ethereum’s long-awaited transition to a less energy-intensive transaction validation method is just days away: three and a half days, according to Google’s tally. Typing “ethereum merge” into Google’s search engine now gives a countdown, difficulty rate (how many times a miner must calculate hashes in order to register a block of transactions), hash rate (the total combined computing power used across the entire network), and a cartoon of two cheerful bears approaching with outstretched arms.

If all goes as planned, the two bears should soon merge to create a single panda, which served as de facto mascot for the transition from Ethereum. The presence of the doodle suggests a level of anticipation for the merger felt by even the biggest of tech giants.

One of the first people to tout the doodle on Twitter was an engineer who works on Google’s Web3 team.

“The research team ran with it and made it incredibly fast,” said Sam Padilla, Web3 Client Engineer at Google. Decrypt by MP Twitter. “More recognition should go to the teams that made this possible.”

He noted that the quick turnaround time for implementing Google’s search engine-related features doesn’t happen often.

Padilla said the idea had been raised over the past two weeks among Google employees who wanted to create “a cool easter egg” for Ethereum’s impending transition from proof-of-work to proof-of-stake. The idea had germinated in the company’s internal Web3 community chats.

Responding to a user on Twitter, Padilla said data is pulled in real-time directly from Ethereum’s network using some of Google’s hosted nodes.

The company has become increasingly involved in Web3, offering blockchain infrastructure services that use Google Cloud. On its Web3 product page, the company lists Nansen, Dapper Labs, and Solana among its business partners. Google announced that it formed a Web3 team in May.

Most recently, Sky Mavis, creator of the NFT game Axie Infinity, announcement it had entered into an agreement with Google to use its cloud services to validate transactions on its Ronin network, an Ethereum sidechain designed for use in gaming applications.

Stay up to date with crypto news, get daily updates in your inbox.

Franchise Market Size, Share, Growth


Pune, Sep 11, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The latest Franchise market research report [2022-2029] has been prepared by experienced and knowledgeable market analysts and researchers. It is a phenomenal compilation of significant studies which explores the competitive landscape, segmentation, geographic expansion, revenue, and consumption growth of the global Franchise market. This report focuses on Franchise volume and value at global level, regional level and company level. From a global perspective, this report represents overall Franchise market size by analyzing historical data and future prospect. Regionally, this report focuses on several key regions: North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa. This is accomplished through current knowledge of the most important drivers, current trends, untapped opportunities, risks and restrictions, challenges, and most promising areas of development. It will also help to analyze the market growth properly and make better decisions in the coming years.

Get Sample PDF of Report – https://www.industryresearch.biz/enquiry/request-sample/20639034

Market analysis and overview: Global franchise market

With industry-standard analytical accuracy and high data integrity, the report brilliantly attempts to uncover major opportunities available in the global Franchise Market to help players gain a strong position in the market. Buyers of the report can access verified and reliable market forecasts including those regarding the overall size of the global franchise market in terms of revenue.

Franchise Market 2022 offers a comprehensive overview of crucial industry elements and elements such as drivers, restraints, past and present current trends, watch scenarios and technological growth. The report also focuses on global major leading industry players of Global Franchise market providing information such as company profiles, product pictures and specification, price, cost, revenue and contact information. This report focuses on Franchise Market trends, volume and value at global level, regional level and company level. From a global perspective, this report represents overall Franchise market size by analyzing historical data and future prospect.

Get Sample Copy of Franchise Market Research Report 2022

The list of major key players listed in the Franchise Market report are as follows:

  • Burger King
  • Baskin Robbins
  • Hertz
  • 7 eleven
  • Marriott International
  • McDonald’s
  • 21st century
  • Dry Chemical Carpet Cleaning
  • pizza hut
  • Dunkin’
  • KFC
  • Dominoes
  • Wendy’s
  • Hilton Hotels and Resorts
  • Choice Hotels
  • InterContinental Hotels and Resorts
  • Circle K
  • Taco Bell
  • Kumon

Overall, the report proves to be an effective tool that players can utilize to gain a competitive edge over their competitors and ensure sustainable success in the global franchise market. All conclusions, data and information provided in the report are validated and revalidated using reliable sources. The analysts authoring the report have adopted a unique and industry-leading research and analytical approach for an in-depth study of the global franchise market.

Franchise Market Segment By Type:

  • Corporate format franchise
  • Product distribution franchise
  • Management deductible
  • Others

Franchise Market Segment By Application:

  • Food franchise
  • Hotel franchises
  • Convenience store franchises
  • Real estate franchises
  • Car rental franchises and dealerships
  • Child-rearing deductibles
  • Others

Inquire more and share questions if any before purchase on this report at – https://www.industryresearch.biz/enquiry/pre-order-enquiry/20639034

Geographically, this report is segmented into several key regions, with Franchise sales, revenue, market share and growth rate in these regions, from 2017 to 2029, covering

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • South America
  • Middle East and Africa

Key Highlights of the Franchise Market Report:

  • The report offers a comprehensive and broad perspective on the global franchise market.
  • Market statistics depicted in different franchise segments provide a complete picture of the industry.
  • The market growth drivers and challenges affecting the development of Franchise are analyzed in detail.
  • The report will aid in the analysis of key competitive market scenarios and Franchise market dynamics.
  • Major Players, Key Franchise Companies, Investment Feasibility Study and New Market Entrants are offered.
  • The development scope of Franchise in each market segment is covered in this report. Macro and micro economic factors affecting the franchise market
  • The progress is developed in this report. The upstream and downstream components of the franchise and a complete value chain are explained.

Purchase This Report (Price $2980 for Single User License) – https://www.industryresearch.biz/purchase/20639034

Detailed TOC of Global Franchise Market Report 2022

1 Franchise Market Overview

1.1 Product Overview and Franchise Scope
1.2 Franchise Segment by Type
1.2.1 Global Franchise Sales and CAGR Comparison by Type (2017-2029)
1.2.2 The Business Format Franchise Market Profile
1.2.3 The product distribution franchise market profile
1.2.4 Profile of the management franchise market
1.2.5 The market profile of others
1.3 Global Franchise Segment by Application
1.3.1 Franchise Consumption (Sales) Comparison by Application (2017-2029)
1.3.2 The Food Franchise Market Profile
1.3.3 The hotel franchise market profile
1.3.4 The Convenience Store Franchise Market Profile
1.3.5 The profile of the real estate franchise market
1.3.6 The Car Rental Franchise and Dealership Market Profile
1.3.7 The Child Education Franchise Market Profile
1.3.8 The market profile of others
1.4 Global Franchise Market, Region Wise (2017-2022)
1.4.1 Global Franchise Market Size (Revenue) and CAGR Comparison by Regions (2017-2022)
1.5 Global Franchise Market Size (2017-2029)
1.5.1 Global Franchise Revenue Status and Prospect (2017-2029)
1.5.2 Global Franchise Sales Status and Prospect (2017-2029)

2 Global Franchising Market Landscape by Player

2.1 Global Franchise Sales and Share by Player (2017-2022)
2.2 Global Franchise Revenue and Market Share by Player (2017-2022)
2.3 Global Franchise Average Price by Player (2017-2022)
2.4 Global Franchise Gross Margin by Player (2017-2022)
2.5 Franchise Manufacturing Base Distribution, Sales Area and Product Type by Player
2.6 Franchise Market Competitive Situation and Trends
2.6.1 Franchise Market Concentration Rate
2.6.2 Top 3 and Top 6 Player Franchise Market Share
2.6.3 Mergers and acquisitions, expansion

3 Analysis upstream and downstream of the franchise

3.1 Franchise Industry Chain Analysis
3.2 Major Raw Materials Suppliers and Price Analysis
3.3 Supply and Demand Analysis of Key Raw Materials
3.4 Manufacturing Process Analysis
3.5 Commodity Market Concentration Rate
3.6 Downstream buyers
3.7 Value chain status under COVID-18


Browse full TOC at – https://www.industryresearch.biz/TOC/20639034

About Us: –

The market is changing rapidly with the continuous expansion of the industry. Technological advancements have provided today’s businesses with multi-faceted benefits driving daily economic changes. Thus, it is very important for a business to understand the patterns of market movements in order to strategize better. An effective strategy gives companies a head start in planning and an advantage over their competitors. Industry research is a credible source for getting the market reports that will give you the head start your business needs.


First Students Learn the Importance of Community Service – Davie County Enterprise Record


First students learn the importance of community service

Published at 6:00 p.m. on Saturday, September 10, 2022

By Vidhi Sharma

and Elyn Murphy

Early Davie County


On August 26, Davie County Early College students connected with local agencies and organizations at the inaugural Community Service Fair.

This took place during the school’s weekly Phoenix Friday. For Early College, Phoenix Fridays are a time to get together with classmates and build school culture.

For the fair, volunteers from area organizations came to the school to talk with students about community service opportunities.

“It will help me improve my communication skills and open up to people I’ve never seen before,” says sophomore Jhonel Marlow.

Students were encouraged to explore options that matched their interests.

Freshman Bentley Rivers reflected on her time at the fair. “I really enjoy working with young children, so the activities at Cognition Davie really interested me.” Community service has always been a core value of the school.

“I remember when I was a student here, I had the opportunity to connect with the community through service, and I wanted the same for our students today,” said Joey Davis, a teacher at the organization of the event.

First College students Andre Ascencio-Moreno and Brianna Lewis talk about volunteer opportunities with Allyson Floyd of Rescue Ranch in Statesville.
– Photo of Davie Early College student Lucas Shoffner

This year, Early College is participating in many other service projects, including clean-up days at local parks, candy drives and elementary school reading groups.

“Volunteering helps build character and engage the younger generation in the community,” Davis said.

Casey Price, a representative from Second Harvest Food Bank, told the group, “You are the future, you have creativity. We always need new people to drive the future forward. With new ideas and help, Davie County can continue to thrive.

Theeb’s ‘Rent a Car’ receives first fleet of new 2023 BMW 5 Series


RIYADH – Theeb Rent a Car Company has announced that it has received the first fleet of the new 2023 BMW 5 Series, which recently hit the road, from Mohamed Youssef Naghi Cars Company. This fleet will open a series of new expansions across the Kingdom as the company aims to improve and upgrade its services to meet the growing demand for premium car rental services.

The expansion also stems from Theeb Rent a Car’s attempts to update its fleet of cars periodically and continuously. Many presences from both sides were present for the signing of the supply agreement, which was set up by Mr. Hamad Alrajhi, Director of Purchasing and Warehouses at Theeb Co., and Mr. Khaled Hassan, Director of sales at Mohamed Yousef Naghi Motors Co.

On this occasion, Purchasing and Warehouse Manager at Theeb Rent a Car, Mr. Hamad Alrajhi, said: “The new 2023 BMW 5 Series fleet will be an added value to our Class A fleet, which is in high demand by our customers. clients. This step also responds to the company’s strategy to develop and update its fleets periodically and continuously, to meet the needs of customers who seek comfort and luxury.

According to Alrajhi, the first fleet is being prepared for deployment to a number of company locations across the Kingdom. He also explained his pleasure in Theeb’s partnership with Mohammed Yousef Naghi Motors Co., BMW’s official supplier in the Kingdom.

Theeb Rent A Car is one of the largest and most pioneering companies in the car rental industry. The company includes a wide range of solutions and services for vehicle rental through long and short term rentals. Also, it includes a large base of customers from different categories and industries, as well as individuals. In addition, the company has accumulated experiences of more than 30 years where its activity has started in the field of car rental since 1991 with more than 24 thousand vehicles.

Grid Dynamics Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ:GDYN) Insider Sells $237,600.00 in Stock


Grid Dynamics Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ:GDYN – Get Rating) insider Stan Klimoff sold 12,000 shares in a trade dated Wednesday, September 7. The stock was sold at an average price of $19.80, for a total value of $237,600.00. Following the sale, the insider now directly owns 276,431 shares of the company, valued at $5,473,333.80. The sale was disclosed in an SEC filing, available on the SEC’s website.

Network Dynamics Stock Up 4.0%

Shares of NASDAQ:GDYN traded at $0.76 during Friday trading, hitting $19.84. 982,193 shares of the company were traded, compared to its average volume of 753,275. Grid Dynamics Holdings, Inc. has a fifty-two-week low of $9.09 and a fifty-two-week high of 42, $81. The company has a market capitalization of $1.34 billion, a PE ratio of -66.13 and a beta of 0.99. The company has a 50-day simple moving average of $19.05 and a 200-day simple moving average of $16.41.

Analysts set new price targets

Separately, Citigroup raised its price target on Grid Dynamics to $27.00 in a Tuesday, August 9 research report. One research analyst has rated the stock with a hold rating and three have assigned the stock a buy rating. According to MarketBeat.com, the company currently has an average rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average price target of $23.60.

Institutional investors weigh on network dynamics


A d Trader

Buy alert for $2 coin

The man who picked Bitcoin in 2014 when it was trading for just $369…chose Ethereum in 2016 when it was trading for just $7, now believes a tiny $2 coin is on the way to FLY AWAY! So if you missed out on Bitcoin and Ethereum…this could be your last chance for mind-boggling crypto gains. Learn how to seize this huge opportunity.

Institutional investors have recently changed their stake in the company. Meeder Asset Management Inc. increased its position in Grid Dynamics shares by 120.8% during the first quarter. Meeder Asset Management Inc. now owns 2,422 shares of the company valued at $34,000 after acquiring an additional 1,325 shares during the period. Nisa Investment Advisors LLC increased its stake in Grid Dynamics by 58.5% in Q2. Nisa Investment Advisors LLC now owns 2,060 shares of the company valued at $35,000 after buying an additional 760 shares in the last quarter. Point72 Hong Kong Ltd bought a new position in Grid Dynamics in Q4, valued at around $40,000. AdvisorShares Investments LLC bought a new position in Grid Dynamics in Q2 worth approximately $42,000. Finally, Prospera Financial Services Inc bought a new position in Grid Dynamics in Q2 worth around $68,000. 66.15% of the shares are currently held by institutional investors and hedge funds.

Grid Dynamics Company Profile

(Get an evaluation)

Grid Dynamics Holdings, Inc, together with its subsidiaries, provides enterprise-level digital transformation services in the areas of research, analytics and release automation for Fortune 1000 companies in North America, in Europe and internationally. He works collaboratively with his clients on digital transformation initiatives that span strategy consulting, early prototypes and enterprise-wide delivery of new digital platforms.

Read more

Insider Buying and Selling by Quarter for Grid Dynamics (NASDAQ:GDYN)

This instant news alert was powered by MarketBeat’s storytelling science technology and financial data to provide readers with the fastest and most accurate reports. This story was reviewed by MarketBeat’s editorial team prior to publication. Please send questions or comments about this story to [email protected]

Before you consider Grid Dynamics, you’ll want to hear this.

MarketBeat tracks daily the highest rated and most successful research analysts on Wall Street and the stocks they recommend to their clients. MarketBeat identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the market ripples…and Grid Dynamics wasn’t on the list.

While Grid Dynamics currently has a “Moderate Buy” rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.

See the five actions here

Lewes seeks to balance tourism, residents with short-term rental rules

City of Lewes officials are weighing how to handle Airbnbs and Vrbos, compared to other short-term rentals in the resort town. | PHOTO COURTESY OF WIKIPEDIA COMMONS

Residents’ concerns about loud parties and litter, along with a desire to monitor developments in the city’s rental market, led Lewes to consider an ordinance regulating popular short-term rentals like Airbnb or Vrbo. Online booking sites that help ordinary homeowners rent out their second home or spare bedroom have transformed the rental industry over the past decade, and real estate companies have also rushed to take advantage of the platforms. This has left cities and towns caught up in outdated laws that mostly deal with traditional hotels or bed and breakfasts. “This has been a very hot topic all over the country, certainly at any type of beach, lake or ski resort,” Jeffrey Goodman, a national consultant hired by Lewes, told leaders and residents of the city at a meeting on July 26. The city formed a committee to craft the new rules, made up of city council members, residents and a short-term rental host. They wondered how to define terms like “short-term rental” and “housing unit” and what to do about issues like parking. The committee ended on September 6 and will deliver a draft ordinance to Lewes City Council for its September 12 meeting. Lewes is certainly not trying to ban such rentals. City Manager Ann Marie Townshend said she recognizes short-term rentals are an important part of the economy and she doesn’t want to hurt the business community. “While some people would prefer not to see short-term rentals … the committee really tried to focus on the behaviors that made short-term rentals difficult, and have parameters in the order to address the behaviors while still authorizing them,” she said. Lewes is one of the few municipalities in the area to specifically offer regulations for short-term rentals. Rehoboth Beach has had an ordinance in place for several years, but other cities say they don’t have specific rules. However, most cities in the region require rental licenses for both short-term and long-term landlords — which landlords using sites like Airbnb are expected to apply for. These licenses come with fees and requirements such as smoke detectors and other safety devices. Lewes already requires long-term landlords and landlords to obtain a license if they wish to rent out their property, but the new regulations would for the first time distinguish between short-term and long-term rentals. Requirements for short-term rentals would include a maximum occupancy of two people per bedroom plus two people. A local contact person should also be available 24 hours a day to deal with potential issues, and short-term rentals would require the property to be inspected. For enforcement, owners would receive a written warning for the first offense in a given category, a $250 fine the second time, and a $500 fine the third time, with license revoked for the remainder of the year. The same fines would apply to long-term rentals that break the rules. The threat of revoking a license is the best deterrent, Goodman said at the committee’s last meeting, noting, “It’s real money; it’s a big problem. A separate zoning ordinance would specifically allow short-term rentals in all areas of the city where residential housing is permitted. As to why new rental rules are needed, Townshend said Lewes is increasingly becoming a vacation destination like its southern neighbor, Rehoboth. This trend has happened over the past two decades, but especially since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic, when the city saw its rental income increase. Vacationers were unable to fly during part of the pandemic, and Lewes is only a short drive from many metropolitan areas. And even though the pandemic is easing, demand remains high. Townshend said the city has also heard from residents pushing for rental regulations. They are concerned about issues such as overcrowded houses, loud parties and lack of parking on some streets. Currently, the city has no way of knowing how many people are renting homes using sites like Vrbo, Townshend said. So this ordinance will give them a way to track that and better understand the housing needs of the city. “We’re not trying to be draconian,” she said. On the contrary, the licensing program will give the city a framework that it can then strengthen later if stricter regulations are needed. The rules would not just affect landlords, but businesses like estate agencies that handle rentals in the area. Adriane Gallagher, a real estate agent with Gallo Realty in Lewes, attended committee meetings and was part of the discussion. She told the Delaware Business Times that she commends the committee for listening to both sides and downplaying the rules’ effect on companies like hers, which has its own website but whose properties are listed on sites like Vrbo. Gallagher said the proposed rules add reasonable requirements like fire extinguishers and carbon monoxide detectors, and “these are all things we already tell our landlords.” Gallo also already has a 24/7 pager system to deal with problems and emergencies. “I think most of the time it’s common sense,” she said.

Pat Stratton Ride a Success, Thanks to Help | News, Sports, Jobs


For the editor:

The 2022 Pat Stratton Memorial Bike Ride is in the books. We had a very successful event in every way. There were lots of smiles all around and, more importantly, no reported accidents or mishaps. We had 129 registered runners from seven states plus Canada, ranging in age from 15 to 77. Proceeds will be used to support the good works of the Kiwanis Club of Saranac Lake. This includes free bike helmets at our annual bike rodeo, third-grade dictionaries, college scholarships, and most recently, bikes for children in need.

Our sponsors are the best and many have supported the race since the start 22 years ago. Our thanks go to our sponsors; Adirondack 105 and LAKEfm 100.7, Adirondack By Owner, Adirondack Health, ALDI, Carcuzzi Car Care Center, Gladd Electric, High Peaks Cyclery, HomEnergy Services, Hyde Fuel., Lamb Lumber, Maddens Transfer and Storage, North Country Community College, NCPR, Paul Smith’s College, Placid Planet, Scheefer’s Adirondack Builders, Specialty Wood Products, Saranac Lake Free Library, Stratton Hardware, Bill Rich, Winnie Pelletieri, Adirondack Bank, Geomatics Land Surveying, Rumble Carpentry, Adirondack Bean-to-Coffee and Barrie and Deedee Wigmore. Special thanks to: Loreman’s Screen Printing, Wicked Signs and Graphics, Bike Adirondacks, Mac’s Canoe Livery and Outfitter, Aktion Club, Danielle Millen (Pastry Chef extraordinaire), City of Vermontville, and Friends of Mount Pisgah.

We hope to see you next year for another great day of friends, riding and pie!

Craig Stevens, on behalf of Pat Stratton Ride

Kiwanis Club of

Saranac Lake

Today’s breaking news and more to your inbox

Deem wins four MUSE creative awards | New


Oakland, Calif., Sept. 08, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Deem, a leading provider of mobile-focused business travel management software, today announced four more awards in global competitions. The company’s virtual Miles Ahead events of 2021 and 2022 won two gold awards from MUSE Creative in the B2B and Tech Events categories. The awards were based on both the design and brand aesthetics of the events as well as their outcome. Additionally, Deem’s updated brand identity won two silver awards.

Deem launched its new brand and business travel booking and management software, Etta, at Miles Ahead 2021, nearly a year after the onset of the global pandemic that brought travel to a virtual halt. These travel conditions led the company to quickly produce its award-winning Travel SafetyCheck feature to help business travelers make the best choices for themselves and their business when they really needed to be on the road.

The updated Etta brand identity features a bright and energetic color palette that infuses liveliness and joy into the design of the brand and the travel platform – a welcome update for travelers these days. troubled times.

Deem hosted its second Miles Ahead event in March 2022 to raise awareness of the software and its important features for business travelers despite ongoing concerns. At the event, Uber for Business’s integration with Etta was announced, which helps travel managers provide more proactive due diligence and reveals travelers’ true mobility needs and travel costs then hidden.

“We worked together as a team to launch Miles Ahead at a time when our community needed a place to connect and learn,” said Tahnee Perry, Vice President of Marketing at Deem. “It was inspiring to see how everyone came together, supported each other and brainstormed concrete solutions to the difficult issues we were facing as an industry. Now that we are seeing a return to business travel, teams are even more motivated to continue improving the Etta experience for travelers and travel managers.

Deem has received numerous prestigious awards over the past two years, including multiple accolades from the American Business Awards and Fast Company.

The MUSE Awards are a series of competitions organized by the International Awards Associate (IAA), an organization that has continually strived to honor creatives and designers for their excellence, regardless of their background or experience in the field. .

About Deem

Deem is on a mission to transform travel. Featuring Etta, its award-winning mobile business travel management and booking software, Deem gives employees everything they need to easily make the right travel decisions for themselves and their business. Deem’s travel technology connects to leading travel agencies and spend management solution providers, empowering more business customers and the world’s largest travel management companies.

Deem is a wholly owned and independently operated subsidiary of Enterprise Holdings. The company is based in Oakland, California, with offices in Dublin, Ireland and Bangalore, India. Learn more at Deem.com.


Diana R. Brandon Deem, Inc. 415-590-8414 [email protected]

Copyright 2022 GlobeNewswire, Inc.

How to make your home a vacation rental


No matter how happy they make you, if family portraits and children’s drawings decorate your walls, it is better to remove them when the tenants are around. It can be a difficult task. After all, you’ve worked hard to make your house a home. Yet, when renting for a vacation, people need a clean, uncluttered place to call home when away from home. Alicia Lafon of Vacasa explains, “Guests want to feel like it’s their private getaway, not a visit to someone else’s home.” To give your guests that feeling, remove photos, diplomas, and all keepsakes. Provide a place, such as a closet, where you can easily stack personal items that you remove when the house is rented. When it’s your moment, between two vacationers, you can start from scratch. Keep artwork, mirrors, and other universal decorations on the walls.

Of course, a home always needs decorations to feel inviting, and neutral colors are the answer. Neutral walls help make the home feel welcoming and comfortable without the tenant feeling like they’re invading your space. The Back Store emphasizes that neutral walls create a blank canvas, allowing other elements of the room to take center stage. For example, a colorful bohemian rug stands out in a light gray painted room. Neutrals are far from boring. Think soft, subtle colors that can coordinate with just about any other color or style.

Experian helps consumers use positive rent payments to build credit


COSTA MESA, Calif.–(BUSINESS WIRE)–To help millions of U.S. renters improve their credit scores, Experian® today launched a beta version of Experian Boost®1 which allows consumers to make qualifying “positive” residential rent payments directly to their Experian credit report. This ability makes Experian Boost the only feature that can instantly improve a consumer’s FICO® Rating 82 through positive rent payments at no cost.

“Experian Boost is a game-changer and we are excited to launch the first phase of this new enhancement that will allow consumers to instantly add lease payments to their Experian credit report,” said Jeff Softley, President Direct to Consumer, Experian Consumer Services. “We are committed to continually improving Experian Boost to bring financial power to everyone.

Based on preliminary analysis3 Highlighting the potential impact of a positive residential rent payment report via Experian Boost, Experian believes:

  • 66% of consumers will see an instant increase in their FICO® Rating 8

  • A FICO® Score 8 improvements of nearly 10 points on average for those who receive a boost and are new to using Experian Boost

  • Consumers who get a boost with thin credit records or low FICO® Scores see an improvement of around 14 points

  • An average improvement of almost 19 points for new users who see a FICO® Score 8 improvement when positive rent payments are combined with other payments eligible for Experian Boost, such as telecommunications, utilities, and video streaming services

Reporting positive rents via Experian Boost: how it works

With the beta, consumers who rent from more than 1,500 of the largest U.S.-based property management companies and pay their rent directly to their property management company or through platforms like AppFolio Property Management, Buildium®Yardi® Breeze and Zillow® The rental manager can add qualifying positive rent payments to their Experian credit file through Experian Boost.

Once a consumer creates an Experian account and signs up for a free or paid Experian membership, the consumer can register and authorize access to checking, savings, or credit card accounts used to pay rent so that Experian can identify residential rent payments under eligible conditions. amount range. Once three qualifying rent payments within the past six months are verified by the consumer, including at least one within the past three months, they may be added to the consumer’s Experian credit report, assuming they have no does not already have rent in his credit file via Expérian® RentalOffice® or an active home equity line of credit. The whole process takes less than five minutes. Once logged in, eligible future rent payments can be automatically added to a consumer’s Experian credit file.

New property management companies and payment methods will continue to be evaluated and added during the beta. Experian also plans to add individual owners and smaller property management companies over time.

Experian Boost: three years of significant impact

Since its launch in spring 2019, 8.6 million4 consumers instantly improved their FICO® Achieve a score of 8 with an average increase of 13 points by adding their positive payments for telecommunications, utilities, and video streaming services to their Experian credit report through Experian Boost. While not all users receive an increased FICO score, the free feature added a total of 88 million points to FICO scores nationwide. Those with limited credit histories and FICO scores below 620 saw the most benefit with an average FICO Score 8 improvement of almost 17 points for subprime consumers and almost 20 points for those with thin credit records (among users who see an improvement).

Experian analysis shows member FICO® Score 8 continues to improve during an Experian membership, even after being boosted. In fact, members who initially received a boost saw their FICO 8 score continue to improve by an additional 9 points on average over the next 12 months.

Experian was the first major credit reporting agency to include rent payments in consumer credit reports and has long supported the use of positive rent payments. In 2010, the company acquired RentBureau, which provides another way for consumers to report positive rent payments to Experian through their landlord, property management company, or third-party rent reporting service. .

About Experian

Experian is the world leader in information services. During life’s big moments – from buying a house or car, to sending a kid to college, to growing a business by connecting with new customers – we enable consumers and our customers to manage their data with confidence. We help individuals take financial control and access financial services, businesses make smarter decisions and thrive, lenders lend more responsibly, and organizations prevent identity theft and crime. .

We have 20,600 people operating in 43 countries and every day we invest in new technologies, talented people and innovation to help all of our customers maximize every opportunity. We are listed on the London Stock Exchange (EXPN) and are part of the FTSE 100 index.

Learn more about www.experianplc.com or visit our global content hub on our global news blog for the latest Group news and insights.

Experian and the Experian trademarks used herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of Experian and its affiliates. Use of any other trade name, copyright or trademark is for identification and reference purposes only and does not imply any association with the copyright or trademark holder of their product or Mark. Other product and company names mentioned herein are the property of their respective owners.

Use of any other trade name, copyright or trademark is for identification and reference purposes only and does not imply any association with the copyright or trademark holder of their product or Mark. Other product and company names mentioned herein are the property of their respective owners.

FICO is a registered trademark of Fair Isaac Corporation.



Results will vary. Not all payments are eligible for the boost. Some users may not receive score improvements or approval ratings. Not all lenders use Experian credit reports, and not all lenders use scores impacted by Experian Boost. Learn more.


Credit score calculated based on the FICO Score 8 model. Your lender or insurer may use another FICO® Score than FICO® Score 8, or any other type of credit score. Learn more.


Analysis performed using FICO 8 score with data from Experian.


8.6 million consumers reflect those who instantly improved their FICO® score 8

Dragon and Plastic Bank Announce Global Partnership


Today, Dragon, an exclusive brand of Marchon Eyewear Inc., announces a new partnership with a social enterprise, plastic bank. Dragon, a leader in performance eyewear with deep roots in the world of action sports, has implemented a plastic-compensated impact program, where every pair of optical frames, sunglasses and Dragon snow goggles sold will prevent the equivalent of 10 plastic bottles from entering the ocean in conjunction with Plastic Bank.

The partnership will help stop ocean plastic and improve the lives of collection community members in vulnerable coastal areas. Through this collaboration, both companies are creating an environmental, social and economic impact. By choosing Dragon eyewear, customers contribute to Dragon’s annual commitment to prevent over 85,600 kg of ocean plastic from entering the ocean, the equivalent of over 4,280,000 million plastic bottles. for single use.

“We are very proud to announce our partnership with Plastic Bank, and Dragon is a natural fit,” said Thomas BurhardtPresident of Marchon Eyewear, Inc. “By collaborating with Plastic Bank, we reinforce our commitment to social responsibility and sustainable initiatives, while connecting it to the brand’s heritage in surfing.”

“Around 11 million tonnes of plastic waste pours into the ocean every year. We keep talking about climate change when we need to focus on business changes like the one Marchon brought about for Dragon. Thank you for giving your consumers the choice to be part of the solution,” said David KatzFounder of Plastic Bank.

Known for its innovative designs and expert craftsmanship, Dragon continues to evolve into a new era of growth with sustainability at the forefront. Dragon eyewear currently offers a variety of sunglasses and eyewear styles made with recycled plastic, with frames made from recycled plastic water bottles. Dragon also has an offering of plant-based resin frames, all available worldwide at Dragon specialty retailers, select optical retailers, and online at dragonalliance.com and eyeconic.com.

About Dragon

Born in San Clemente, California, Dragon is internationally recognized as a premier performance eyewear brand for those seeking progressive product design, top performance and innovative technology. Since 1993, our collection of world-class athletes and ambassadors have helped launch and inspire our wide range of products, while our heritage in surf and snow culture exemplifies our continued celebration of a way of life. active and passionate. For more information on Dragon’s premium goggles and goggles, visit dragonalliance.com

About Marchon Eyewear, Inc.

Marchon Eyewear, Inc. is one of the world’s largest manufacturers and distributors of quality eyewear and sunglasses. The company markets its products under prestigious brands such as: Calvin Klein, Columbia, Converse, DKNY, Donna Karan, Dragon, Flexon, Karl Lagerfeld, Lacoste, Lanvin, Liu Jo, Longchamp, Marchon NYC, MCM, Nautica, Nike, Nine West, Pilgrim, Pure, Salvatore Ferragamo, Shinola, Skaga, Victoria Beckham and ZEISS. Marchon Eyewear distributes its products through a worldwide network of subsidiaries and distributors, serving more than 80,000 accounts in more than 100 countries. Marchon Eyewear is a VSP Vision™ company, focused on its goal of empowering human potential through sight and connecting its more than 85 million members to affordable, accessible, high-quality eye care and eyewear. Marchon Eyewear is proud of its commitment to sustainability and corporate social responsibility initiatives – EYES ON TOMORROW™ For more information, visit www.marchon.com and follow @marchoneyewear.

About Plastic Bank

Plastic Bank empowers Ocean Stewards to stop plastic in the oceans. Our ethical collection communities exchange plastic for life-enhancing benefits. Trades are recorded through a blockchain-secured platform that allows for traceable collection, secures revenue, and verifies reporting. The collected materials are transformed into Social Plastic raw material to be reused in products and packaging.

PlasticBank®, Social Plastic® and Alchemy™ are registered trademarks of The Plastic Bank Recycling Corporation.

Learn more about www.plasticbank.com

Asian markets mixed after China’s pledge of economic support


BEIJING (AP) — Asian stock markets were mixed on Tuesday after China promised to speed up the rollout of policy changes to spur sluggish economic growth.

Shanghai gained while Hong Kong fell. Tokyo and South Korea were unchanged at midday.

China’s Cabinet Planning Agency on Monday promised to accelerate easier loans and other policies, but announced no new spending. Economic growth fell to 2.5% year on year in the second half, less than half of the official annual target.

The announcement could “bring a short-term improvement” to sentiment, but investors “ultimately want to see a stronger recovery,” IG’s Yeap Jun Rong said in a statement.

The Shanghai Composite Index gained 1% to 3,232.24 while the Nikkei 225 in Tokyo was unchanged at 28,618.62. The Hang Seng in Hong Kong fell 0.2% to 19,188.25.

Seoul’s Kospi was unchanged at 2,403.90 and Sydney’s S&P-ASX 200 gained less than 0.1% to 6,855.50. New Zealand fell while Southeast Asian markets gained.

US markets were closed Monday for Labor Day.

European markets plunged after Russian gas giant Gazprom announced on Friday that a suspension of supplies through the Nord Stream 1 gas pipeline would be extended indefinitely. This adds to shortages in Germany and other economies.

Deputy director of China’s National Development and Reform Commission Yang Yinkai said the agency will “speed up the release of policy effectiveness” to “compensate for losses caused by the epidemic in the second quarter,” according to dispatches.

The government cut interest rates, gave contractors a break on rents and promised other aid to revive the economy after Shanghai and other industrial hubs temporarily shut down to fight virus outbreaks. But he is avoiding big spending, perhaps for fear of reigniting rising housing costs and debt that Chinese leaders fear is dangerously high.

Also on Monday, Beijing freed up more foreign currency reserves of Chinese commercial banks for lending and trading by lowering the amount they must hold in reserve. The move reverses a hike imposed last year to curb speculative trading and curb a rise in the Chinese yuan’s exchange rate, which has since fallen.

In energy markets, benchmark U.S. crude gained $1.71 to $88.58 a barrel in electronic trading on the New York Mercantile Exchange. Brent crude, used to price international oils, fell 81 cents to $94.93 a barrel in London.

The dollar rose to 140.48 yen from 140.46 yen on Monday. The euro gained 99.49 cents against 99.31 cents.

At 6% CAGR, global social media analytics market size and share will exceed $10.2 billion by 2030, CMI forecast report


Personalized market information

The social media analytics market was valued at US$4.5 billion in 2021 and is expected to reach approximately US$10.2 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 6% from 2022-2030 .

The social media analytics market was valued at US$4.5 billion in 2021 and is expected to reach approximately US$10.2 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 6% from 2022-2030 . »

— Personalized market insights

SANDY, UTAH, USA, Sept. 5, 2022 /EINPresswire.com/ — According to the study, the global social media analytics market was estimated at USD 4.5 billion in 2021 and is expected to reach around 10.2 billion USD by 2030, growing at a CAGR of around 6% between 2022 and 2030.

Social Media Analytics Market: Overview

The process of collecting and analyzing audience data shared on social media networks to improve an organization’s strategic business decisions is known as Social Media Analytics. Social media can help businesses by allowing marketers to identify consumer behavior trends that are relevant to a company’s industry and determine the success of marketing efforts.

Another important way Social Media Analytics helps marketing campaigns is by providing data that can be used to calculate a campaign’s return on investment (ROI) based on traffic from various social media channels. Marketers can also examine the performance of various social platforms, such as Facebook, LinkedIn, and Twitter, as well as specific social media posts, to specify which posts and topics resonate best with a target audience.

Social Media Analytics Market: Growth Drivers

The growing number of social media users is propelling the Social Media Analytics market and is expected to do so throughout 2022-2030. This allows social media analytics companies to collect better customer data and conduct more in-depth customer behavioral analysis. The use of smartphones, laptops and personal computers with Internet access has grown over time. This had a noticeable impact on social media platforms. People have started using social media for communication, online shopping and other social connectedness activities as digital technologies have advanced. These have encouraged companies to apply social media analytics solutions to better understand the demands and desires of their customers, as well as the viability of their products.

Get sample report: https://www.custommarketinsights.com/request-for-free-sample/?reportid=17447

Key ideas:

A) According to the analysis shared by our research analyst, the social media analytics market is expected to grow annually at a CAGR of around 14% over the forecast period (2022-2030).
B) In terms of revenue, the social media analytics market size was valued at around USD 10.2 billion in 2021. Due to various driving factors, the market is expected to grow at a significant rate.
D) Based on component segmentation, software segment was estimated to hold maximum market share in 2021.
E) Based on deployment segmentation, the cloud-based segment was the top revenue-generating category in 2021.
F) Based on the analytics segmentation, the descriptive analytics segment is expected to show a higher CAGR during the period 2022-2030.
G) Based on the organization size segmentation, the SME segment is expected to witness considerable growth over the forecast period.
h) Based on industry segmentation, retail and e-commerce segment dominated the market in 2021.
I) Based on geography, the North American region was the top revenue generator in 2021.

Press Release for Social Media Analytics Market: https://www.custommarketinsights.com/press-releases/social-media-analytics-market/

Regional landscape

During the period 2022-2030, the North American region is expected to hold the largest market share. Most organizations in North America consider sales and marketing management and competitive intelligence to be highly effective. Europe, on the other hand, is gradually integrating these advanced solutions into its businesses. Due to increasing digitalization and the demand for centrally managed systems, APAC is seeing a significant increase in the use of social media analytics.

Get a sample of the report: https://www.custommarketinsights.com/request-for-free-sample/?reportid=17447

Key players

IBM Corporation
Clarabridge Inc.
SAS Institute Inc.
Good Data Corporation
Crimson Hexagon Inc.
Oracle Corporation
Adobe Systems Inc.
com Inc. (Tableau Software Inc.)
Sprout Social Inc.
Netbase Solutions Inc.

Directly Purchase a Copy of the Report @ https://www.custommarketinsights.com/checkout/?reportid=17447

The Social Media Analytics Market is segmented as follows:

By component

The solution

Per deployment

On the site

By Analytics

Predictive analytics
Prescriptive Analytics
Diagnostic analysis
Descriptive analysis

By organization size

Large companies

By industry

Retail and e-commerce
Health care
IT & Telecom
Government & Defense
travel and hospitality

By geography

North America

United States
Great Britain
The rest of Europe

Asia Pacific

South Korea
Rest of Asia-Pacific

Latin America

Rest of Latin America
Middle East and Africa
North Africa
South Africa
Rest of the Middle East and Africa

Get a sample of the report: https://www.custommarketinsights.com/request-for-free-sample/?reportid=17447

Take a look at our other reports:

Global Security Robots Market 2022-2030: https://www.custommarketinsights.com/report/security-robots-market/
Global Veterinary Orthopedic Implants Market 2022-2030: https://www.custommarketinsights.com/report/veterinary-orthopedic-implants-market/
Global Luxury Car Rental Market 2022-2030: https://www.custommarketinsights.com/report/luxury-car-rental-market/
Global Hearing Aids Market 2022-2030: https://www.custommarketinsights.com/report/hearing-aids-market/

About Us

Custom Market Insights is a market research and consulting company that provides business insights and market research reports to large, small and medium sized businesses. We help our clients with business strategies and policies and regularly work towards achieving sustainable growth in their respective fields.

Custom Market Insights provides a one-stop solution for data collection and investment advice. Our expert company analysis elicits essential factors that help in understanding the importance and impact of market dynamics. The professional experts apply the clients inside on aspects like fall strategies of future estimates, forecasts or growth opportunities and consumer surveys.

Get a sample of the report: https://www.custommarketinsights.com/request-for-free-sample/?reportid=17447

Contact us

Joel Jean
Personalized market information
+1 801-639-9061
[email protected]
Visit us on social media:

You could rent the car seat that heats your behind or your next running shoes – EEJournal


When first reports of BMW created a marketing program to lease heated seats in its newest vehicles, the media coverage was designed to make my blood boil. “Pigs!” I thought. “They’re just bleeding their customers dry because cars have become rolling, always-connected software platforms.” Here are some of the titles that led me down the garden path:

“BMW owners are outraged by the $18 per month charge for using heated seats” – Theo Wayt, New York Post

“The future of cars is a subscription nightmare” – Andrew J. Hawkins, The edge

“FYI: BMW is putting heated seats and other features behind the paywall” – Brandon Vigliarolo, The register

“BMW hides its best car features behind a paywall? –James Brizuela, Giant monster robot

These titles are all written to annoy you.

A few days later, I finally saw an article by Peter Valdes-Dapena, a great automotive reporter for CNN Business, which has been covering the automotive industry for many years. I have watched his car review videos for many years and think he is an accurate reporter. His article on the CNN Business The website is titled “Why BMW offers heated seats with a monthly subscription”.

In his article, Valdes-Dapena writes:

“BMW is now offering UK drivers the option of enjoying a heated seat on a monthly subscription basis. Of course, you can still get heated seats in the usual way – just buy them as an option when you buy the car – but for those who haven’t or bought a used car without this feature, BMW will activate it for a monthly fee so you can try and get a nice warm seat on a cold day .”

Later in the article, he explains:

“BMW executives have been talking for years about plans to offer certain features, including, yes, heated seats, on a subscription basis. The heater coils and other hardware needed to heat the seats are already in the car, but owners can, if they wish, pay a monthly fee to BMW which will allow them to actually operate The benefit would be a lower initial price for the car and potentially the ability to pay for functionality only when it might be needed, such as in the winter, and second or third owners could pay – or not – for the features they want or not.

Now this program makes more sense to me. BMW extends the whole car buy/lease concept to parts of the car. BMW can reduce the number of option configurations it needs to build by putting every feature in every car and pushing the option decision to the buyer. Maybe you want to buy the car but not all the options. Maybe you only want heated seats three months out of the year. However, you probably want the wheels full time. You’ll probably want to buy them, or at least put them on the entire car lease.

The transformation of an automobile into a rolling software and infotainment platform is a long-term trend. This trend parallels a demographic trend of the buying public. Brian Kurtz, one of my marketing experts, recently sent out an email newsletter that focused on this trending demographic. Strangely, he begins by writing on sneakers:

“A Swiss sportswear brand, On, has designed a shoe that can be ground down into another shoe – as long as runners send back their old pairs and are willing to ‘rent’ their sneakers (for 29, $99 per month for an endless supply) rather than buying them outright.

Now I know immediately that this is no deal for me. My everyday sneakers cost around $50 and wear out in about six months. Generously speaking, this rental plan would triple the cost of my everyday shoes. However, On’s shoes cost three times what I pay for my basic ASICS shoes, so it might not be a bad deal if you like shoes from this company. (Yes, I wear ASICS, because they fit, not because of the high-tech name.)

I say “No thanks” to On’s shoe rental program. I will throw away my shoes when they are worn out and buy new ones. But I also recognize that I am not the only demographic at sea. As Kurtz points out, a clear demographic trend is a growing aversion to owning “things”, whether due to storage/clutter issues or environmental concerns. Does this trend apply to shoes? Not in my world. Maybe you, like me, don’t fit into this demographic. Like me, you may have seen news stories about this trend of owning less and renting more stuff.

Kurtz’s newsletter highlights this closely related trend: renting versus buying. He calls him “The kissing cousin of ‘less stuff'”, and he writes:

“Leasing relieves you of the burden of thinking about the things you buy when their usefulness is complete… where to throw away or recycle or sell… or give to someone else to collect dust in their storage unit.”

The On brand’s monthly running shoe subscription is called Cyclon. Although On offers running shoes in different colors and I can see people changing shoe colors every month through this rental program, the photos on the On website suggest that the recyclable rental shoes are exclusively white. I guess the monochrome feature makes it easier to recycle.

As someone who just moved from California to Utah, I can attest to the onerous nature of hoarding stuff. I recently had to purge my pantries of stuff accumulated over the past 22 years, plus stuff we dragged from Massachusetts 22 years ago when we moved to California. It is a painful process. Things are great when you use them, but they become fossilized strata over the years, depositing hardened layers of trash in heaps that only seem to grow higher. The younger population is onto something here, maybe.

Maybe, like me, you still have 20e artifact of the century which is a tribute to things. I have four Ikea media cabinets bundled together filled with DVDs, CDs and the occasional Blu-Ray disc. For many, the very idea of ​​a media cabinet is quaint. For me, it’s something my parents did with 78 rpm phonograph records. Come to think of it, I have three extremely heavy bins of vinyl records from the 1970s, 1980s, and 1990s in the garage. More stuff I’ve dragged from house to house over the decades.

Much of what we do technologically as engineers empowers marketing felines like Brian Kurtz to invent even more ways for people to spend their money. Engineers tend to view marketing as the dark or dirty side of business. System design and chip design are seen as “pure”, while marketing is seen as some kind of alien, derivative exercise done by people who couldn’t do it as engineers or could ever become engineers. I’ll just remind you that engineering is about creating products and services that people want to buy, personally or for work. The idea that people pay money for the product or service should always be there, as long as we are all immersed in a capitalist society.

EDA companies, including Synopsys, Cadence, and Siemens EDA (formerly Mentor), have had to get creative with pricing models for years. They have developed all-you-can-eat buffet style pricing. They have created EDA tool licenses that go around the world so that global chip design teams can push designs and tools in a 24/7 design environment. Now they are migrating to cloud-based tools, so new pricing models will undoubtedly emerge.

Oscilloscopes with software-optional analog bandwidth and optional function generators, logic analyzers, and protocol and signal analysis applications also come to mind. The hardware is there in the instrument, but you have to pay extra to unlock it. Oscilloscope vendors including Keysight, Tektronix, Siglent, and Rigol all use this sales model. Don’t want the option? Don’t buy it. Need a month? Maybe you can rent it. Like BMW’s cars, these oscilloscope options owe their existence to the transformation of instruments into Internet-connected software platforms. Obviously, our own electronics industry is not immune to this type of marketing.

All of this puts the consumer in the driver’s seat. Presumably, a heated one. Rented, maybe.

(Note: When playing with software options in the design engineering and consumer markets, you open yourself up to feature pirates. It goes with the territory.)

Asian stocks trail Wall Street lower after US jobs report


BEIJING (AP) — Asian stock markets were mostly down on Monday after Wall Street ended lower last week and China tightened virus controls.

Tokyo, Hong Kong and South Korea fell. Shanghai won. Oil prices rose $2 a barrel while the euro edged lower.

Wall Street’s benchmark S&P 500 index ended down 1.1% on Friday after US government data showed a slowdown in hiring in August. The number of jobs added was still large enough that forecasters said the Federal Reserve may see it as evidence that more interest rate hikes are needed to bring down inflation, which is at its highest level in recent history. four decades.

“Markets have abandoned early optimism for a sense of foreboding,” Mizuho Bank’s Tan Boon Heng said in a report.

The Shanghai Composite Index rose 0.2% to 3,193.46, after controls on movement were tightened in the southern business hub of Shenzhen following virus outbreaks.

The Nikkei 225 in Tokyo fell less than 0.1% to 27,646.27 while the Hang Seng in Hong Kong fell 1.3% to 19,203.24.

Seoul’s Kospi lost 0.3% to 2,403.12 while Sydney’s S&P-ASX 200 added 0.3% to 6,846.70.

New Zealand and Bangkok fell while Singapore and Indonesia advanced.

Traders are eyeing the Fed with concern after Chairman Jerome Powell said Aug. 26 interest rates needed to stay high to curb soaring inflation. That dashed hopes that the Fed might back down on signs of slowing US economic activity.

The Fed has raised rates four times this year, twice by 0.75 percentage points, triple its usual margin.

Central banks in Europe and Asia also hiked rates, stoking fears of derailing global economic growth.

On Wall Street, the Dow Jones Industrial Average also fell 1.1% on Friday after the Labor Department said the U.S. economy added 315,000 jobs in August. That was sharply down from July’s 526,000, but average hourly earnings jumped an unusually wide margin of 5.2% from a year earlier.

Forecasters warned that strong wage gains could bolster the Fed’s belief that more aggressive rate hikes are needed.

The Nasdaq composite lost 1.3%.

The US market gave up much of the gains made in July and August when traders hoped the Fed might relax.

Traders are expecting another 0.75 percentage point rate hike at this month’s Fed meeting, according to CME Group.

Also on Friday, Russian energy giant Gazprom announced that the suspension of gas supplies through the Nord Stream 1 gas pipeline to Germany could be extended. The company announced last Wednesday that the gas flow would be stopped for three days due to urgent maintenance work.

In energy markets, benchmark U.S. crude gained $1.88 to $88.75 a barrel in electronic trading on the New York Mercantile Exchange. The contract rose 26 cents to $86.87 on Friday. Brent crude, the price basis for international oil trade, added $2.14 to $95.16 a barrel in London. It advanced 66 cents the previous session to $93.02.

The dollar rose to 140.33 yen from 140.13 yen on Friday. The euro fell from 99.64 cents to 99.08 cents.

Proposed former Amazon site in Geneva sells for $10 million – Shaw Local


GENEVA – Bullock Holdings LLC purchased nearly 55 acres for a corporate campus project in Geneva for $10 million on August 18 from a limited liability company, AD G4 LLC, at the same address as Batavia Enterprises, 140 First St., Batavia, according to state ownership and business records.

The land, 54.78 acres in two parcels, is located on the southeast corner of Kirk Road and Division Street near Geneva. It had already been considered for an Amazon warehouse fulfillment center last year. But the plaintiff withdrew following strong public opposition.

AJ Antunes & Company’s proposed use of the Bullock Campus includes a light manufacturing facility, school and other support uses, according to its June 24 filing with the Geneva Development Department.

The company, based in Carol Stream, makes cookware and water treatment systems, according to its website, antunes.com.

The plaintiff, listed as Pheasant Trail LLC, is seeking to annex the property, a zoning map amendment for rural residential light industries and to allow preliminary development of planned units, according to city documents.

The app also searches for gaps for parking, outdoor truck docks, and multiple driveways for each lot, according to records.

An industrial building to the east would be 379,900 square feet; a school in the southwest at 15,000 square feet; a northeast retreat and cafe/fitness/wellness center would be 12,000 and 24,500 square feet respectively; an 18,975 square foot theater in the Midwest; and 20,000 square feet also in the mid-west area for future uses, according to its filing with the city.

Loading docks would be located along the north side of the industrial building with retention ponds throughout the site, according to the filing.

A hearing before the Planning and Zoning Commission has not yet been scheduled.

Bullock Holdings LLC lists an address in the 800 block of Newberry Drive, Batavia, where Glenn and Jane Bullock live.

According to the Baumhart Center for Social Enterprise and Responsibility, Loyola Business Leadership Hub, Jane Antunes Bullock is the daughter of AJ Antunes & Co. founder and co-owner with her husband and CEO, Glenn R. Bullock.

“In 1992 Jane returned to Antunes in a sales support role. Twenty-eight years later, Jane is currently Vice President of Administration and has assumed the new role of Director of Goals,” according to the website, www.luc.edu/baumhartcenter. “She champions the philanthropic side of the business and chairs the Antunes Social Responsibility Committee. Jane’s role in corporate social responsibility initiatives has expanded to include overseeing all areas of CSR: environmental sustainability; product effectiveness; community engagement; and responsible culture.

The couple also run a private foundation, the Glenn and Jane Bullock Family Foundation, which was founded in 2017, records show.

According to its 2019 IRS filing, the Bullocks Foundation provided grants to the American Lung Association in Chicago; the National Shrine Basilica of the Immaculate Conception in Washington, DC; the Catholic Bishop of Northern Alaska in Fairbanks; the Dana Farber Cancer Institute in Boston; Feed America in Washington, DC; Hesed House in Aurora; Mercy Home for boys and girls in Chicago; the Northern Illinois Food Bank in Geneva; and Little Sisters of the Poor in Chicago, among others.

Jane Bullock did not return a voicemail requesting comment on the planned development or recent property purchase.

‘The tap has turned off’: Bozeman-area real estate market sees signs of cooling, but prices remain high | Town


Ihe last few years, the Bozeman real estate market has been chaotic. Homes skyrocketed from the market, buyers had to bid well above the asking price to get their bids to the top of the pile, and each month the monthly reported median selling prices seemed to rise higher and higher.

But in recent months, things have started to feel different.

“It’s not necessarily a fireball anymore, where something is listed and you have five seconds to go see it, or there are 20 offers on it,” said Aaron Cribbes, adviser at Engel and Volkers.

Receive one of our free daily email newsletters – news headlines, opinion, electronic edition, obituaries and more.

‘Nowhere to Go’: Soaring Rents and 95% Occupancy Leave Tulsans Without Affordable Housing | Local News


Too hot to enter his apartment, which had a broken air conditioner, DJ Griffin sat in his car with the windows rolled down to catch a late afternoon breeze. But the parking lot was not very comfortable either. Garbage was piled up next to the fence. Knee-high weeds grew along the sidewalk. And the Stonebrook apartment complex itself seemed almost deserted, with shuttered windows and ripped off bits of siding.

“I’m over this place,” Griffin said. “I’m done with it.”

Griffin was notified a week ago that he will soon have to move to have his unit renovated. And when it’s ready to be occupied again, the rent will triple, Griffin said, he was told.

“I had already looked for another place, anyway,” he said with a shrug. But he just can’t find a vacant apartment to rent.

“At this point,” Griffin said, “I could sleep in my car.”

People also read…

Tulsa’s rental occupancy rate is over 95%, pushing rents to record highs, according to local housing officials. By some estimates, the average Tulsa apartment now rents for $904 a month, down from $838 at the start of the year.

“People have nowhere to go,” said Shandi Campbell, director of the Landlord Tenant Resource Center in Tulsa, “especially if they have any housing barriers,” such as a previous eviction or criminal record.

“Anything landlords might look for in a background check becomes a hindrance,” Campbell said. “It’s hard for anyone to get a second chance right now.”

Stonebrook, a low-rent complex near 41st Street and East 130th Avenue, epitomizes the local housing crisis, officials said. Most tenants have already left as the resort stopped renewing leases to make way for renovations. And most of the remaining tenants will have to leave by November or December, officials said.

When the renovations are complete, current tenants will almost certainly not be able to afford to move in again. Many of them are several months behind on rent as it is, officials said.

An executive owner of the complex declined to comment, except to note that property managers are working with local agencies to help tenants find alternative places to live.

Rents are skyrocketing across the country. Rents rose, on average, 19.3% last year in the 50 largest U.S. metro areas, including Tulsa, according to national surveys.

Nowhere has faced bigger jumps than Miami, Florida, where rents soared 50% last year. Several other cities, including Tampa, Orlando, San Diego, Las Vegas, Austin and Memphis, saw spikes of more than 25%.

Tulsa, by comparison, remains quite affordable, with the average rent rising “only” 12% in the past year, officials said. But that’s no comfort to people who were already stretching to pay their rent.

Even before the recent increases, 46% of Tulsa’s renter households — or about 35,000 families — were “cost-loaded,” meaning they spent more than 30% of their income on housing, according to data from the town.

“Housing costs just overwhelm people,” Campbell said.

Featured video: American working families hardest hit by rising rents

Russian bank Sberbank to sell its Swiss subsidiary hit by sanctions


GENEVA (AP) — The Swiss financial market watchdog said on Friday that Sberbank, one of Russia’s biggest banks, was selling its Swiss subsidiary, which had come under pressure due to international sanctions against Russian interests following a the invasion of Ukraine.

Sberbank (Switzerland) AG, which focuses on commodity trade finance, was already facing liquidity problems after a first round of Western sanctions hit Russian interests earlier this year. Then, last month, the Swiss executive branch froze the bank’s assets and banned it from providing funds, resources or technical services following a new round of sanctions.

FINMA, the Swiss market authority, said in a statement on Friday that it had lifted “protective measures” – mainly to protect customers – on Sberbank so that it could be sold to M3 Group, a company diversified company that mainly holds stakes in the real estate, hospitality and healthcare sectors.

“FINMA is following the transaction closely and has temporarily lifted its protective measures at Sberbank (Switzerland) AG so that the transaction can be completed,” it said in a statement. “This is also done with the consent of the sanctioning authorities.”

FINMA said the “resized” bank will now operate under a new name, TradeXBank.

Groupe M3 confirmed the sale in a press release. Terms of the sale were not disclosed.

In an interview with the Swiss newspaper Le Temps published on Friday, the president of the M3 Group, Abdallah Chatila, said he saw a “good opportunity” when the opportunity to buy the Swiss subsidiary of Sberbank presented itself in May thanks to a of his contacts.

Chatila, who made headlines after buying Nazi memorabilia at auction to keep them out of the hands of neo-Nazis, said authorities, including the US Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, which oversees US sanctions, had given the “green light” to the agreement. The Treasury Department declined to comment.

He reportedly said that Sberbank Switzerland itself was not targeted by the sanctions. He said he was generating about 3-4 billion Swiss francs in revenue a year before the sanctions, but M3 Group had been forced to sell 1.5 billion francs of assets under management to clients who were after them. as part of the purchase.

More real estate investors in Calgary are turning to short-term rentals even as demand increases for long-term rentals


Duncan Haldane, right, and Beth Haldane of Your Key, a Calgary-based short-term rental management company, said short-term rentals offer landlords a higher rate of return.Todd Korol/The Globe and Mail

A growing number of real estate investors in Calgary are turning to short-term rentals despite the increased demand for long-term rentals.

The number of short-term rental listings for entire units available on Airbnb and Vrbo was 8% higher between January and July this year than in 2019, according to AirDNA, a US-based analytics provider. for short term rental. industry.

With a monthly average of 2,472 registrations, whole units accounted for about 80% of all registrations during this period, compared to 60% before the COVID-19 pandemic, according to company data.

At the same time, increased pressure from higher interest rates and inflation on potential buyers has created a tight rental market in Calgary, said Ray Wong, vice president of data operations at Altus Group.

Interest rates “drive away people who want to buy and can’t, causing more stress and driving up rents in the traditional rental market,” Wong said.

In the first quarter of 2022, Altus Group reported a rental vacancy rate of 2.31% in Calgary, down from 5.1% in 2021 and 6.6% in 2020, as rates rentals have steadily increased.

In July, the average rent for a one-bedroom unit in Calgary was 27 per cent higher than a year earlier, the second highest increase on Rentals.ca’s national rent rankings.

As Calgary’s economy recovers, this situation is expected to continue. “Calgary is benefiting from the resurgence in oil prices,” Wong said. “It’s causing a push for some of the rentals in the city center.”

Yet investors seem to be turning to short-term rentals rather than taking on long-term tenants. Wong notes that short-term rentals offer the prospect of higher revenue than long-term rentals due to higher turnover.

Duncan Haldane, co-owner of Your Key, a Calgary-based short-term rental management company, said short-term rentals offer landlords a higher rate of return, among other benefits, than long-term rentals.

“It’s a way to create more value from their property,” he said. “When you consider a short-term rental, the economy is better than if you compare it to a long-term rental.”

AirDNA data shows that whole units listed on Airbnb and Vrbo fetched an average of $2,000 a month in the first seven months of the year, despite being occupied for half the time they were available , an increase of 40% compared to 2019.

The average rent for units on the RentFaster rental listing website was around $1,700 during the same period.

In July, Airbnb ranked Calgary as one of the most popular markets for long-term stays in Canada, alongside Toronto, Vancouver, Montreal and Victoria.

While July is the busiest month in the Calgary short-term rental market, data from AirDNA shows that longer-term stays are changing seasonal patterns. In the first seven months of this year, the monthly number of nights booked in entire units was about 10% higher than in 2019.

Short-term rental services have also been criticized for disrupting local housing markets by reducing supply and driving up rents.

Researchers from McGill University published a study in 2019 which found that Airbnb had removed 31,000 homes from the Canadian rental market. Airbnb denied that its service had a negative effect on the traditional rental market and said it was working with local governments to follow regulations designed to control short-term rentals.

While the municipal governments of Vancouver, Victoria, Ottawa and Toronto require all listed properties to be the owner’s primary residence, prohibiting the availability of entire units on the short-term rental market and affecting renters, Calgary is relatively permissive.

In 2020, the City of Calgary implemented a business license requirement for short-term rentals to ensure landlords adhere to regulations such as guest count limits and record keeping.

Lindsay Tedds, associate professor of economics at the University of Calgary’s School of Public Policy, said policies and regulations adopted by local governments should also consider the role platforms play in driving demand and short-term housing supply.

Dr Tedds said cities should adopt a ‘co-regulation’ model, working with short-term rental companies to ensure landlords follow local rules – rather than what she describes as an approach to ‘Thor’s Hammer’ that could stifle the market. .

“The big problem is [that] the platform is not just player agnostic,” Dr. Tedds said.

“He wants more and more ‘listers’, and more and more short-term tenants. And so he always makes sure that, from their point of view, there are enough rentals of sufficient type in certain areas, and then they want to bring certain tenants there.

Yet Dr. Tedds dismisses the idea that short-term accommodations in Calgary are undermining the traditional market, because according to his team’s research, between 2017 and 2021, the average number of short-term rentals available in Calgary has remained stable at approximately 2,500 units. a month, including both whole units and shared accommodations.

“We don’t see this as a hollowing out of the rental market,” she explains. “The tightness of the rental market cannot be underwritten by Airbnb, it’s been a function of poor housing policy for 20, 30 years.”

Your home is your most valuable asset. We have a weekly real estate newsletter to help you stay up to date with housing market news, mortgages, the latest foreclosures and more. register today.

Electric scooters debut in Springfield


SPRINGFIELD, Mo. (KY3) — As of September 1, electric scooters are now available for rent in Springfield, but only in certain areas.

These include:

— the campus of Missouri State University

— the commercial part of Commercial Street

— along Boonville Avenue from Commercial Street to downtown

— downtown Water St. in the north to Elm St. in the south

In Missouri State on Thursday, the Student Government Association and Bird, the company bringing electric scooters to Springfield, introduced students to the latest transportation option around campus.

Drew Minnis, a junior, was among the first to try one.

“That’s pretty cool,” he said. “It slows down (on its own) in front of some university buildings, so you don’t go too fast and pass people. That kind of threw me for a loop for a second. Once you have learned how to navigate the app and load money into it, you can reserve it. I think it’s about 39 cents a mile. It might be a bit pricey as there is a $3 minimum, but they do offer membership options so you can buy an unlimited pass.

At MSU, e-scooters are supposed to be ridden in areas marked for bikes and depending on where you are in the city center. We advise you above all not to walk on the sidewalks.

But not always.

“They have the technology that shows you on the app where you’re allowed to be on or off the sidewalk,” said Springfield Public Works traffic engineer Grady Porter. “Basically, these follow the same rules as the bikes in our city. And the reality is that some people will ride on the sidewalk where they’re not supposed to, but they just have to be careful. We’re not here to write tickets. We just want them to be used safely and appropriately.

Other rules include:

— you must wear a helmet and have a driver’s license

— you must yield to pedestrians

– speed limits for scooters are 15 mph in most areas and 10 mph on greenway trails

– scooters must stay off roads where the car speed limit is over 30 mph

— rentals will be stopped at 10 p.m. each evening

Bird, the electric scooter company, is present in 400 cities around the world and has extensive experience in the field. They were the first company to contact the city of Springfield and get approval after the city council approved electric scooter rentals in May.

But based on the problems in other cities, local businesses certainly had concerns.

“The biggest concerns are what you’ve heard nationally about people using them inappropriately,” Porter said. “They will leave them on the sidewalks. They will throw them in the streets. They will just be careless in their operation of the scooters. But there are ways for the city to track this. There are ways for the supplier to know where each scooter is. And the city required that the scooters be picked up every night and returned to the deployment location, so they weren’t strewn across the sidewalks in the morning like you’ve seen in other cities. This was one of our big concerns. »

Also, as you’ll notice along sidewalks in areas where e-scooters are permitted, the city has placed green rectangles marked “e-scooter parking only”, which should be treated the same as a parking spot. car park.

“A lot of people use the term ‘dock’, but either way the scooter is on its kickstand and sitting in an area where it’s allowed to be,” Porter explained. “These areas are marked as your street parking spots. We can’t say everyone will be forced to put their scooters there but there are ways and measures our supplier has to make sure they park there with incentives for their rides and if they are still charged if they stopped at a location that is not an approved parking spot. We want to ensure these scooters are parked in an efficient manner that remains attractive and does not disrupt business. We have also limited the number to 30 scooters at MSU and 20 downtown until we find that there are not a number of nuisance issues.

So, with only 50 scooters available in limited areas at present, what is the future of e-scooter expansion? (By the way, if you are wondering if you are driving a scooter outside the authorized areas, it will automatically turn off)

“We haven’t set any parameters on when or how we will grow. We’ll let the data and the providers determine that,” Porter replied. “So as we become more comfortable with technology to prevent these nuisances and address these public safety concerns, we will slowly grow. We also don’t want scooters sitting all over the place that aren’t being used. But other companies can apply for a commercial license, and we will work with them because we have this supplier.

Electric scooters are expected to be aimed at young people, but they are open to everyone.

“I think it’s going to be a great program for this campus,” Minnis said of the potential use of electric scooters in the state of Missouri. “And I’m delighted.”

To report a correction or typo, please email [email protected]

Banking as a service market size worth $74.55 billion by 2030


SAN FRANCISCO, September 1, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — The World banking market as a service the size should reach $74.55 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 16.2% from 2022 to 2030, according to a new study conducted by Grand View Research, Inc. The global industry is accelerating due to increasing digitalization of banks and simplification of financial services. In addition, the expansion of the banking as a service (BaaS) industry is positively influenced by advances in fund transaction services in the United States and several emerging countries. For example, in October 2021, a Brazilian fintech, Dock has acquired BPP Payment Institution SA (Brasil Pré-Pagos), an electronic payment service provider. With this acquisition, Dock will strengthen its payment and digital banking services by Brazil.

Key industry insights and findings from the report:

  • The platform segment led the industry in 2021 owing to increased adoption of digital financial services, including banking, payment transactions, mutual funds, portfolio management, and money management. The growing adoption of these services is pushing enterprises to adopt BaaS platforms to provide better customer experience.
  • The cloud-based BaaS segment dominated the industry in 2021 owing to the growing adoption of cloud-based BaaS platforms by enterprises to streamline digital operations.
  • The large corporate segment led the industry in 2021 due to increased large corporate investment in banking capabilities to improve customer service.
  • The NBFC segment is expected to experience the fastest CAGR during the forecast period as businesses can use trust to grow their customer base by collaborating with banks.
  • Asia Pacific is expected to register the fastest CAGR over the forecast period owing to the development of IT infrastructure and the growing focus on financial inclusion.

Read the full 130-page market research report, “Banking as a Service Market Size, Share, and Trend Analysis Report by Product Type (API, Cloud-Based BaaS), by Component (Platform, Services), by Product Size Enterprise (Large, SME), By End Use (Banks, NBFC), and Industry Forecast, 2022 – 2030“, published by Grand View Research.

Banking as a Service Market Growth and Trends

The acquisition of BPP Payment Institution SA is expected to increase the competitiveness of its comprehensive banking-as-a-service (BaaS) offering and accelerate integrations. Moreover, in June 2022Raisin Bank, a German BaaS operator, agreed to buy the unit Bankhaus August Lenz, a German private bank. With this acquisition, Raising Bank enters the payments sector. Raisin Bank will be able to offer its partners and their customers electronic payment transactions in addition to cash solutions. Working with major operators independent of banks as well as merchants, restaurants and gas station chains, the company will have access to more than 4,500 ATMs in Germany.

The use of e-commerce platforms has increased significantly since the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, which increased the demand for online payment technologies to share financial information with consumers. Additionally, banks and fintech companies are increasingly looking to BaaS platforms to improve their core processes and offer secure contactless payments to speed up their transaction process. Moreover, the demand for BaaS is expected to increase as the banking and fintech sectors are keen to streamline their operations to improve customer digital experiences post-pandemic.

Banking as a Service Market Segmentation

Grand View Research has segmented the global banking as a service market on the basis of component, product type, company size, end-use, and region:

Banking-as-a-Service Component Outlook (Revenue, USD Million, 2017 – 2030)

Banking as a Service Market – Product Type Outlook (Revenue, USD Million, 2017 – 2030)

  • API-Based Banking as a Service
  • Cloud-based banking as a service

Banking as a Service Market – Company Size Outlook (Revenue, USD Million, 2017 – 2030)

  • Large companies
  • Small and medium enterprises

Banking as a Service Market – End-Use Outlook (Revenue, USD Million, 2017 – 2030)

  • Banks
  • NBFC
  • Government
  • Others

Banking as a Service Market – Regional Outlook (Revenue, USD Million, 2017 – 2030)

  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East & Africa

List of Banking as a Service Market Key Players

  • Green Point bank
  • Solarisbank SA
  • PayPal Holdings, Inc.
  • Fidor Solutions SA
  • Move the business
  • The Currency Cloud Ltd.
  • Treezor
  • Bnkbl Ltd.
  • MatchMove Pay Pte Ltd.
  • Block, Inc.

Check out other related studies published by Grand View Research:

  • Banking Encryption Software MarketThe Global Banking Encryption Software Market Size is Expected to Reach $5.03 billion by 2030, expanding at a CAGR of 13.0% from 2022 to 2030, according to a new study by Grand View Research, Inc.
  • Digital banking platform market – The global digital banking platform market size is expected to reach $107.1 billion and grow at a CAGR of 20.5% by 2030, according to a new report from Grand View Research, Inc. Rising internet users and customers shifting from traditional banking to online banking are the main drivers of market growth.
  • Third Party Banking Software Market – The global third-party banking software market size is expected to reach $47.90 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 7.9% from 2022 to 2030, according to new research conducted by Grand View Research, Inc. The growing prevalence of online banking solutions around the world to improve customer experience should stimulate the expansion of the sector.

Browse Grand View Research results Next Generation Technology Industry Research reports.

About Grand View Research

Grand View Research, a US-based market research and consulting firm, provides syndicated and custom research reports and consulting services. Checked in California and whose head office is at San Francisco, the company has more than 425 analysts and consultants, adding more than 1,200 market research reports to its extensive database each year. These reports offer in-depth analysis of 46 industries in 25 major countries around the world. Using an interactive market intelligence platform, Grand View Research helps Fortune 500 companies and renowned academic institutes understand the global and regional business environment and assess upcoming opportunities.

Sherry James
Corporate Sales Specialist, USA
Grand View Research, Inc.
Phone: 1-415-349-0058
Toll Free: 1-888-202-9519
E-mail: [email protected]
The Web: https://www.grandviewresearch.com
Grand View Compass | Astra ESG Solutions
Follow us: LinkedIn | Twitter

Logo: https://mma.prnewswire.com/media/661327/Grand_View_Research_Logo.jpg

SOURCEGrand View Research, Inc.

San Antonio rents soar as many struggle to keep up


After getting divorced last spring, Lindsey Warren rented a three-bedroom, two-bathroom home for herself, her three children and their dogs.

She said renting was her only option because she had a low credit score. The costs “shocked” her.

She said she spent $4,500 moving in and was paying $1,868 a month for rent, insurance and pet fees.

As high inflation pushes up other living costs, Warren said she’s struggling to keep up. She works for FedEx and supports her children on her own income.

“It’s been miserably difficult,” she said.

Rising rents are making it difficult for residents of the San Antonio metro area to find affordable apartments — and rates continued to climb in July, according to the latest data.

Real estate brokerage red fin pegged the median asking rent in San Antonio at $1,476 last month, up 21.1% from a year ago.

The increase put San Antonio in 10th place among metros with the fastest rising rents year-over-year last month. Redfin ranked Cincinnati first with a 31% increase; Nashville second at 26%; and Pittsburgh third at 24%.

Realtor.com’s estimate for median July rent in San Antonio was lower at $1,418, up 13.4% from a year ago.

The national average rent for multi-family buildings rose 10.3% from a year earlier to $1,539 — the first double-digit increase in the dataset’s history — after rising $25. in August. (Dreamtime/TNS)

Dreamtime, HO/TNS

Make ends meet

Warren said she stopped eating lunch at work so her children had enough food, ran out of credit cards and missed payments.

She lost her car in the divorce, so she said she borrows her boyfriend’s or his friends’ cars to get around.

“I just asked my dad today to borrow some money. I’m almost 40 – I haven’t asked my dad for money in years,” she said.

In other major Texas metros, rents last month were higher than in San Antonio.

The median asking rent was $2,491 in Austin, $1,737 in Houston and $2,218 in Dallas, according to Redfin. Realtor.com reported median rents of $1,853 in Austin, $1,450 in Houston, and $1,703 in Dallas.

Redfin said year-over-year rent peaks in each of those metros have topped San Antonio; Realtor.com said the increases were higher in Dallas and Austin, but lower in Houston.

In the United States, prices hit a new high in July, but the rental market is showing signs of slowing down.

The national median asking rent was $2,032 last month, a 14% year-over-year increase and the smallest annual increase since November, according to Redfin.

“Big rent hikes may finally be coming to an end as landlords adjust to shrinking budgets for tenants who are strained by the rising cost of groceries, gas and other regular expenses. “, Redfin chief economist Daryl Fairweather said in a statement.

“Yet rents are rising faster than headline inflation, which has started to subside,” he added. “We expect rent growth to continue to slow, but markets with strong job growth and limited new housing construction, such as New York and Seattle, will likely continue to see large rent increases. .”

Growing demand and the limited supply of available apartments have driven up rental prices.

Growing demand and the limited supply of available apartments have driven up rental prices.

Realtor.com said the median posted rent in the 50 largest U.S. metro areas was $1,879 in July, up 12.3% year-over-year. It was the lowest annual rate since August 2021 and just $3 higher than June 2022.

“This sets a new record for national rent, breaking the record for the 17th consecutive month, but it also signals a significant slowdown in rent growth,” Realtor.com noted in its report.

“Despite encouraging indicators, the challenges of record rent, 12.3% higher than last year, inflation of 8.5% and wage growth of only 5.2% are very real for tenants,” the report continues. “Relief in the form of a moderation in rental charges is coming, but it hasn’t arrived yet.”

Growing demand and the limited supply of available apartments have driven up rental prices.

As more companies have started offering remote work options during the coronavirus pandemic, employees have moved to cheaper cities or sought more space.

Rising house prices and higher interest rates relative to the start of the pandemic kept potential buyers out of the market, so they continued to rent.

The median sale price in July was $341,600, an increase of 15.4% over the previous year, according to the San Antonio Board of Realtors.

Rising construction and labor costs, supply chain delays and rising interest rates have also made it more expensive to build and renovate apartments. Landlords pass these costs on to tenants.

Sixty percent of respondents to a July survey told Realtor.com’s Avail that rising housing costs were crushing their wallets, and 57 percent said their rent had gone up since moving into their current home.

For its numbers, Redfin said it assessed RentPath’s rental prices in the 50 largest US metros and used data from more than 20,000 apartment buildings. Its estimates refer to the median cost of apartments available for rent in July.

Realtor.com used data from the properties offered for rent on its website.

[email protected]

Alation Launches Alation Cloud Service for Snowflake


REDWOOD CITY, Calif., Aug. 30, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Alation Inc.the leader of enterprise data intelligence solutions, today announced the launch of Alation Cloud Service for Snowflake. The new offer was launched in partnership with Snowflake, the Data Cloud company, and is designed for departments and organizations of all sizes to start cataloging data on the Snowflake platform. The package makes data governance simple and accessible, allowing organizations to start small, grow flexibly by adding data connectors, users, and data objects, and support use cases like that cloud data migration for less than $100,000.

“As a leader in data intelligence solutions, Alation continues to enjoy success in the enterprise segment with more than 25% of Fortune 100 companies as customers,” said Raj Gossain, Chief Product Officer, Alation. “We are seeing more and more organizations of all sizes taking data-driven innovation and creating a data culture. To help organizations looking for an affordable entry option, we created Alation Cloud Service for Snowflake to enable anyone to find reliable, quality data. Optimized for Snowflake, this edition offers a great way to get started data cataloging journey.”

The new Alation Cloud Service package sits on top of Alation’s cloud-native, multi-tenant architecture and includes deep Snowflake integrations that deliver active data governance. Alation Cloud Service for Snowflake enables joint Alation and Snowflake customers to identify their most valuable data, make trusted data visible and actionable to all data consumers, and ensure that data is used correctly.

“Alation Cloud Service for Snowflake is a great option for any business beginning their data cataloging journey,” said Sunny Bedi, CIO and CDO, Snowflake. “Alation’s deep data governance integration with Snowflake and self-service analytics capabilities make it quick and easy to use and manage critical data stored in the Snowflake Data Cloud.”

Alation Data Catalog automatically ingests metadata, then combines machine learning and human curation to make the metadata more intelligent and useful. This enables comprehensive search and discovery of reliable data and lays the foundation for the specific features below.

Key features of Alation Cloud Service for Snowflake include:

  • Policy management and enforcement: Alation Policy Center lets you retrieve, retain, and manage Snowflake data policies in one place for complete visibility. Policies can be applied and applied to new data in Snowflake, directly from Alation, for end-to-end control.
  • Tags to classify and protect data: Alation ingests, applies, updates, and syncs Snowflake object tags for streamlined data classification. Therefore, tagged Snowflake data objects are easier to protect and find in Alation.
  • Automated column-level lineage and impact analysis: Alation automatically populates interactive lineage charts at the column level for granular understanding of data relationships. Impact analysis can then be performed to identify downstream data and who is affected by the changes, simplifying compliance audits.
  • Smart SQL editor and query forms: SQL queries can be planned and published to the catalog for others to share and reuse. Query Forms converts SQL queries into simple forms, allowing users of all technical levels to self-service answer analytical questions, without relying on data analysts.

“Organizations begin their data cataloging journeys in different ways. But they all have one thing in common: the need to easily find, understand and manage data,” said Howard Dresner, Founder and Director of Research at Dresner Advisory Services. “Data catalogs provide the technology to simplify the creation of and access to analytical content and provide collaboration and governance capabilities for this content to make it more trusted and widely available.”

Alation Cloud Service for Snowflake reflects the growth of Snowflake and Alation Partnership. In June 2022, Alation was appointed Data Governance Partner of the Year by Snowflake for the second consecutive year and received five competency badges through the Snowflake Partner Network competency program.

All Snowflake users can now sign up for a free 14-day trial of Alation through Snowflake Partner Connect. The free trial gives users the opportunity to experience Alation and learn about how Alation can catalog data in Snowflake.

Learn more:

About Alation
Alation is the leader in enterprise data intelligence solutions, including data search and discovery, data governance, data management, analytics and digital transformation. Alation’s initial offering dominates the data catalog market. With its powerful behavioral analytics engine, built-in collaboration capabilities, and open interfaces, Alation combines machine learning with human insight to successfully tackle the most demanding data and metadata management challenges. Over 400 companies are driving data literacy, improving decision-making and driving business results with Alation, including AbbVie, Allianz Global Investors, American Family Insurance, Autozone, Cisco, Draft Kings, Exelon, Fifth Third Bank, Finnair, General Mills, Munich Re, NASDAQ, Parexel, Pfizer, Salesforce, Virgin Australia and Vistaprint. Based in Silicon Valley, Alation has been named to Inc. magazine’s Best Workplaces list three times and is one of the UK’s Best Workplaces for Women in 2022. The company is backed by equity -leading venture capitalists including Blackstone, Costanoa, Data Collective, Dell Technologies, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Icon, ISAI Cap, Riverwood, Salesforce, Sanabil, Sapphire and Snowflake Ventures. For more information, visit alation.com.

Media Contact
Ashley Womack
Senior Director of Corporate Marketing
[email protected]

Why 2 rental giants are going electric


Sunbelt Rentals and United Rentals recently added F-150 Lightning Trucks to their fleets.

Sunbelt Rentals announced plans in April to add 700 electric trucks to help the company reduce its greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 35% by 2030.

Similarly, United Rentals announced in May that it would incorporate 500 F-150 Lightning trucks and 30 E-Transit vans in its North American fleets, with 120 trucks and all 30 vans to be delivered in 2022.

The leaders of the two companies explain the decision.

Sustainability goals

Both rental companies purchased the electric vehicles for their fleets to become more sustainable organizations.

“Sunbelt Rentals has a carbon intensity reduction goal that comes with a commitment to lead the movement toward electrification of our fleets and to fight for environmental stewardship,” said Eric Jahnsen, Transportation Fleet Manager, Sunbelt Rentals. “This investment will also benefit the total cost of ownership of our fleets in the long term, as electric vehicles are less expensive to maintain in the long term.”

United Rentals said it has set a target to reduce its scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions from outdoor transportation by 35% by 2030 compared to 2018.

“Our largest source of Scope 1 emissions comes from our sales, service and delivery fleet. Having a fleet rotation plan for these vehicles will help us achieve our goal,” said Grant Zoldowski, director of environmental management at United Rentals. “Benefits include shifting our emissions from direct fuel combustion to using power from the electric grid, which emits less GHGs. Additionally, early feedback indicates that the vehicles are quieter and more efficient. “

Zoldowski adds that when calculating the useful life of an internal combustion engine asset, the limiting factors are usually related to the transmission because these components are the most expensive to replace, but with an electric vehicle, the only part. costly to replace is a battery, which should last much longer. Plus, fewer parts mean less maintenance, lower costs and less downtime.

On the other hand, some of the initial challenges of implementing electric trucks include finding charging infrastructure, power availability and limited range, so it is important to introduce electric vehicles to a market. who can support them, according to Zoldowski.

What to expect

For other rental companies looking to make a similar transition, Zoldowski and Jahnsen recommend ensuring the market can support electric vehicles with the right infrastructure.

“While the cost of electricity is less volatile than that of gasoline and diesel, making it easier to budget vehicle running costs, there are pricing considerations to keep in mind,” says Jahnsen. “Opportunity charging will be a key factor in a fleet’s ability to adopt electric vehicles. Operators of these vehicles will need to change their normal thinking of filling up with gas when the gauge reads a quarter full and switch to a mindset of plugging in when there is They also need to consider the speed and duration of the battery charge: slower charges are better to prolong its life, the charge does not drop below 20% and not more than 90%.

Rental companies should also look at how the brand supports the value chain of the operation (charging, powering, maintenance, etc.), says Zoldowski.

Jahnsen agrees.

“Consider how the vehicle will be serviced and whether there is local support from the OEM,” says Jahnsen. “Can we count on OEM and parts to still exist for the electric vehicle next year or even in 10 years?

Look forward

In the future, United Rentals and Sunbelt Rentals plan to incorporate more sustainable options.

“The trend isn’t going to be limited to the rental industry. We’re seeing it in large retail, petrochemicals and other industries,” Zoldowski said. “We plan to continue to keep our options open. Electric vehicles are definitely hot right now, but we’re also keeping an eye out for alternative technologies.”

Sunbelt Rentals has other plans for electric vehicles: battery electric, fuel cell electric, plug-in hybrid. The company also offers its customers energy storage solutions with load capacity.

“As we improve our electric infrastructure and public infrastructure continues to grow, we will be able to accomplish even more growth in our electric vehicle fleet,” Jahnsen said. “The movement towards a zero-emissions future cannot succeed without many companies making thoughtful, long-term commitments to new technologies. We are all in this together. No individual company can succeed alone.”

Internet roasts Lions’ Tim Boyle and David Blough to play



Tim Boyle falls in a 2022 preseason game at Pittsburgh.

The Detroit Lions entered Week 3 of the preseason looking for a statement at quarterback, and the only statement that has come may be how below par the team is at this point. job.

Detroit saw Tim Boyle struggle, and David Blough didn’t do much better in the first half against the Pittsburgh Steelers, and fans were elated by their poor performance, taking to the internet to share their frustration and roast .

Mark Mathur put it very simply. In his mind, it’s a surprise that Boyle is even in the NFL and should be cut immediately.

“Tim Boyle sucks as a backup QB. How this guy stayed in the NFL after being a college QB is a mystery. Cut him ASAP,” he said. tweeted.

Statistically, uneven performance is nothing new for Boyle, who struggled in college, as this tweet pointed out.

“Friendly reminder, Tim Boyle threw 1 TD to 13 INT in college and is sort of in the NFL,” he said. tweeted.

Duncan Smith made a great comment, saying Boyle might have to rent a car to return to Detroit thanks to his poor performance in the game.

“The Lions are going to force Tim Boyle to rent a car to drive home tonight,” he said. tweeted.

Other commentators were more succinct about the level of play of the two players involved in the team’s ongoing quarterback battle.

“Tim Boyle and David Blough are expected to be free agents next Tuesday. What an absolute awful display of quarterback play from two guys who are supposed to be ‘fighting’ for their jobs…” he tweeted.

As Eli Bashi said, the way the substitutes were playing could make the starter look even better than he is for the team.

“It’s crazy how much David Blough and Tim Boyle make Jared Goff look like,” he said. tweeted.

Add it up and it’s clear people aren’t happy with either player. What that means for the Lions this week remains to be seen, but obviously all options must be on the table for Detroit.

Dan Campbell wanted a QB Grand Final

Speaking to the media on Thursday, Aug. 25, Campbell discussed the quarterback’s situation and, as he said, the fighters need to shake things up soon.

“I think what we need is we need someone to really take the reins here. Someone has to come out of both,” Campbell said. “I thought they both improved last week. Someone has to step up and direct that offense, play efficiently, play smart, take care of the football, get us the first downs and when we get to the red zone, score touchdowns for us.

Additionally, Campbell admitted that he wouldn’t rule out making an addition to the quarter room if there was someone in the market in the coming days who caught the team’s eye.

“Dan Campbell said ‘someone has to step in’ between David Blough and Tim Boyle for the backup QB job. Boyle is slated to start Sunday in Pittsburgh. He also didn’t rule out bringing in a QB if the right guys matches Lions having the No. 2 waiver request position, Twentyman tweeted.

Obviously, the coaching staff hinted that there might be a change in the coming days. This performance could only help that this is more the case.

Lions have a major quarterback decision

Detroit has a big decision to make at quarterback. The team needs to find a way to have a quarterback to rely on for 2022, especially if Jared Goff were to fall.

Recent rumors have swirled that the team may be looking to trade for an available quarterback, like Mason Rudolph. There will likely be options on the cutting block as well in the coming days, so the team will have to decide if they like the duo they have, or if an underdog is a better choice at this point.

If the fans have a vote, chances are they would say the Lions shouldn’t go with any player. Watching their comments online shows their enormous frustration with each of the quarterbacks on the team.

READ NEXT: An underdog defender called a Lions star

Russia and Ukraine claim attacks on nuclear power plants


SLOVIANSK, Ukraine (AP) — Russia and Ukraine traded allegations of rocket and artillery fire at or near Europe’s largest nuclear power plant on Sunday, heightening fears the fighting could cause a leak massive radioactive.

Ukraine’s Atomic Energy Agency painted an ominous picture of the threat on Sunday by releasing a map indicating where radiation could spread from the Zaporizhzhia nuclear power plant, which Russian forces have controlled since the start of the war.

Attacks were reported over the weekend not only in Russian-controlled territory adjacent to the plant along the left bank of the Dnieper, but along the Ukrainian-controlled right bank, including the towns of Nikopol and Marhanets, each about 10 kilometers (six miles) from the facility.

Russian Defense Ministry spokesman Igor Konashenkov said on Sunday that Ukrainian forces attacked the plant twice during the day and that shells fell near buildings storing reactor fuel and Radioactive waste.

“One projectile fell in the area of ​​the sixth power unit, and the other five fell in front of the sixth unit pumping station, which provides cooling for this reactor,” Konashenkov said, adding that radiation levels were normal. .

The UN’s International Atomic Energy Agency also reported on Sunday that radiation levels were normal, that two of the six reactors at the Zaporizhzhia power plant were operating and that, although no full assessment had yet been made, recent fighting had damaged a water pipe, which has since been repaired.

In another apparent attack on Sunday, Russian forces shot down an armed Ukrainian drone targeting one of the Zaporizhzhia plant’s spent fuel storage sites, a local official said. Vladimir Rogov, a regional manager based in Russia, said on the Telegram messaging app that the drone crashed into the roof of a building, causing no significant damage or injuring anyone.

Nearby, heavy gunfire overnight left parts of Nikopol without power, said Valentyn Reznichenko, governor of the Dnipropetrovsk region. Rocket fire damaged a dozen residences in Marhanets, according to Yevhen Yevtushenko, the head of the district administration which includes the city of around 45,000 people.

The town of Zaporizhzhia, about 40 kilometers (25 miles) up the Dnieper River from the nuclear power plant, was also targeted by Russian fire, damaging dozens of buildings and homes and injuring two people, the member said. of the city council Anatoliy Kurtev. Russian forces hit a repair shop in Zaporizhzhia for Ukrainian Air Force helicopters, Konashenkov said.

Neither party’s claims could be independently verified.

Downstream of the nuclear plant, Ukrainian rockets hit the Kakhovka hydroelectric power plant and the adjacent town three times on Sunday, said Vladimir Leontyev, the head of the local administration based in Russia.

The factory dam is an important route across the river and a potentially key Russian supply route. The dam forms a reservoir that supplies water to the Zaporizhzhia nuclear power plant.

The radiation map released by Ukraine’s nuclear agency Energoatom showed that based on the wind forecast for Monday, a nuclear cloud could spread across southern Ukraine and southwestern Russia. The publication of the map may have been intended to warn that if Russian forces were responsible for a radioactive leak, their own country would suffer. During the Chernobyl nuclear power plant accident in 1986, the world’s worst atomic energy disaster, radiation spread from Ukraine to several neighboring countries.

Last week, authorities began distributing iodine tablets to residents who live near the Zaporizhzhia plant in the event of radiation exposure. Much of the concern centers on the plant’s nuclear reactor cooling systems. The systems require electricity, and the plant was temporarily shut down on Thursday due to what officials said was fire damage to a transmission line. Failure of the cooling system could cause nuclear meltdown.

Periodic shelling has damaged the power plant’s infrastructure, Energoatom said on Saturday.

“There are risks of hydrogen leakage and spraying of radioactive substances, and the risk of fire is high,” he said.

The IAEA has tried to strike a deal with Ukrainian and Russian authorities to send a team to inspect and secure the plant, but it remains unclear when the visit might take place.

In eastern Ukraine, where Russian and separatist forces are trying to take control, shelling hit the strategically important cities of Kramatorsk and Sloviansk, with no casualties, said Pavlo Kyrylenko, governor of the region of Donetsk. Konashenkov said Russian missile fire killed 250 Ukrainian soldiers and reservists in and around Sloviansk. Ukrainian officials have not commented on this claim, in accordance with their policy of not discussing casualties.

Sloviansk resident Kostiantyn Daineko told The Associated Press he was falling asleep when an explosion ripped through the windows of his apartment.

“I opened my eyes and saw how the window frame was flying above me, the frame and pieces of broken glass,” he said.

Russian and separatist forces hold much of the Donetsk region, one of two Russia has recognized as sovereign states.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky vowed again on Sunday to retake breakaway areas.

“The invaders have brought degradation and death and they believe they are here forever,” Zelenskyy said in his nightly video address on Sunday. “But it’s something temporary for them. Ukraine will return. For sure. Life will return.


Follow AP’s coverage of the war in Ukraine at https://apnews.com/hub/russia-ukraine


Andrew Katell contributed to this report from New York.


An earlier version of this story has been corrected to show that the Sloviansk resident’s first name is Kostiantyn, not Konstiantyn.

Proposed bill could reduce number of tenant application fees potential tenants pay


Reusable tenant screening reports could mean relief for potential tenants

In Los Angeles, the difficult and expensive rental market presents a particular stumbling block for many potential tenants. Very often, they are required to pay potentially exorbitant fees every time they apply for an apartment or other rental property. With rental prices already exorbitant, this poses a big challenge for many tenants who are not in the highest income brackets. This often limits their ability to find the best apartment for them and the deadlines in which they can apply, making it more difficult to secure a rental property.

AB 2559, a new bill just approved by the California Senate, plans to ease that burden for tenants, as reported by the Los Angeles Times.

The wording of the bill, as noted, states that “this bill would define the term ‘reusable tenant selection report’ to mean a consumer report, as defined, that was prepared within 30 previous days by a consumer reporting agency at the request and expense of an applicant, is made directly available to the owner for use in the rental application process or is provided through a website third party that routinely provides reusable tenant screening reports that are available to landlords and that comply with all federal and state laws regarding the use and disclosure of information contained in a consumer report by a consumer reporting agency, and is available to the owner at no cost to access or use.

Additionally, the bill states that “the bill would require a reusable tenant screening report to include specified information, including the results of an eviction history check, as prescribed. The bill would prohibit an owner from charging the applicant a fee for the owner to access the report or a fee to review the application.

However, the tenant group behind the bill suffered a slight defeat when lawmakers amended the bill to make compliance with the law voluntary for landlords rather than mandatory, which was a related fact. to the Los Angeles Times by Mike Blount, who is the chief of staff for Assemblymember Christopher M. Ward (D-San Diego) who sponsored the bill.

Larry Gross, executive director of the Coalition for Economic Survival, quoted the Los Angeles Times as saying, “”The watered down bill is another example of the state legislature failing California tenants and failing to respond adequately to the housing crisis we are facing. . It’s the “Mad Max” scene for renters trying to find apartments these days. By the time they apply, these apartments are already gone. Frankly, we haven’t seen the worst yet, because there are still protections in the city of Los Angeles, and if those expire, we’re just going to see an avalanche of evictions and more people trying to find more housing rental.”

According to the Los Angeles Times, Assemblymember Ward said he thinks making compliance with this law optional would give landlords and tenants time to get used to the idea, and then eventually a conversation could take place about the ability to make reusable reports the normal practice. in the rental sector.

For now, the bill is now going to the State Assembly for approval and then, if approved, to Governor Gavin Newsom’s office for signing. If the bill becomes law, it would make California the third US state to approve the use of reusable rental control reports. Washington and Maryland are the first two states to approve a similar measure and adopt the practice.

These reports would be processed by a third party company and would be valid for a period of 30 days.

Assemblymember Ward said, quoted by the Los Angeles Times: “It is unfortunately increasingly common for tenants to pay significantly higher application fees and have to apply for multiple properties due to limited supply. “It’s really a burden on middle- and low-income Californians trying to get by, on top of all the high cost of living issues that arise today.”

The rental market in Los Angeles has always been one of the most competitive and difficult in the country and this difficulty makes it dangerous for renters who cannot afford to find an apartment quickly and risk finding themselves without housing due to the lack of affordable rental housing.

Avis charged woman $6,000 after claiming she drove 23,000 miles in 3 days

  • Avis charged a customer over $6,000 after claiming she rode 23,000 miles in 3 days, per NNO.
  • Giovanna Boniface told the Daily Hive it was the equivalent of a South African return trip.
  • A spokesperson for Avis told CTV it apologized to Boniface and issued a refund.

Avis charged a customer more than $6,000 after claiming she drove a rental car nearly 23,000 miles in three days, according to reports.

North Shore News reported for the first time that Giovanna Boniface rented a GMC Yukon Denali at Toronto’s Pearson Airport to help her daughter move to college.

Boniface told NSN that she drove between the airport, downtown Toronto and Kitchener, Ont., where she visited her mother-in-law. She estimated that in total she had walked 300 kilometers (186 miles).

While waiting to catch a flight to Paris, France, Boniface, who had prepaid $1,000 to rent the car, checked her credit card statement to verify that it had been okay, by CTV News.

“That’s when I noticed this charge of over C$8,000 ($6,137) from Avis,” she told CTV, after tweet a photo of his receipt.

Boniface told CTV that Avis charged him for 36,482 kilometers (22,668 miles) at a rate of 25 cents per kilometer. She estimated that she would have had to drive 310 miles per hour for 72 straight hours to reach that distance.

“I could have driven to and from South Africa and still had several thousand miles to go,” she told the Daily Hive. “Of course, that’s ridiculous. I don’t even put that many miles on my car in a year, let alone in three days.”

Boniface told CTV that she spent several hours on the phone with Avis representatives and that someone only made contact after the media began reporting her story.

A spokesperson for Avis told CTV and The Daily Hive that it apologized to Boniface and issued a refund.

Avis, as well as competing car rental companies, have made similar mistakes in the past.

In April, Elliot Advocacy reported how a customer was charged over $4,000 after Avis claimed she kept her car for 34 days after dropping it off and then flying to another country.

last november The Guardian reported how a Hertz customer visiting his dying brother was charged double for dropping off his car two days earlier.

Avis did not immediately respond to Insider’s request for comment.

StockNews.com upgrades Hewlett Packard Enterprise (NYSE:HPE) to “buy”


Hewlett Packard Enterprise (NYSE: HPE – Get an Assessment) was upgraded by StockNews.com analysts from a “hold” rating to a “buy” rating in a research report released Saturday to clients and investors.

A number of other research analysts have also recently commented on HPE. Evercore ISI cut its price target on Hewlett Packard Enterprise shares from $21.00 to $18.00 and set an “outperform” rating on the stock in a Tuesday, June 28 report. Bank of America cut Hewlett Packard Enterprise shares from a “buy” rating to a “neutral” rating and lowered its price target for the stock from $19.00 to $16.00 in a Friday report May 20. Citigroup lowered its price target on Hewlett Packard Enterprise shares from $14.00 to $13.50 and placed a “sell” rating on the stock in a Thursday, June 2 report. Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft cut Hewlett Packard Enterprise shares from a “buy” rating to a “hold” rating and lowered its target price for the stock from $18.00 to $16.00 in a Tuesday report June 14. Finally, Raymond James reiterated an “outperform” rating and set a target price of $19.00 (vs. $20.00) on Hewlett Packard Enterprise shares in a Tuesday, June 21 report. Three analysts have assigned the stock a sell rating, two have assigned a hold rating and nine have assigned a buy rating. According to data from MarketBeat.com, the company currently has a consensus rating of “Hold” and an average price target of $17.04.

Hewlett Packard Enterprise down 7.2%


A d Tradewins

The safest option in the trades!

If you’re new to trading, you’ve probably heard the wrong word about options, that they’re risky, unpredictable, or difficult. And it couldn’t be more wrong! With the Hughes Optioneering strategy, you will soon learn that the safest option for new accounts is the options themselves!

HPE stock opened at $13.76 on Friday. The company has a quick ratio of 0.64, a current ratio of 0.90 and a debt ratio of 0.43. Hewlett Packard Enterprise has a 12-month low of $12.40 and a 12-month high of $17.76. The stock has a market capitalization of $17.88 billion, a price-to-earnings ratio of 4.95, a growth price-to-earnings ratio of 3.17 and a beta of 1.15. The company’s fifty-day simple moving average is $13.91 and its two-hundred-day simple moving average is $15.25.

Hewlett Packard Enterprise (NYSE:HPE – Get Rating) last released quarterly earnings data on Wednesday, June 1. The tech company reported earnings per share of $0.19 for the quarter, missing analyst consensus estimates of $0.25 per ($0.06). Hewlett Packard Enterprise achieved a net margin of 13.28% and a return on equity of 19.01%. The company posted revenue of $6.70 billion for the quarter, versus a consensus estimate of $6.80 billion. In the same quarter last year, the company achieved EPS of $0.19. The company’s revenue increased 0.0% year-over-year. As a group, analysts expect Hewlett Packard Enterprise to post 1.21 earnings per share for the current year.

Insider activity at Hewlett Packard Enterprise

In related news, Executive Vice President Thomas E. Black, Jr. sold 28,347 shares in a trade that took place on Tuesday, June 7. The shares were sold at an average price of $15.26, for a total value of $432,575.22. The sale was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available via this hyperlink. In other Hewlett Packard Enterprise news, Executive Vice President Alan Richard May sold 94,705 shares of the company in a trade that took place Friday, June 3. The shares were sold at an average price of $15.08, for a total transaction of $1,428,151.40. Following completion of the transaction, the executive vice president now directly owns 310,500 shares of the company, valued at approximately $4,682,340. The transaction was disclosed in a legal filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission, accessible via this link. Additionally, Executive Vice President Thomas E. Black, Jr. sold 28,347 shares of the company in a transaction that took place on Tuesday, June 7. The stock was sold at an average price of $15.26, for a total transaction of $432,575.22. The disclosure of this sale can be found here. 0.45% of the shares are currently held by insiders.

Hedge funds weigh on Hewlett Packard Enterprise

Institutional investors have recently bought and sold shares of the company. The Swiss National Bank increased its stake in Hewlett Packard Enterprise shares by 14.1% during the 1st quarter. The Swiss National Bank now owns 5,665,553 shares of the tech company worth $94,671,000 after purchasing an additional 701,800 shares during the period. IFM Investors Pty Ltd increased its stake in Hewlett Packard Enterprise shares by 18.4% during the 1st quarter. IFM Investors Pty Ltd now owns 211,031 shares of the technology company worth $3,526,000 after buying 32,857 additional shares during the period. Seven Eight Capital LP acquired a new equity stake in Hewlett Packard Enterprise during Q4 for a value of approximately $227,000. Guggenheim Capital LLC increased its stake in Hewlett Packard Enterprise by 21.5% in the fourth quarter. Guggenheim Capital LLC now owns 649,817 shares of the technology company valued at $10,247,000 after acquiring an additional 115,059 shares during the period. Finally, Crossmark Global Holdings Inc. increased its stake in Hewlett Packard Enterprise by 11.2% in the 1st quarter. Crossmark Global Holdings Inc. now owns 219,340 shares of the technology company valued at $3,665,000 after acquiring an additional 22,165 shares during the period. 82.70% of the shares are held by hedge funds and other institutional investors.

About Hewlett Packard Enterprise

(Get an evaluation)

Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company provides solutions that enable customers to seamlessly capture, analyze, and act on data in the Americas, Europe, Middle East, Africa, Asia Pacific, and Japan. The company offers general-purpose servers for multi-workload computing and workload-optimized servers; HPE ProLiant rack and tower servers; HPE BladeSystem and HPE Synergy; and solutions for secondary workloads and traditional tape, storage area networks and disk products, such as HPE Modular Storage Arrays and HPE XP.

Read more

Analyst recommendations for Hewlett Packard Enterprise (NYSE: HPE)

This instant alert was powered by MarketBeat’s narrative science technology and financial data to provide readers with the fastest and most accurate reports. This story was reviewed by MarketBeat’s editorial team prior to publication. Please send questions or comments about this story to [email protected]

Before you consider Hewlett Packard Enterprise, you’ll want to hear this.

MarketBeat tracks Wall Street’s top-rated, top-performing research analysts daily and the stocks they recommend to their clients. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the market takes off…and Hewlett Packard Enterprise wasn’t on the list.

Although Hewlett Packard Enterprise currently has a “Hold” rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.

See the five actions here

VIEDA Economic Development Bank – Enterprise Zone Commission…


(MENAFN-Caribbean News Global)

FREDERIKSTED, USVI — During respective board decision meetings held earlier today, the Board of Directors of the Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority voted on the first-ever dual applications for tax incentives EZC and small business loans through EDB.

Savor St Croix has been a VIEDA client from its early days in EDB’s Incubator Program to EZC’s State Trading Expansion Program (STEP) and current participation in the Accelerator Program VI of EZC. Savor St Croix has also been a frequent seller at Made in the USVI pop-up shops. These programs have played a supporting role in providing Savor St Croix with the resources and tools to become a brick and mortar showcase in St Croix as featured. The sole owner, Jahnesta Ritter of Savor St Croix, will invest $218,000 in capital and plans to hire four employees. In return for their capital investment and job creation at 45 King Street in the Christiansted Enterprise Zone in St Croix, USVI, Savor St Croix will receive tax credits equal to 25% of their investment in the rehabilitation.

With the financing and savings, Ritter will build a new roof, floor structure, plumbing and infrastructure, new windows and a new facility. Currently there is a restaurant below and there are plans to include a guest house upstairs. Long-term plans will also involve placing Savor St Croix’s manufacturing plant and retail operations in the same building. Based on the input-output model, the total investment of $474,000 for the Enterprise Zone Commission will support approximately $1,430,000 (direct, indirect and induced) in total economic output in the territory.

The board voted (6 – 0) to approve Savor St Croix for the Enterprise Zone Commission tax incentives.

Simultaneously, Savor St Croix applied for a $500,000 loan from the Economic Development Bank to help with the purchase of 45 King Street, including renovations and all other costs of this transaction.

This one-stop community development project will provide funding through EDB, along with EZC incentives to facilitate a new showcase in the business zone and create a multi-generational business.

Council voted (6 – 0) to approve a $500,000.00 loan to Savor St Croix.

“The applications for rehabilitation presented a unique, impactful community development project between the Economic Development Bank and the Enterprise Zone Commission,” said VIEDA CEO, (CEO) Wayne L. Biggs, Jr. “C “is the kind of loophole services VIEDA can provide to clients while taking a holistic approach to economic development that will ultimately grow local small businesses. We hope to see more eligible entrepreneurs seek VIEDA services to get started.” , grow and grow their businesses right here in our historic cities, as demonstrated today,” CEO Biggs added.

The other recommended dual bid was for DeCastro Enterprise Inc., which will invest $120,000 with the intention of converting into a bed and breakfast and plans to hire one full-time employee and two temporary employees. In return for their capital investment and job creation on Plots No. 260-261 Richmond in the Christiansted Enterprise Zone in St Croix, USVI, DeCastro Enterprises will receive a 90-100% reduction in taxes.

Council voted (5 – 0 – 1) to approve a loan of $395,000.00 to DeCastro Enterprises, Inc. for the purchase and renovation of parcels #260 and 261 in Richmond.

Jolly Green Maintenance is also a great example of the services and programs within VIEDA to rehabilitate buildings in business areas and rejuvenate these historic towns. Council voted (6-0) to approve tax credits for Jolly Green Maintenance located at 32 King Street, Christiansted.

VIEDA’s Board of Directors includes Officers Kevin Rodriquez, President; Gary Molloy, Vice President; and Haldane Davies, PhD, Board Secretary; and members Jose A. Penn, Positive TA Nelson and Philip E. Payne.

The purpose of the Enterprise Zones Commission is to encourage and provide incentives for the development and support of entrepreneurial activity by showing that businesses can successfully locate in Enterprise Zones. The goal of the Virgin Islands Economic Development Bank is to provide access to capital for small businesses and foster entrepreneurship. Through the collaboration of these two pillars of the VI Economic Development Authority, VIEDA provides appropriate funding, technical support and tax incentives of sufficient importance to encourage individuals to participate in the business community of the Territory.

“The Bryan-Roach administration is investing in the people, infrastructure, and future of the territory through transparency, stabilizing the economy, restoring trust in government, and ensuring that stimulus projects are completed. as quickly as possible.”


Legal disclaimer: MENAFN provides the information “as is” without warranty of any kind. We assume no responsibility for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licensing, completeness, legality, or reliability of any information in this article. If you have any complaints or copyright issues related to this article, please contact the provider above.

Fintech Loan Market Rises For Huge Profits Over Forecast Period 2021-2030 | Avant LLC, Braviant Holdings


FinTech Loan Market

FinTech Lending Market size is valued at $449.89 billion in 2020 and is projected to reach $4,957.16 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 27.4% from 2021 to 2030

OREGAON, PORTLAND, USA, Aug. 25, 2022 /EINPresswire.com/ — Allied Market Research has released the latest new report titled “FinTech Lending Market By Offer (Business Lending and Consumer Lending), Business Model (Balance Sheet Lenders and Marketplace Lenders)”), company size (large companies and small and medium-sized companies [SMEs]) and Lending Channel (Online and Offline): Global Opportunities Analysis and Industry Forecast, 2021-2030 »

ACCESS FULL REPORT: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/fintech-lending-market-A14263

According to Allied Market Research, the Fintech Loans Market report offers comprehensive and in-depth information on each of the major end-user areas along with annual forecasts to 2030. In-depth study based on various parameters such as sales analysis, major driving factors, market trends, major market players, major investment pockets and market size, which help in formulating sound business strategies and making informed decisions. The global Fintech Lending Market market report provides an overview of the market and describes the definition and scope of the market. Ongoing technological developments and increasing demand are having an influential effect on the growth of the market.

At the same time, restraining factors that are expected to hinder or restrain the growth of the industry are also presented by our expert analysts to provide key market players with a detailed scenario of future threats in advance. Additionally, the report provides quantitative and qualitative analysis of the market, outlines pain point analysis, value chain analysis, and major regulations.

DOWNLOAD FREE SAMPLE REPORT: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/request-sample/14632

The global market record of the Fintech Loans Market gives a comprehensive observation of the driving and restraining dynamic factors, major challenges and lucrative opportunities. Additionally, the study covers SWOT analysis which helps in recognizing the restraining and driving factors of the market. Further, the report describes market segmentation and growth analysis of the top 10 market players currently active in the industry. Drivers and opportunities help grasp dynamic trends in the market and how market players can take advantage of these trends.

We help our clients gain the upper hand in a market space by offering consulting services that include, but are not limited to:

– Talent and engagement consulting services.

– Market expansion and vertical branding.

– 3 Business process and transformation consulting services.

– Advice on governance, risks, fraud and compliance.

– Business consulting and transformation.

– Customer acquisition and synergy planning.

– Digital business strategy.

– Strategic consulting and operational excellence consulting services.

The Covid-19 outbreak has had a significant effect on the world. Some sectors have thrived during the pandemic while others have suffered huge losses. In accordance with restrictions and guidelines issued by the World Health Organization (WHO), the majority of manufacturing and production facilities were closed or operating at low capacity. In addition, the prolonged confinement has created difficulties in the supply of raw materials. These factors create a huge gap between supply and demand and disrupt the supply chain. However, as the world recovers from the pandemic, the fintech lending market is expected to get back on track.

COVID-19/CUSTOMIZATION IMPACT ANALYSIS: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/request-for-customization/14632

The regions analyzed in the report are North America (United States, Canada, and Mexico), Europe (Germany, France, United Kingdom, Russia, and Italy), Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, Korea , India and Southeast Asia), South America (Brazil, Argentina, Colombia), Middle East and Africa (Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Egypt, Nigeria and South Africa). This regional analysis helps in formulating business strategies that target specific regions to take advantage of lucrative opportunities.

Key market segments:

By offering

–Business loans
consumer loan
Unsecured Loans
Secure loan

By business model

On-balance sheet lenders
Market lenders

By business size

Large companies
Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs)

By lending channel

On line

The report includes a detailed segmentation of the Fintech Loans market along with a comprehensive study of each segment. In addition, the segmentation study includes an analysis of sales, growth rate, market share, and revenue of each segment over the forecast period.

The major market players studied in the report are Avant LLC, Braviant Holdings, Fundbox, Funding Circle, Kabbage Funding, LendingClub Bank, OnDeck, RateSetter, Social Finance Inc. and Tavant.

Requesting our reports will help you resolve the following issues:

Q1. Catch the market sentiment?

>> Having a good understanding of market sentiment is fundamental to a technique. Our data provides you with insight into market sentiment. We follow this perception by bringing in key idea pioneers across the value chain in every industry we track.

Q2. Vulnerability About the future?

>> Our study and our information help our clients to anticipate future pockets of income and areas of development. This helps our clients manage their money or strip their assets.

Q3. Assess potential business partners?

>> Our review and information helps our clients recognize viable colleagues.

Q4. Understand the most reliable investment centers?

>> Our exploration positions the places of market speculation considering their profits, future demands and overall income. Our clients can focus on the main risk habitats by obtaining our statistical reports.

GET AN EXCLUSIVE DISCOUNT: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/purchase-enquiry/14632

Motivations for Buying Fintech Loans Market Report:

> Consolidations and acquisitions must be very well organized by recognizing the best producer.

> Sort out potential new clients or accomplices in the segment you are looking for.

> Reasonable to give reliable and excellent information and investigation to help your internal and external introductions.

> Encourage strategic dynamics by acquiring a superior mastery of the areas in which huge organizations can intervene.

Most Popular Reports:

1) Third Party Insurance Administrator Market: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/insurance-third-party-administrator-market-A12542

2) Pet Insurance Market: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/pet-insurance-market

3) US Insurance Third Party Administrator Market: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/us-insurance-third-party-administrator-market-A14535

Pre-book now with 10% discount:

1) Corporate Lending Market: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/corporate-lending-market-A12960

2) Smart Lending Platform Market: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/smart-lending-platform-market-A15142

3) Currency Sorter Market: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/currency-sorter-market

About Us:

Allied Market Research (AMR) is a full-service market research and business consulting wing of Allied Analytics LLP based in Portland, Oregon. Allied Market Research provides global corporations as well as small and medium enterprises with unparalleled quality of “Market Research Reports” and “Business Intelligence Solutions”. AMR has a focused vision to provide business insights and advice to help its clients make strategic business decisions and achieve sustainable growth in their respective market area.

David Correa
Allied Analytics LLP
write to us here
Visit us on social media:

City of East Bay approves rent stabilization rules


Tenants struggling to pay their bills could see some relief with rent stabilization protections Antioch City Council approved on Tuesday.

The wards came on a split vote, with Mayor Pro Tem Mike Barbanica and Councilor Lori Ogorchock dissenting, after dozens of residents and advocates swarmed City Hall, many carrying signs and yellow or purple shirts representing some of the 15 nonprofit groups that supported capping annual rent increases for tenants. As at previous rallies and council meetings, many spoke of exorbitant rent increases — up to $500 a month or more — and landlords who failed to address cockroach infestations, broken appliances, the leaky plumbing and other issues.

Developer Ralph Hernandez spoke of a longtime neighbor whose rent went up $1,000 — $1,800 — an amount they couldn’t afford, leading to financial problems and the eventual marriage breakdown, he said.

“There are landlords taking advantage of tenants,” he said. “That is clear from some people I know and have spoken to. They need the city’s help. They need some kind of intervention.

Frustrated tenants, backed by advocacy groups like Alliance of Californians for Community Empowerment Action (ACCE), East County Regional Group and Monument Impact, first spoke in droves at the council in late January. In June, they gathered at two long-running apartment complexes where many had seen steep rises or faced multiple rent increases over short periods.

Then and this week, advocacy groups and tenants called for not only rent stabilization, but also for the city to create a rent commission to handle tenant appeals, for any protection to be retroactive to January and for an immediate rent freeze to avoid reprisals by landlords.

On Tuesday, the vast majority spoke about the problems of out-of-region business owners, many of whom managed apartments funded by the low-income tax credit program, which are not included in the protections for tenants of the ‘State.

Seven-year-old resident Juan Gonzlaez said he bounced from town to town before moving to Antioch with his family of three, but now struggles to pay rent and other expenses even s he worked the whole pandemic, he said.

“It’s scary every day to wake up and think I won’t have a place to live tomorrow,” he said, noting that his rent was more than 50% of his salary. “…Knowing that I can be evicted because I don’t have enough money to pay my rent.”

A woman said she had fallen behind on her rent, been evicted and had been living in her car with her family for two months.

“I’m still working; I’m fighting to get my kids to school,” she said. “And it’s very hard. It’s terrifying. people like us… I want my home back.”

However, not everyone was in favor of stabilizing rents.

Greg Lyons, a former landlord, said landlords needed flexibility to raise rents to pay for damages caused by tenants.

Property manager Joe Stokley also objected, noting that an overwhelming number of landlords “were good people”.

“I don’t believe it’s in the interest of the public or the people to enact new laws, new rules and bureaucracy for something that’s already in place to protect the people.”

Under the measure, only one rent increase will be allowed each year. But, to comply with state law, not all rental units would be subject to the proposed rent stabilization regulations. That’s because the Costa-Hawkins Rental Housing Act prohibits local restrictions on units built after February 1, 1995, and single-family homes without accessory units, as well as condominiums and co-ops.

Would not be exempt under the proposed local measure would be owner-occupied duplexes and developments funded by the low-income tax credit scheme, including many of the city’s larger complexes such as Casa Blanca apartments. , Delta View and Delta Pines.

Barbanica, while sympathetic to tenants, said he was concerned about how rent stabilization could hurt family landlords, noting that the majority of problems came from business owners who were making much higher profits.

“I would like to work, look for a way to meet in the middle where we don’t harm moms and pops, but we don’t allow this (exorbitant rent increases) by business owners, and we close loopholes that allow them to do that,” he said.

Ogorchock warned that if the rent cap is too low, some landlords may sell their compounds, redevelop them or turn them into condominiums.

Tamisha Torres-Walker, however, said she supports the resolution as proposed and with a 3% or 60% CPI rent cap that many housing advocates as well as tenants have advocated for. She also noted that family landlords aren’t usually the ones who raise rents outrageously.

“And so I don’t think they will be affected very much, if at all, unless they decide to raise the rent by 30% overnight,” she said.

But Barbanica said that in addition to tenants, it’s homeowners who are experiencing inflation and cost increases that concern him.

The interim mayor suggested the city set a limit on rental rate increases in accordance with state law AB 1482 and close the loophole to increase rents above that law, which limited them to 5% more. the local CPI or 10%. His motion failed without a second.

Councilwoman Monica E. Wilson then proposed a rental cap of 3% or 60% CPI, whichever is lower, followed by approval of the rent stabilization order and waiver of her first reading. The motion passed 3-2 with Barbanica and Ogorchock opposed.

Mayor Lamar Thorpe noted that rent stabilization is the first part of the city’s overall tenant protections, but rules on justification and anti-tenant harassment policies will be considered in the future.

Check back for updates.

ACLEDA greenlights 43 TRCS loans worth $6.3m


An ACLEDA bank employee counts Riel currency inside the bank in Phnom Penh last year. Yousos Apdoulrashim

Listed ACLEDA Bank Plc has approved 43 loans totaling $6,349,000 under the Tourism Recovery Co-financing (TRCS) scheme as of August 15, since credit was made available under the scheme July 1.

ACLEDA chairman and chief executive In Channy told reporters last week that the bank had been “actively involved” in the TRCS as a member, from discussions prior to its establishment, and remained “strongly engaged” to further support the program.

Under the TRCS, ACLEDA is focused on providing loans only to small businesses, he said, adding that the bank is committed to “working with the government” in supporting the rehabilitation of affected tourism businesses. by Covid-19.

“We only grow if our customers grow… [and now] deal with a situation where the funds are [hard] to find, and the cost of a loan abroad [includes] high interest rates,” Channy said. “We will continue to lend to the tourism sector as we have agreed, and the government has announced.”

The TRCS was rolled out on May 17 to provide a lifeline to businesses involved in the tourism value chain that are considered to have been significantly impacted by the Covid-19 crisis, and is currently being implemented with the support of 19 Participating Financial Institutions (PFIs) . The program’s loan rules and procedures were officially established on July 1, opening the door to loan applications.

The program was financed by a matching fund between the government and financial institutions, with $75 million from the national budget to be disbursed in the form of loans issued by the Small and Medium-sized Enterprise Bank of Cambodia Plc (SME Bank) managed by the state. , and the remaining $75 million in loans made through PFIs, which include commercial banks and microfinance institutions (MFIs).

The main offers of the project include a maximum interest rate of 6.5% per annum, a grace period of 16 months on principal repayments, a loan term of up to seven years, a loan amount of up to reach $400,000 and the option to receive funds in either riel or US dollars.

The TRCS targets four main types of businesses: hotels, bed and breakfasts, restaurants and suppliers to the tourism sector.

The Minister of Economy and Finance, Aun Pornmoniroth, underlined during the launch of the TRCS that the co-financing project is part of the “Strategic framework and economic recovery programs in the context of living with Covid-19 in a new normality 2021-2023”, the implementation of which began in December.

“The financing of companies in the tourism sector is a necessary measure to help them recover and strengthen their competitiveness as well as to join the royal government in making tourism more attractive and above all to make Cambodia a major tourist destination both at the regional level. than global,” he said. said.

Tourism Minister Thong Khon noted that the number of tourism businesses that have reopened is still low. As of March 31, 1,428 tourism businesses are still closed or suspended, while more than 20,000 workers in the sector are still affected and unable to return to pre-pandemic employment conditions.

He added that almost 97% of tourism businesses reported cash flow problems and a lack of funds for repairs and reopening, and noted that the businesses that have been able to reopen are largely high-end companies funded by foreign parent companies.

Simply Be enters the fashion rental market | Fashion and Retail News


Simply Be enters the fashion rental market | Fashion and Retail News | New

Other publications from MCL News & Media

SACO August 2022

Ben & Jerry’s loses bid to stop West Bank sales


By Jessica DiNapoli and Jonathan Stempel

NEW YORK (Reuters) – A U.S. judge on Monday rejected Ben & Jerry’s bid to block its parent company Unilever Plc from allowing its ice cream to be sold in the Israeli-occupied West Bank, which Ben & Jerry’s says undermines to its values.

U.S. District Judge Andrew Carter in Manhattan said Ben & Jerry’s did not deserve an injunction to stop sales and marketing of ice cream because it failed to show it would suffer irreparable harm or that customers would be confused.

Ben & Jerry’s sued Unilever on July 5, saying the sale of its Israeli business to local licensee Avi Zinger violated the agreement under which Unilever bought the Burlington, Vermont-based company in 2000.

The sale came nearly a year after Ben & Jerry’s decided to end sales in the Israeli-occupied Palestinian territories, saying it was ‘inconsistent’ with the values ​​and social mission it reserved for itself. right to promote.

Unilever countered that Ben & Jerry’s had no authority to stop the sale of the Israeli business and that the sale could not be canceled because it had been closed at the end of June.

The unusual dispute shed light on Unilever’s aim to give its more than 400 brands social missions and objectives

Carter dismissed as “too speculative” the idea that customers would be confused if Zinger came up with new products carrying a message that might conflict with that of Ben & Jerry’s.

“Ben & Jerry’s has provided no evidence of such confusion or the impact of the alleged confusion,” Carter wrote.

The judge noted that products sold in the West Bank would use Hebrew and Arabic marks, not English marks.

Ben & Jerry’s and Unilever did not immediately respond to requests for comment.

Unilever’s brands also include Dove soap, Hellmann’s mayonnaise and Vaseline skin lotion.

(Reporting by Jessica DiNapoli and Jonathan Stempel in New York; Editing by David Gregorio)

Promoters cut Q1 pledges as markets fell 10% and holdings fell 1.5%


Sponsor equity pledges declined in the April-June quarter (Q1 or Q1) of 2022-23 (FY23) as markets fell nearly 10%.

Stock Exchange | BSE | NSE

Sponsor equity pledges declined in the April-June quarter (Q1 or Q1) of 2022-23 (FY23) as markets fell nearly 10%.



What do you get on Business Standard Premium?


Dear reader,

Business Standard has always endeavored to provide up-to-date information and commentary on developments that matter to you and that have wider political and economic implications for the country and the world. Your constant encouragement and feedback on how to improve our offering has only strengthened our resolve and commitment to these ideals. Even in these challenging times stemming from Covid-19, we remain committed to keeping you informed and updated with credible news, authoritative opinions and incisive commentary on relevant topical issues.
However, we have a request.

As we battle the economic impact of the pandemic, we need your support even more so that we can continue to bring you more great content. Our subscription model has received an encouraging response from many of you who have subscribed to our online content. More subscription to our online content can only help us achieve the goals of bringing you even better and more relevant content. We believe in free, fair and credible journalism. Your support through more subscriptions can help us practice the journalism we are committed to.

Support quality journalism and subscribe to Business Standard.

digital editor

First published: Monday, August 22, 2022. 06:00 IST

Tips to avoid 50% higher car rental prices


When setting your travel budget, don’t assume that accommodations and airfare will be your biggest expenses. Now more than ever, rental cars are shaping up to be one of the most important and stubbornly high aspects of people’s vacation budgets.

While airfare and accommodation prices are certainly near historic highs, rental cars are among the biggest price increases of all travel spending. When comparing July 2022 prices to July 2019 (the last normal summer before the pandemic), hotel prices rose 7%, according to the latest Consumer Price Index dataset. published in August 2022. Air fares increased by 16%. But rental cars have increased by 48%.

When did rental car prices get so high?

Like most travel costs, rental car prices fell sharply in April and May 2020 as people began to cancel vacations to stay home. But things started to change at the start of 2021 when prices started to rise every month, reaching an all-time high set in July 2021.

Road trips were particularly hot that summer (therefore high demand), but other factors, including a global shortage of semiconductors and labor shortages in the tourism industry, have contributed to the low supply. In fact, employment in the recreation and hospitality sector remains 7.8% below pre-pandemic levels, according to an analysis of data from the US Travel Association’s Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Prices are down slightly from the July 2021 record, but are still well above pre-pandemic prices.

How to find affordable rental cars?

NerdWallet conducted an analysis of 360 rental car reservations to better understand the cheapest ways to rent. Some of the findings can help you save on your next car rental.

Among the car rental companies analyzed, Enterprise is generally the cheapest, while National is the most expensive. The analysis also revealed that last-minute rentals are generally cheaper than those booked months in advance. And you’ll almost always save by booking at an offsite car rental agency rather than at the airport.

This knowledge can help you better understand the cheapest places to book, but sometimes booking from a specific location or company can be non-negotiable with the nature of your trip. These other tips can still help you save:

Some travel credit cards offer rental car insurance as part of their benefits, although it may exclude certain types of expensive or rental cars in certain countries. When applicable, it can save you money on additional insurance you might have purchased over the counter.

  • Join Car Rental Loyalty Programs

Benefits vary based on your elite status level, although some tiers may include free upgrades and waived fees. You might even get automatic status through a credit card. Still, even the free entry-level tiers can include perks like priority lines.

  • Book now and pay at the counter

Many car rental companies offer you the option of paying at the counter. Paying at the time of pick-up has two major advantages over paying upfront: firstly, if you have to cancel your trip, you eliminate the hassle of trying to get a refund, as you won’t have any way not deposited money. Second, if rates drop, you can always cancel and rebook at a lower rate.

How to save money on road trips?

Add to that high gas prices and road trips could be one of the most expensive ways to travel these days. Here are some ways to cut costs.

  • Use apps to find cheap gas

Apps like GasBuddy track local gas prices and can help you find the cheapest gas stations along your route.

  • Consider an electric vehicle

With an electric car, you will avoid paying entirely for gasoline. Although you may still have to pay to charge it, some hotels offer free EV charging as a guest perk.

  • Plan an economical route

If you’re open-minded about the location, consider crossing states with lower gas prices. During the last week of July, the three states with the lowest gas prices were Georgia, South Carolina and Texas, according to AAA data.

Why should travel planning start with rental car prices?

Before you get caught up in the excitement of a road trip, make sure you can afford it. With prices so much higher than two years ago, you don’t want to be caught off guard. Wait to book flights or hotels until you’ve compared rental car prices and factored them into your travel budget.

By Sally French of NerdWallet

The Epoch Times Copyright © 2022 The views and opinions expressed are those of the authors. They are intended for general informational purposes only and should not be construed or construed as a recommendation or solicitation. The Epoch Times does not provide investment, tax, legal, financial planning, estate planning, or other personal finance advice. Epoch Times assumes no responsibility for the accuracy or timeliness of the information provided.

HDB expands its integrated banking activities and records strong growth in H1 2022


The Housing and Development Bank (HDB) has approved its independent, consolidated financial statements for the six-month period ending June 30, 2022, and trading results showed a 30% increase in the bank’s consolidated net profit from compared to the same period of the previous year.

HDB’s consolidated net profit increased to EGP 1.303 billion in HY 2022 from EGP 1.004 billion in HY 2021, driven by the increase in the bank’s autonomous profit from EGP 1.001 billion in HY 2021 to EGP 1.204 billion in HY 2022 , with a growth rate of 20.3%.

Hassan Ghanem, the Chairman and CEO of HDB, welcomed the bank’s outstanding performance and positive financial indicators during the first half of this year, which crowns the efforts made to implement the development strategy. adopted by the bank. , to become one of the largest integrated commercial banks in the Egyptian banking market, which is based on several axes aimed at expanding the provision of banking products and services, the development and provision of digital services, the geographical distribution and the improvement of the level of service provided to customers.

Ghanem explained that the bank has made remarkable progress in its performance thanks to its success in implementing its ambitious plans for expansion and growth, through the development of activities and services provided to individuals and businesses, and the financing of small and medium-sized enterprises, which was positively reflected in the results obtained by the bank during the first half of 2022.

The bank’s loan portfolio has witnessed remarkable growth, with total loans and facilities reaching EGP 31.3 billion with a growth rate of 16.2%, confirming the increase in confidence of customers in the bank’s ability to manage their business and banking needs, and the corporate loan portfolio increased by 20.9% to approximately EGP 12.7 billion and the retail loan portfolio increased increased by 13.2% to reach EGP 18.6 billion compared to 2021, and the loan to deposit ratio reached 40% at the end of June 2022.

Customer deposits also saw an increase of EGP 78.6 billion with a growth rate of 25% compared to 2021, driven by growth in corporate deposits worth EGP 12.5 billion with a growth rate of 31% compared to 2021, and retail deposits increased by 3.2 EGP. bn with an increase of 14.1% compared to 2021. Customer deposits represent 95.7% of the bank’s total liabilities as of June 30, 2022, ensuring the stability of the funding base.

Ghanem also expressed the administration’s pride in HDB’s ability to earn the highest annual return on assets and equity in the Egyptian banking market, at 2.6% and 25.4%, respectively. which testifies to the solid financial situation of the bank.

Ghanem indicated that the bank has been able to achieve remarkable growth in total assets, with total assets increasing on June 30, 2022 to reach EGP 91.6 billion with a growth rate of 20% compared to 2021, resulting in operating revenue growth of 16.9. % compared to 2021, registering an increase in net income to reach 20.3%.

Ghanem highlighted the bank’s constant focus on developing and delivering competitive products that meet all customer needs and segments, pointing out that as part of the bank’s efforts to expand its customer base, the bank recently launched the service VIP “HDB Royal”, which targets high net worth individuals. The bank offers services tailored to their banking needs.

On the other hand, Ghanem indicated that the bank continues to implement its strategy for financial inclusion, launching and developing a variety of banking services aimed at attracting new segments of society that are not sufficiently covered by the bank, with the aim of attracting to deal with the banking sector on the basis of trust and a strong position. appreciated by the bank.

In light of HDB’s concern for the need to empower women, the bank launched accounts and services specifically designed for them, in light of the bank’s belief in the vital role women play in the economic growth.

In line with the geographic distribution strategy and in line with the Central Bank’s policy to strengthen financial inclusion, the Housing and Development Bank is adopting an expansion plan to cover the various governorates of the Republic, increasing the number of branches to 100 and increasing the spread of ATMs to more than 424 machines.

Ghanem pointed out that digital transformation is on the list of priorities of the Housing and Development Bank, as investments have been made in the implementation of the digital transformation plan and the development of technological and digital infrastructure, in the concern of the bank to provide different and competitive electronic services to customers. , pointing out that the second phase of Internet and Mobile Banking services was recently launched, which allows the bank’s customers to have more than 50 services through these applications.

The Housing and Development Bank also believes in the important role of banks in supporting the small and medium-sized business sector, given their importance in promoting the national economy, improving the standard of living of individuals, elimination of unemployment and creation of employment opportunities for individuals belonging to different groups, with the portfolio of small and medium enterprises increasing by 7.11% to EGP 4.202 billion.

According to the bank’s business results for the first half of 2022, net yield income increased by EGP 479 million, an increase of 29.6% compared to the same period of the previous year.

The capital adequacy ratio was 22.4%, which exceeds the minimum set by the central bank. The Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio was 21.3%, while the Tier 2 capital adequacy ratio was 1.1%.

The bank’s pre-tax profits stood at EGP 1.676 billion at the end of June 2022, an increase of 15.6% compared to June 2021.

Regarding the financial indicators of the consolidated budget, the net profit after tax amounts to EGP 1.303 billion at the end of June 2022, up 30% compared to June 2021, thanks to the growth of the bank’s profits and the growth investment in its subsidiaries and sister companies.

Hassan Ghanem pointed out that the solid performance achieved by the bank during the first half of this year confirms the effectiveness of the development strategy adopted by the bank with its main axes, and also indicates the efforts and dedication of the team. work to continue to build on the bank’s track record of success, expressing management’s aspirations to redouble efforts to make the most of the strength and prestige of the Housing and Development Bank and to to expand in all the commercial activities of the bank, in addition to developing the financing portfolio and strengthening the bank’s presence in the Egyptian market.

Ghanem indicated that achieving the bank’s strategic objectives and leveraging its position in the Egyptian banking sector will enable the bank to achieve the desired growth targets and consolidate its position as one of the largest and most important banks in Egypt.

Save Hundreds On Your Vacation… By Canceling Car Rental And Rebooking


Holidaymakers could save hundreds of pounds by canceling and rebooking their hire car, after prices suddenly plummeted in popular holiday destinations. Car rental prices jumped earlier this year on a rush of travelers booking trips, coupled with a lack of supply as rental companies sold many of their vehicles during the pandemic.

In some places, car rental costs have more than doubled since 2019, according to iCarhireinsurance.com, a provider of car rental excess insurance.

However, prices are starting to fall in countries like Spain, Italy and the United States as car rental companies receive deliveries of new cars, boosting supply. Flight cancellations and the cost of living crisis have also dampened demand, leading some rental companies to lower prices.

Cut costs: Hannah Linder and her family, inset, saved £316

Broker Clarify Car Hire says if you had booked a Hyundai i10 in June for a week’s holiday in Alicante later this month you would have paid £262. But if you booked the same car now, you’d only pay £86.

A family collecting a Citroën C1 in Catania for a week in Sicily at the end of this month is said to have prepaid £866 in June. They could cancel and rebook now for £510, a saving of 41%.

Meanwhile, someone renting a Mustang convertible in San Francisco could save 48% by canceling a reservation made in March and booking at today’s price. Fees have also dropped for fall getaways. Sara and Glenn Burns, from Marlow in Buckinghamshire, saved £458 by canceling and booking their car hire for a two-week trip to Seville in October. In June they shelled out £1,005 for a hybrid Toyota C-HR, but the price they re-let was £547. Sara, a 61-year-old finance manager for a charity, says: ‘I would urge anyone who has booked a holiday car rental to check out if they can save money by canceling and changing their booking.’

Most companies, including Europcar, Budget and Avis, allow free cancellation up to 48 hours before pick-up. At Enterprise you’ll need to cancel at least three days in advance to get a full refund, otherwise you’ll be charged a £40 fee.

It’s usually easy to cancel online, with the refund being made to the debit or credit card used for the booking. Some providers refund customers within days, while others can take up to 20 business days. If you paid in another currency, pay attention to any exchange fees charged by your bank. But depending on how much you’d save by booking at a lower price, bank charges or car rental cancellation fees might be worth paying.

Mark Bower, Managing Director of Clarify Car Hire, says: “We have never seen these extremes in car hire prices before.

“In January, when Omicron took over Europe, some prices were offered at discounted rates. Then demand surged, and by May car rental companies were pricing sky-high, unsure whether they would receive a new fleet of cars to secure their term reservations. This was due to a shortage of automotive semiconductor chips, which delayed car production. The market is now stabilizing and common ground is being found. But prices have not gone down everywhere.

Car hire costs for next month in places such as Dublin, Lyon in France, Faro in Portugal and Almeria in Spain have increased since the spring, according to Clarify Car Hire. This could be due to increased demand and delays in new car deliveries. Vacationers may also struggle to get a cheaper deal if they hire a seven- or nine-seater.

Bower recommends customers compare prices regularly — including with other rental companies — as they approach their trip to see if they can get a better deal. Hannah Linder, from north London, is traveling to Perugia, Italy, for a family holiday at the end of this month and has saved €375 (£316) after canceling and re-renting her hire car twice.

She originally paid €1,169 (£985) for a Fiat 500L for the nine-day trip, with comparison site DoYouItaly.com in June. Hannah checked prices earlier this month and noticed the same car was available for £909, so she took advantage of the free cancellation policy and rebooked at the lower price. A few days later the price dropped to €794, so the mother of two canceled and booked a second time.

Hannah considers starting the process all over again, because each time she looks, the price has dropped again. Alternatively, it could upgrade to an SUV, which now costs the same as the smaller Fiat 500L. “The only extra charge I paid was the exchange fee from my credit card provider, but it was around €11, so canceling and rebooking was well worth it,” she says .

Ernesto Suarez, managing director of iCarhireinsurance.com, says it’s crucial that travelers don’t cancel their car rental reservation until they’ve secured one at a better price. “Inventory can still be tight with some suppliers in some destinations, and the last thing you want to do is find yourself without a car.”

Bower of Clarify Car Hire adds: “If you’re planning on hiring a car, book as soon as possible and then come back to see if you can improve the price.” Longer term, you can book a week’s car hire next June in Faro for just £145, Malaga from £154 and Chania Greece from £224.

Some links in this article may be affiliate links. If you click on it, we may earn a small commission. This helps us fund This Is Money and keep it free to use. We do not write articles to promote products. We do not allow any business relationship to affect our editorial independence.

Mirae Asset Global Investments Co. Ltd. owns $9.86 million worth of shares in PagSeguro Digital Ltd. (NYSE:PAGS)


Mirae Asset Global Investments Co. Ltd. reduced its stake in PagSeguro Digital Ltd. (NYSE:PAGS – Get Rating) by 13.0% in the 1st quarter, according to its last disclosure to the Securities & Exchange Commission. The institutional investor held 491,713 shares of the company after selling 73,659 shares during the period. Mirae Asset Global Investments Co. Ltd. owned approximately 0.15% of PagSeguro Digital worth $9,859,000 at the end of the last quarter.

Other hedge funds have also recently changed their holdings in the company. Provida Pension Fund Administrator acquired a new equity stake in PagSeguro Digital during the fourth quarter worth approximately $52,000. Asset Management One Co. Ltd. increased its holdings of PagSeguro Digital shares by 77.0% in the fourth quarter. Asset Management One Co. Ltd. now owns 2,829 shares of the company valued at $72,000 after purchasing an additional 1,231 shares last quarter. Allspring Global Investments Holdings LLC acquired a new equity stake in PagSeguro Digital in the fourth quarter worth approximately $137,000. Capital Analysts LLC increased its equity stake in PagSeguro Digital to 93.9% in the fourth quarter. Capital Analysts LLC now owns 5,942 shares of the company valued at $156,000 after buying 2,877 additional shares in the last quarter. Finally, Eaton Vance Management increased its equity stake in PagSeguro Digital by 403.2% in the fourth quarter. Eaton Vance Management now owns 6,376 shares of the company valued at $125,000 after purchasing an additional 5,109 shares last quarter. Institutional investors and hedge funds hold 57.31% of the company’s shares.

Analysts set new price targets

PAGS has been the subject of a number of research reports. Citigroup lowered its price target on PagSeguro Digital shares from $26.00 to $19.00 and set a “buy” rating for the company in a Tuesday, June 21 report. New Street Research cut PagSeguro Digital shares from a “buy” rating to a “neutral” rating and set a price target of $18.00 on the stock. in a Monday May 9 research note. Piper Sandler cut her price target on shares of PagSeguro Digital from $22.00 to $13.00 and set an “overweight” rating on the stock in a Wednesday July 6 research note. Wells Fargo & Company cut its price target on PagSeguro Digital shares from $23.00 to $21.00 and set an “equal weight” rating on the stock in a Thursday, June 9 research note. Finally, Susquehanna Bancshares cut its price target on PagSeguro Digital shares from $38.00 to $26.00 in a Monday, May 2 research note. Seven investment analysts gave the stock a hold rating and ten gave the company a buy rating. According to MarketBeat.com, the company currently has a consensus rating of “Moderate Buy” and a consensus target price of $25.94.

PagSeguro Digital Trading down 10.6%

PAGS shares opened at $12.83 on Friday. PagSeguro Digital Ltd. has a 1-year minimum of $9.45 and a 1-year maximum of $61.65. The company’s fifty-day moving average price is $11.78 and its two-hundred-day moving average price is $14.45. The company has a market capitalization of $4.23 billion, a P/E ratio of 18.07, a PEG ratio of 0.71 and a beta of 1.74.

PagSeguro Digital (NYSE:PAGS – Get Rating) last released quarterly earnings data on Wednesday, June 8. The company reported earnings per share of $0.21 for the quarter, hitting the consensus estimate of $0.21. The company posted revenue of $655.70 million for the quarter, versus analyst estimates of $689.08 million. PagSeguro Digital had a net margin of 10.56% and a return on equity of 14.81%. As a group, equity research analysts predict that PagSeguro Digital Ltd. will post an EPS of 0.91 for the current fiscal year.

PagSeguro Digital Company Profile

(Get an evaluation)

PagSeguro Digital Ltd., together with its subsidiaries, provides financial technology solutions and services to consumers, individual entrepreneurs, micro-merchants and small and medium enterprises in Brazil and internationally. The Company’s products and services include PagSeguro Ecosystem, a digital ecosystem that functions as a closed loop where its customers can meet their major day-to-day financial needs, including receiving and spending funds, and managing and growing their businesses; PagBank Digital Account, which offers banking services through the PagBank mobile app, as well as centralizes various cash-out options, features, services and cash-out options into a single ecosystem; and PlugPag, a tool for midsize and large merchants that allows them to connect their point-of-sale (POS) device directly to their enterprise resource planning software or sales automation system via Bluetooth.

See also

Want to see which other hedge funds hold PAGS? Visit HoldingsChannel.com for the latest 13F filings and insider trading for PagSeguro Digital Ltd. (NYSE:PAGS – Get Rating).

Institutional ownership by quarter for PagSeguro Digital (NYSE:PAGS)

Get news and reviews for PagSeguro Digital Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analyst ratings for PagSeguro Digital and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

Real estate market overview: Burton Wilkins and Neil Anders on the state of the market


As the inflation rate fell from its four-decade high of 9.1% in June to 8.5% in July, American citizens are looking for ways to save money, boost their incomes and to invest smartly. In times of volatility, many people see real estate as a solid option for both increasing cash flow and investing for the long term. As real estate appreciates over time, uninformed real estate entrepreneurs and investors can fall prey to the market. With nuanced Federal Reserve policy decisions and their effect on mortgage rates intersecting with regional market nuances in different ways, real estate investors, contractors, homeowners and clients are trying to navigate this complex mix of factors.

As with many industries, real estate has come a long way since COVID-19. In addition to new norms in real estate sales, such as virtual tours, the real estate industry as a whole is reacting to new trends in American business and personal life. Since the start of the pandemic and to this day, many residents and businesses located in major coastal cities have moved to areas with more space and lower taxes such as cities in Florida, Texas and Atlanta. On the other hand, however, a handful of these coastal towns in states that would have lost residents may never have seen the dramatic decline reported, such as towns in California. Additionally, many suburbs and towns surrounding Manhattan, such as other New York cities as well as cities in New Jersey and Connecticut, were actually beneficiaries of the exodus from New York.

With many variables in play, we sat down with industry leaders Burton Wilkins and Neil Anders to get their take on current market conditions.

Interview with Burton Wilkins

Burton Wilkins is a luxury real estate agent working at ONE Sotheby’s International Realty and Goldcoast Sotheby’s International Realty. Known for his client-centric approach, Wilkins has risen to the top of the luxury real estate markets in South Florida as well as New Jersey. Specifically, Wilkins focuses on Miami, Florida and Ocean City, New Jersey. Leveraging his experience in the hotel industry, his knowledge of the market and his network of international clients, this bi-regional luxury agent has concluded major agreements in both cities.

Do you think house prices will continue to rise? Why?

I believe house prices will stabilize over the next 6-12 months as rates continue to rise. Inventories continue to remain incredibly tight, keeping prices steady.

Do you think the residential rental market will continue to grow? Why?

No, I think the long term residential rental market will stabilize and slowly decline over the next 6-12 months. The reason for this is that it is currently cheaper for consumers to buy than to rent.

How will working from home (and hybrid models) affect the office space market next year? How will this intersect with residential markets?

The new normal of a remote work lifestyle has given the business owner the opportunity to get rid of their office space. Now that that monthly cost is gone, business owners are applying that budget to their homes. I’ve had a handful of clients who upgraded their homes due to this situation.

The corporate employee spends more time at home without having to go to the office. This gives them the opportunity to live further from the city and/or in a place where they could not live before. This consumer also values ​​their home more than ever since they spend most of their time at home. This means they need more space to live and work from home, especially if their partner does the same.

What do you think is the most overvalued real estate trend right now?

Buy real estate with BTC or Cryptocurrencies. A large majority of sellers and title companies will not accept it. It is more a phenomenon than a reality.

What do you think is the most undervalued real estate trend right now?

Virtual tours, Metaverse and comparable technologies.

Interview with Neil Anders

Neil Ander

Neil Anders is a Certified Mortgage Advisor and Vice President of Sales at Trusted Rate. With two decades of industry experience, Anders’ name is synonymous with both world-class sales and service. In his previous position as branch manager of American Financial Network in Newport Beach, Calif., Anders played a central role in helping the branch achieve an average turnover of $50 million per month. Now as Vice President of Sales at Trusted Rate, Anders and his team help potential home buyers buy new homes, refinance their current mortgage, and determine pre-approval terms for loans. Anders has personally invested in over 7,000 transactions throughout his professional career.

Do you think mortgage rates will continue to rise? Why?

Yes, I think mortgage rates will continue to rise. Although government intervention to lower interest rates has helped stabilize them, I believe we have reached a stage where the economy needs additional stimulus, and the Federal Reserve will be forced to raise rates of interest once again. But this increase can also lead to an increase in mortgage rates.

The good news is that some experts believe these increases may not be large enough to have a substantial impact on homeownership. Even if they were, there would still be other options like refinancing a loan or asking friends or family for help who might be able to help with the payments until the things calm down again.

How will working from home (and hybrid models) affect the office space market next year? How will this intersect with residential markets?

The office market is changing. Employees are using work-from-home and hybrid models more frequently, which means they’re spending less time in the workplace than before. The need for office space is likely to decrease.

Small places are now in increasing demand because of this. Employees who don’t use their workstations all day don’t need as much space. Landlords have started renting smaller rooms and apartments to meet this trend.

Flexible leases are becoming increasingly popular. Landlords are extending shorter rental terms to meet the needs of employees who want to work from home but may only need an office a few days a week or a few days a month.

Due to the virtual nature of work, it is now possible for companies to rent space without actually occupying it themselves. Instead, they can use conference rooms and other amenities whenever needed without incurring additional costs for rent or utilities. By only renting when needed rather than paying for something that may sit empty for weeks, they can save money (even months).

What is the most important factor real estate investors currently consider when choosing a new market?

Local rules and regulations are the most important consideration for real estate investors looking to expand into a new market. The laws and ordinances that govern the region can have a significant bearing on the amount of profit that can be extracted from an investment. If there are an excessive number of rules that prevent you from earning money, it is possible that investing in this place is not a wise decision for you.

What do you think is the most undervalued real estate trend right now?

I think the shift from traditional brick-and-mortar businesses to digital businesses is the aspect of the real estate market that is currently the most undervalued.

We have seen many businesses shift away from physical operations to focus on their online presence. However, I think we’re going to start to see more and more of these dynamics change, especially as technology becomes more advanced and accessible.

How My Epic Vacation Fails has become a motto for this school year


I should probably have figured out transportation by now.

It’s been a part of my life in one way or another ever since my parents took me home from the hospital. And even.

I could fill a memoir with my stories of tows, tickets, and other jobs – all the result of my poor planning or wishful thinking. (“They won’t tow me if I just duck here for a few…oh wow, my car is going.”) That would be a sad memory, and it would quickly accumulate in the clearance bin next to “A Shore” by Snooki. Thing”, but at least it would be long.

Which brings me, believe it or not, to Los Angeles.

My son and I took a two day trip to see a Dodgers game and do some touristy stuff before school started and the pace of life got hectic again. I didn’t rent a car because LA is, the last time I checked, a real city, and everyone knows you don’t need a car in a real city.

We were on the ground for 45 seconds when it became apparent that in fact LA is nearly impossible without a car. I quickly arranged a rental from my phone and we hopped on a shuttle to the rental car parking lot.

Except it was the wrong batch of rental cars. And when we walked to the other rental car parking lot, it was no longer located there. And when we gave up our hands and canceled the rental and returned to the original rental parking lot, all rental companies had a four day rental minimum. And when we gave up and decided to rent a car there anyway and eat the cost of two unused days, I realized I didn’t have my driver’s license.

It was at O’Hare. Sitting in a bin at safety. Where I hastily dumped it to empty my pockets before being scanned full body.

I panicked briefly, after briefly (and unsuccessfully) begging the gentleman to accept a photo of my driver’s license which I store on my phone. And then I called an Uber. And when we got in the Uber and headed to our first destination, the driver suddenly stopped and informed us that oops, sorry, she wasn’t driving that far, and we would need to hop and to take another route.

Did I mention the trip was my son’s 13th birthday present?

“Literally, everything is bad,” he said, as we stood in billion-degree heat on scenic Airport Boulevard, waiting for a second Uber.

(Feel free to pause and calculate all the ways I could have easily avoided this whole debacle. Believe me, I did it.)

But if there’s one thing I have a lot of practice at, it’s looking on the bright side — and trying to convince my kids to join me there — after screwing up something, usually involving the transportation.

There was the time I took my son and his friend to a Northwest/Michigan football game and decided to take the “L” because who wants to park at a North West football game? northwest / Michigan, only to realize after waiting 30 minutes on the Diversey platform that the train we were waiting for was not running on Saturday.

There was the time I had my car towed in front of my son’s winter vacation concert.

There was a time when I decided we didn’t need to rent a car in Dallas when we were going there for my daughter’s gymnastics competition, only to learn once we landed that the competition was in “Dallas” similarly Allstate Arena or Sears Center or Hollywood Casino Amphitheater is in “Chicago”. Which is to say, not actually. That is to say, you need a car.

Unfortunately, this is just a small sample of my missteps. But before finding my children and introducing them to the process of emancipation, listen to me.

Each of the stories (colossal failures?) has a happy ending. OK, happy. Alright, funny. Well, memorable.

The Northwest/Michigan game? Two other poor souls were on the same platform that day, also waiting for the train which never arrived. They were from Michigan and had a much better excuse than me for not knowing the train schedule, but that’s beside the point. The thing is, we’ve all shared an Uber with Evanston, and one of them was a college basketball player. My son and his friend and I ended up having the best time talking to them about college sports.

Finding a last minute rental in Dallas took us on an adventure that included an impromptu visit to the Dallas Stars hockey stadium, and I distinctly remember my son ending the day singing in the hotel shower, which I took as a sign that I hadn’t sapped all the joy from her life.

The winter vacation concert tow is still too much of a pain to unpack here. Perhaps in memory.

“Not everything,” I said to my son, on the sidewalk of Airport Boulevard, sweating and furious and frantically transferring money from my savings account to cover Ubers’ next 48 hours. “Like three things. Maybe four. Everything else went well.

And that’s where I decided I’d stumbled upon our motto for the school year, which will no doubt include missteps and moments of poor planning and the occasional colossal failure (mine and my children).

All will be eminently more tolerable and rebound if we approach them with a little grace. And don’t forget to stack them next to all the things that haven’t gone bad. And know that they might even take us to an interesting place. And they will most likely make a good story.

And you can always choose, at the end of the day, no matter how ugly, to sing in the shower.

Heidi Stevens is a columnist at the Tribune News Service. You can reach her at [email protected], find her on Twitter @heidistevens13 or join her Facebook group Heidi Stevens’ Balancing Act.

Yangtze shrinks as China drought disrupts industry


CHONGQING, China (AP) — Ships slipped through the middle of the Yangtze on Friday after China’s driest summer in six decades left one of the mightiest rivers barely half its normal width and sparked a scramble to contain the damage to a weak economy in a politically sensitive year.

Factories in Sichuan province and the adjacent southwest metropolis of Chongqing have been ordered to close after reservoirs that supply hydroelectricity fell to half their normal level and demand for air conditioning grew in scorching temperatures.

Chongqing’s river ferries, which are usually packed with tourists, were empty and tied to piers next to mudflats that stretched up to 50 yards (50 yards) from the normal shoreline to the depleted river’s edge. Smaller ships sailed through the middle of the Yangtze, one of China’s largest trading channels, but no large cargo ships could be seen.

Normally busy streets were empty after temperatures hit 45 degrees Celsius (113 degrees Fahrenheit) in Chongqing on Thursday. State media said it was the hottest in China outside the Xinjiang desert region in the northwest since official records began in 1961.

“We can’t live this summer without air conditioning,” said 22-year-old Chen Haofeng, who was taking photos of the exposed riverbed. “Nothing can refresh us.”

The disruption adds to challenges for the ruling Communist Party, which is trying to shore up sluggish economic growth ahead of a meeting in October or November when President Xi Jinping is expected to seek a third five-year term in office.

The world’s second-largest economy grew just 2.5% from a year earlier in the first half of 2022, less than half the official target of 5.5%.

The impact of the drought in Sichuan is exceptionally severe as the province gets 80% of its electricity from hydroelectric dams.

Thousands of factories that make processor chips, solar panels and auto components in Sichuan and Chongqing shut down this week for at least six days.

Some said there was no interruption in supply to customers, but the Shanghai city government said in a letter released Thursday that Tesla Ltd. and a major Chinese automaker had been forced to suspend production.

The city government of Chengdu, the capital of Sichuan province, has asked households to save energy by setting the air conditioning to at least 27 C (80 F). Another city, Dazhou, had earlier announced three-hour daily power cuts in neighborhoods.

The Yangtze River Basin, which covers parts of 19 provinces, produces 45% of China’s economic output, according to the World Bank.

Low water levels in rivers have also forced cargo shipments to a halt.

A canal that connects Wuhan on the Yangtze to the city of Anqing in northeast Anhui has been closed because it was too shallow for ships to travel safely, Shanghai newspaper The Paper reported. .

The national impact of the shutdowns is limited because Sichuan accounts for only 4% of industrial output, while other provinces use more coal-fired power, which has not been disrupted.

The government said China’s two main state-owned power companies, State Grid Ltd. and Southern Grid Ltd., transferred electricity from 15 other provinces to Sichuan.

A member of the seven-member ruling Communist Party Standing Committee, Han Zheng, pledged official support to ensure electricity supply during a visit to State Grid on Wednesday, according to the official Xinhua news agency.

China suffered similar disruptions last year when a dry summer caused hydropower shortages and shuttered factories in southeastern Guangdong province, a global manufacturing hub. Other areas have suffered power cuts due to coal shortages and mandatory power cuts to meet official energy efficiency targets.

This year is unlikely to be that bad, according to Macquarie Group’s Larry Hu.

“If the power rationing in Sichuan lasts only a few weeks, the impact on industrial production nationwide is expected to be very limited,” Hu said in a report.

Xuguang Electronics Co. in Chengdu said the six-day shutdown would reduce its output by 48,000 electronic circuits. The company said it expected to take a 5 million yuan ($600,000) hit to its annual profit.

BOE Technology Group Co., which makes electronic displays, said a subsidiary in Sichuan would suspend production. BOE promised in a statement issued by the Shenzhen Stock Exchange to “fully guarantee the delivery of customer products”.

Reports said Sichuan producers of solar panels and lithium for electric cars also shut down, but no company announced a supply disruption.


AP video producer Olivia Zhang contributed to this report.

Flexible living one year later – How it’s changing the real estate market


The dust is slowly settling after the pandemic and we are all getting used to a different way of life.

An emerging trend is “flexible living”.

Taking mini breaks while working remotely has become increasingly common as many push the boundaries of flexible living and the mix between home and work, with companies choosing not to agree to return to the office on time full.

This change of life and work was accompanied by a demand for housing.

The need for flexible housing that suits the life of a so-called “digital nomad” with home-like features such as a kitchen, living and working space with a desk and comfortable interiors and design, and of course fast, reliable wifi has developed.

Many UK workers are expected to choose the life of a digital nomad and mix work, leisure and travel, with studies revealing that in February 2022, 38% of the workforce aged 30-49 years worked from home or remotely.

Progressive companies and savvy investors are jumping into the short-term and flexible rental industry, exploring the new trend of flexible working and living and the opportunities it presents.

Essentially, the demand for flexible hosting has never been higher and if you own a property that might be desirable for a digital nomad, there is a significant opportunity to increase your income.

However, property managers are finding that the demand for flexible properties exceeds the actual supply, meaning property developers are scrambling to find different and more creative ways to produce flexible housing.

The clear winner in dealing with a flexible lifestyle has been the short-term rental sector.

Over the past year, the growth of this hosting vertical has been astronomical.

A 20.5% increase in the number of short-term rentals listed is expected in 2022.

To meet this growing demand, commercial real estate operators and owners are looking to shift their business towards short-term rental type units and develop new strategies for their bricks and mortar.

Flexible Rentals

To cater to the flexible living market, property developers are having to get creative with their accommodation choices, with some eyeing promising restoration projects.

An example of this, which can be directly attributed to the pandemic and the “work from anywhere” lifestyle, is taking underutilized offices and turning them into short-to-mid-term rental apartments.

Amenities that the office originally contained, such as gyms, kitchens and parking lots, can all be reused to support this growing nomadic style living environment.

However, it can be difficult to reallocate new office space to create apartments large enough to meet the growing demands of travellers.

The old traditional warehouse-style buildings are increasingly sought after for repurposing into larger apartments that reflect the history and character of the building and the region.

An example of this repurposing can be found in Manchester, at High Street Townhouse in the heart of the city centre.

The building contains a rich history, dating back to 1897 when it was used as a millinery warehouse, it was converted into an aparthotel, containing 19 self-contained apartments.

The Townhouse is managed using Jetstream technology with rooms marketed on major booking platforms including Airbnb and Booking.com.

Technology that meets expectations

Technology including keyless entry with remote access, guest communication apps, guest screening, noise and air monitoring and workflow management means fewer staff are necessary to manage a property.

The High Street Townhouse is completely unstaffed.

Thanks to smart technology, guests no longer need 24-hour receptions and automation makes check-in much faster and hassle-free.

Cleaning and maintenance management becomes transparent.

Final Thoughts

Tenant needs have changed.

Property owners and developers who understand the changing market will be ahead of the curve.

Investing in flexible accommodation will meet the needs of consumers who want more than a traditional hotel.

Increasingly, the demand is there for places to stay that are flexible in terms of time commitment, feel like home, have a kitchen and offer a great place to work in comfort.

Flexible will be the global real estate buzz for many years to come.

Mike Liverton
Mike, is the Founder and President of Jetstream Hospitality Solutions, an all-in-one technology platform and services solution that provides a powerful way for owners, managers and developers of short-term multi-unit rental properties to maximize income and realizing opportunities. in the short-term and flexible rental market. Jetstream combines industry-leading marketing expertise and distribution technology with high-quality customer support to delight customers, streamline operations and reduce financial risk.

Banned NJ stock broker defrauded 10 people out of $1 million, federal prosecutors say


A banned New Jersey broker was charged Wednesday with defrauding 10 investors out of at least $1 million, federal prosecutors said.

Anthony Mastroianni Jr., 48, of Manalapan, has been charged with three counts of wire fraud and two counts of mail fraud, according to a statement from the US Attorney’s Office in Newark.

In 2016, Mastroianni consented to being permanently banned by the Financial Sector Regulatory Authority (FINRA), which prohibited it from acting as a broker or intermediary in securities transactions, the office said.

He was banned after refusing to appear to testify to address allegations of, among other things, excessive trading in an elderly client’s account, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) said in a statement.

Despite his exclusion, from January 2017 to August 2022 he allegedly took money from investors, many of whom were elderly, claiming he would generate significant investment profits for them through his company, Global Business Development & Consulting Corp., the office said.

Instead of investing the money as he said he would, Mastroianni used the funds for personal expenses, including rent, car payments, credit card bills and cash withdrawals. investigators said.

In addition to the investment program, he also submitted a fraudulent application for $96,300 for a federal COVID-19 emergency relief loan known as the CARES Act (Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security), the office said. The loans are for small businesses that have been hit hard by the pandemic.

Once he received the funds, he used the proceeds to make personal purchases and cash withdrawals, officials said.

Thank you for counting on us to deliver local news you can trust. Please consider supporting NJ.com with voluntary subscription.

Chris Sheldon can be reached at [email protected].

Bank of America overdraft fees drop 90% under new policy


NEW YORK (AP) — Bank of America says revenue it earns from overdrafts has fallen 90% from a year ago, after the bank cut overdraft fees to $10 from $35 $ and eliminated fees for NSF cheques.

The nation’s biggest banks are moving away from the practice of charging exorbitant fees on mostly small-dollar purchases after years of public pressure. Bank of America CEO Brian Moynihan told The Associated Press that he expects any residual income the bank makes from overdraft fees will come from small businesses using overdraft fees for convenience.

BofA’s new overdraft fee policy was implemented from June. Moynihan said that in the first two months of the policy, revenue from overdraft fees fell by 90% and the bank was seeing fewer instances of fees collected. He did not share details on the number of instances.

“The rest (the people being charged overdraft fees) are business owners moving money around,” Moynihan said. “They’re not individuals anymore, frankly.”

Starting in mid-2021, regional banks such as PNC and Capital One, as well as online bank Ally, announced plans to eliminate overdraft fees or find ways to significantly reduce them. Most banks said the fees largely affect the poor and racial minorities, or that the pandemic has shown banks they can make big profits without charging fees to their customers, explaining their decision.

While notable, consumer advocates viewed the announcements as symbolic victories, not substantial reform for the industry.

However, Bank of America’s decision in January to eliminate the insufficient funds fee — sometimes called an NSF fee — as well as cut the overdraft fee to $10 is credited with shaking up the industry. For years, BofA has been cited as a top overdraft fee collector and still brought in just over $1 billion from those fees last year. Other banking giants such as Wells Fargo, JPMorgan Chase and Truist all changed their overdraft fee practices soon after BofA’s announcement.

Overdraft fee revenue at BofA has been declining for some time as the bank has taken several progressive steps to reduce its reliance on fees. About half of all accounts opened at BofA are now accounts that do not allow the customer to overdraw. The bank collected $1.63 billion in overdraft fee revenue in 2015, the first year banks were required to publicly report overdraft fee revenue to regulators.


Adriana Morga, AP personal finance editor, contributed to this report from New York.

Global Virtual Card Market Expected to Hit $1.89


Portland, OR, Aug. 16, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — According to the report released by Allied Market Research, the virtual card market was estimated at $281.22 billion in 2021 and is projected to reach $1.89 trillion by 2031, registering a CAGR of 21.3% from 2022 to 2031. The report provides a detailed analysis of the major pockets of investment, winning strategies, drivers and opportunities, market size & estimates, competitive landscape and changing market trends. Market research is a useful source of information for early adopters, new entrants, investors and shareholders in developing strategies for the future and strengthening their position in the market.

Download a free sample report (Get a detailed analysis in PDF – 384 pages): https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/request-sample/17594

Report coverage and details:

Report cover Details
Forecast period 2022–2031
base year 2021
Market size in 2021 $281.22 billion
Market size in 2031 $1.89 trillion
CAGR 21.3%
Number of pages in the report 384
Segments Covered End User, Product Type, Vertical, and Region.
Drivers Reduced operating costs compared to physical cards
Additional security benefits and advanced features
Opportunities Growing awareness and interest in the use of virtual card among businesses
Constraints Fraud risks

Covid-19 scenario

  • Throughout the pandemic, most banks around the world have offered their services online.
  • The trend of using virtual cards has seen a strong inclination as customers have found it appropriate to use virtual cards to transact without touching any surfaces, such as card readers, which are regularly touched by various people and could potentially be infected with the virus.
  • This is why the demand for virtual cards has increased significantly, which has had a positive impact on the global virtual card market.

The global virtual card market is analyzed based on end-user, product type, industry vertical, and region. The report contains an exhaustive analysis of the segments and their sub-segments using tabular and graphical representation. Investors and market participants can benefit from the breakdown and design schemes based on the most revenue-generating and fastest-growing segments shown in the report.

On an end-user basis, the enterprise segment contributed about three-quarters of the global virtual card market revenue in 2021 and is expected to lead the way by the end of 2031. The consumer segment, on the other hand , would post the fastest CAGR of 23.1% throughout the forecast period.

Get a detailed analysis of the impact of COVID-19 on Virtual card market: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/request-for-customization/17594?reqfor=covid

Based on product type, the B2B virtual card segment contributed more than two-fifths of the global virtual card market revenue in 2021 and is expected to dominate by 2031. Meanwhile, the B2C virtual card segment POS would exhibit the fastest CAGR of 25.4% throughout the forecast period. The B2C remote payment virtual card segment is also assessed in the study.

Based on the industry vertical, the media and entertainment segment accounts for almost a quarter of the total market revenue in 2021 and is expected to dominate by 2031. The advertising segment, simultaneously, would show the CAGR the fastest of 26.9% throughout the forecast period. Other segments analyzed in the report include Hospitality, Consumer Goods, Energy & Utilities, and Education.

Based on region, the market across North America generated nearly two-fifths of the total market revenue in 2021 and is expected to retain the lion’s share by 2031. The Asia-Pacific region, meanwhile, would show the fastest CAGR of 24.1% during the forecast period. Other regions studied in the report include LAMEA and Europe.

Key market players analyzed in the Global Virtual Cards Market report are BTRS Holdings Inc. dba Billtrust, Bento Technologies Inc., Revolut Ltd., HSBC Group, Citigroup Inc., Capital One, DBS Bank Ltd., ePayService, JPMorgan Chase & Co., American Express, Mastercard, Marqeta, Inc., Stripe, Inc., Standard Chartered Bank, Wise Payments Limited, WEX Inc. and State Bank of India. These market players have adopted several strategies including partnership, expansion, collaboration, ventures, and others to highlight their prowess in the industry. The report is helpful in formulating the business performance, product portfolio, operating segments, and developments of key players.

Interested in getting the data? Inquire here @: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/purchase-enquiry/17594

Main benefits for stakeholders

  • This report provides a quantitative analysis of market segments, current trends, estimates and dynamics of the Virtual Cards Market analysis from 2021 to 2031 to identify current opportunities in the Virtual Cards Market.
  • Market research is offered with information related to key drivers, restraints, and opportunities.
  • Porter’s Five Forces analysis highlights the ability of buyers and suppliers to enable stakeholders to make profit-driven business decisions and strengthen their supplier-buyer network.
  • In-depth analysis of virtual card market segmentation helps to determine the existing market opportunities.
  • Major countries in each region are mapped according to their revenue contribution in the global market.
  • The positioning of market players facilitates benchmarking and provides a clear understanding of the current position of market players.
  • The report includes analysis of regional and global virtual card market trends, key players, market segments, application areas and market growth strategies.

Key market segments

Final user

type of product

  • B2B virtual card
  • B2C remote payment virtual cards
  • B2C POS Virtual Cards

industry vertical

  • Media and entertainment
  • Hospitality
  • Consumer goods
  • Energy and Utilities
  • Advertising
  • Education
  • Others

By region

  • North America
  • Europe
    • UK
    • Germany
    • France
    • Italy
    • Spain
    • Netherlands
    • The rest of Europe
  • Asia Pacific
    • South Korea
    • Rest of Asia-Pacific
    • China
    • India
    • Japan
    • Australia
    • Latin America
    • Middle East
    • Africa

Avenue Basic Plan | Access to the library | One year subscription |

Sign up for the Avenue subscription to access over 12,000 business profiles and over 2,000 niche market research reports at $699 per month, per seat. For one year, the customer must purchase a minimum 2-seat plan.

14-day free trial request: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/avenue/trial/starter

“We have also published some syndicated market studies in the same field that you may be interested in. Below is the title of the report for your referenceconsidering the impact of Covid-19 on this market which will help you to assess the aftereffects of the pandemic on the short and long term growth trends of this market.

BFSI Industry Trend Reports (Book Now with 10% Discount + Covid-19 Scenario):

Contactless smart card market By type (memory and microprocessor MPU), functionality (transaction, communication and security and access control), company size (large enterprise and small and medium enterprises) and vertical sector (BFSI, retail and e-commerce, Healthcare, Travel & Hospitality, Transportation & Logistics, Media & Entertainment, and Others): Global Opportunities Analysis and Industry Forecast, 2021-2030

Forex Prepaid Cards Market by Card Type (Open Loop Prepaid Card and Closed Loop Prepaid Card), Usage (General Purpose Reloadable Card, Gift Card, Government Benefit/Disbursement Card, Payroll Card and Others) and End User (Retail, Corporate Institutions, Government and Financial Institutions): Global Opportunities Analysis and Industry Forecast, 2021-2030

EMV smart card market By type (contact form and contactless form), application (fuel card, retail store card, metal coupon card and others), distribution channel (wholesaler, retail brokers and others) and end user (BFSI, Healthcare, Retail, IT & Telecommunications, Travel & Hospitality, Transportation & Logistics, Media & Entertainment, Government & Others): Global Opportunities Analysis & Industry Forecast, 2021-2030

Multi-Store Gift Card Market By Card Type (Open-Loop Gift Card and Closed-Loop Gift Card), Application (Consumer Goods, Health & Wellness, Restaurants & Bars, Travel & Tourism, Media & Entertainment, and Others), and End User (Retail Establishments and Enterprise): Global Opportunities Analysis and Industry Forecast, 2021-2030

About Us

Allied Market Research (AMR) is a full-service market research and business consulting wing of Allied Analytics LLP based in Portland, Oregon. Allied Market Research provides global corporations as well as small and medium enterprises with unparalleled quality of “market research reports” and “Business Intelligence solutions”. AMR has a focused vision to provide business insights and advice to help its clients make strategic business decisions and achieve sustainable growth in their respective market area.

We maintain professional relationships with various companies which helps us to extract market data which helps us to generate accurate research data tables and confirm the utmost accuracy of our market predictions. Allied Market Research CEO Pawan Kumar helps inspire and encourage everyone associated with the company to maintain high quality data and help clients in every way possible to achieve success. All the data presented in the reports we publish are drawn from primary interviews with senior managers of large companies in the field concerned. Our secondary data sourcing methodology includes extensive online and offline research and discussions with knowledgeable industry professionals and analysts.


David Correa
5933 NE Win Sivers Drive
#205, Portland, OR 97220
United States
USA/Canada (toll free): +1-800-792-5285, +1-503-894-6022
UK: +44-845-528-1300
Hong Kong: +852-301-84916
India (Pune): +91-20-66346060
Fax: +1(855)550-5975
[email protected]
The Web: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/reports-store/semiconductor-and-electronics

Readers Talk About Alex Jones, Rent Stabilization Reform & Top Secret Files – New York Daily News


Manhattan: I have read few more satisfying editorials than your August 5 “Jonestown” article. I’m a big fan of your post, largely because of your editorial policy and fearless style. No jaded or cutesy opinions in New York’s Hometown Newspaper. You said it shamelessly in clear and uncertain terms. It is gratifying to read opinions with which so many people agree, but few publications have the resolve to publish them.

As for Alex Jones in particular, your editorial was absolutely spot on. This man is so repulsive. In a few short paragraphs, you managed to sum up his character’s malignity with skill and aplomb.

Now that Jones has been slapped with an additional $45 million in punitive damages, one can only hope that this massive combined award of nearly $50 million will serve to muzzle him like any other rabid dog. Meanwhile, fingers crossed that the trial testimony gets noticed by local law enforcement and he is successfully charged and prosecuted for perjury. Other Sandy Hook parents have pending cases still waiting to be heard and it will be poetic karma if the pending civil litigation combines with future criminal charges to keep this disgusting miscreant broke and in jail for the rest of his days.

As you say, “make him pay”. If this man is held entirely responsible for his despicable behavior, others with similar inclinations might think twice before entering the world of shameless slander, senseless lies and human destruction. Pierre Janoff

Manhattan: We applaud the Daily News for its stance on “Unlocking Inventory” (editorial, August 15). As the largest industry organization representing 25,000 diverse providers of affordable housing for 2.5 million New Yorkers in all five boroughs, we spoke out against the state’s 2019 housing reform laws from the start. because they removed the financial capacity of the owners to renovate and modernize their pre-apartments and buildings built during the war. Landlords aren’t intentionally stocking apartments, but the only way to get these desperately needed affordable units back on the market is to restore programs that worked, giving them the financial means to reinvest in aging infrastructure. We can only hope that Albany lawmakers and Governor Hochul see sense in your editorial recommendations. Joseph Strasbourg, President, Rent Stabilization Association

Brooklyn: Re “Veteran News photog injured in carjacking” (August 12): How did this guy turn 73? First, he leaves the keys in the ignition while the car is driving. Then when someone leaves with it, it jumps into a moving car. He is probably standing under a tree during a thunderstorm. Of course, you won’t print it. Denis Burge

Flushing: Congestion pricing will be the death knell for New York City. We never recovered from the heights of the pandemic. Less than 50% of people have returned to full-time or even part-time work. Commercial real estate vacancy has never been higher. Restaurants are closing like wildfire, caught between rising costs and the inability to raise their prices as much, the inability to have staff and fewer people to serve. Crime is skyrocketing and we have a Manhattan prosecutor who doesn’t believe in prosecuting criminals. Migrants and homeless people lay in our streets. And now the powers that be want us to pay up to $23 to come to town for work or play. Do these people have a brain? I suggest not. Stuart Baum

Rural Retreat, Va. : Stop using “in disgrace” (“Andy worries about ‘politics’ in Don raid”, August 10), he is the former governor. He’s accomplished a lot during his tenure, and New York Attorney General Letitia James has made it political, but not everything she’s published stands up to the charges, and what she hasn’t not published in the year since must have more exculpatory evidence or she would have published it. In fact, you wrote an op-ed about it only the week before (“Shine a light,” August 3). The Attorney General is a disgrace to the law. Kathleen Cobb

Highland Falls, NY: So now we know how top secret information is handled by an ex-president already under suspicion for his ties to Russia: come get him! It’s important to remember – despite the regular drumbeat of the right-wing echo chamber – that the only reason Donald Trump hasn’t been indicted in the wake of the Russian investigation is because he was president. at the time. Well, he isn’t now. I wonder how many Russian visitors have been to Mar-a-Lago recently? Joe Cyr

Fishkill, NY: Is there any precedent or reason for an ex-president to take such documents to the White House? I wonder how many of them he shared/sold to his buddy Vladimir Putin. Bill Barish

The daily news flash

The daily news flash

Days of the week

Find the five best stories of the day every afternoon of the week.

Beacon, NY: If the FBI can raid Donald Trump’s property, then Hillary Clinton’s house should have been searched as well. Hunter Biden is also expected to be investigated. What is right is right. Barbara Chaya

Dayton, Ohio: In the Daily News’ Aug. 14 editorial, “Fanking the Flames,” you write, “A 42-year-old man from Ohio who was a Trump supporter and apparently participated in the riot in January 6. was killed on Thursday after attempting to break into an FBI field office. When the bad guy Trump was president, he was a big deal. Now that he’s out, he’s not the problem anymore. It’s the idiots who are still devoted to Trump who are the problem. One of them got off the board trying to break into an FBI office, but there are many more politicians and voters out there trying to destroy our republic because Trump wants it. Vic Presutti

Yonkers: Someone still has to explain to me how Trump called Georgian Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger and tried to coerce him into changing the numbers and saying he miscounted, then asked him to ‘find 11 780 votes somewhere – come on, give me a break” is not outright voter fraud. And there’s no doubt the phone call happened – we’ve got a nice clear strip of every word thanks to Raffensperger, who was placed in a shocking position but did the right thing by alerting the authorities.Why that didn’t lead to Trump’s immediate arrest is a mystery to me. Suzanne Hayes Kelly

Bronx: Liz Cheney is an example of what a politician should be. She’s a Republican and a conservative, but she doesn’t let that dictate her actions. She follows his standards and morals. Every politician, Democrat or Republican, progressive or conservative, could learn a lesson from this. Instead of condemning her, they should praise her for not being dictated to. Dorothee Krasiker

Manhattan: It is not certain, in my opinion, that people are not allowed to get paper bags from the store. I do the right thing by taking one. I have rights in this country and you have no right to reject existing opinions against environmentalism. Tina Celano

Bloomington, Ind. : To Voicer Sam Katz: I’m corrected! You did not mention Goldwater’s rule in your letter. However, the title of your letter was “The Goldwater Rule”. Someone at the log must have added this. Thank you, Sam, for being a good sportsman. I appreciate the Daily News for allowing the jokes. Scott Thompson

Flushing: I look at everything that’s going on in the world with politics, global warming, wars, hate, backsliding on women’s rights and human rights, etc., and I’m like, ‘How have we reached the top of the food chain?” Dizziness my mind! Joseph Big

ASU’s new business dean to kick off the Economic Club of Phoenix’s fall 2022 season

August 15, 2022

The economic club of Phoenix (ECP) speaker series — hosted by WP Carey School business at Arizona State University — celebrates its 38th anniversary and has become the Valley’s premier forum for the exchange of ideas on business and economics.

Since the launch of the club in January 1985the audience came to hear from leaders from leading companies and organizations in the Phoenix region and beyond.

Download Full Image

One of those leaders this season is the new dean of WP Carey. Another is the first Latino president and CEO in NHL history. Additionally, attendees will hear from the Founder and CEO of the leading AI recruiting assistant.

“I look forward to kicking off the fall season of this long-running event and sharing our strategic plan, which will address critical areas of growth and opportunity for the school,” said Ohad Kadandean of WP Carey School work. “This is a blueprint for the entire business community, outlining critical areas of development not just for our school, but for Arizonafor organizations and the economy.”

Fall 2022 ECP Speaker Lineup

Tuesday August 23
August ECP with a fireside chat with WP Carey Dean Ohad Kadanwhich will share more information about the school’s five-year strategic plan, including topics on workforce development, real estate, and environmental, social, and governance investments.

Tuesday, September 27
September ECP with Xavier GutierrezPresident and CEO of the Arizona Coyotes.

Tuesday, October 25
Entrepreneurship Award 2022 honoring Aaron Matosfounder and CEO of Paradox.

ECP fans will also enjoy…
Wednesday, November 16
59th Annual ASU/PNC Bank Economic Forecast Luncheon with Economic Experts.

Virtual ECP events are free and take place from noon to 1 p.m. (Arizona time), live on Zoom.

The 59th Annual ASU/PNC Bank Economic Forecast Luncheon is a ticketed event presented by WP Carey’s Economics Department. It is offered in person and virtually, from 11:15 a.m. to 1:30 p.m. (Arizona time).

The 2023 ECP season will be announced when details are finalized.

To see the latest information and to register for upcoming virtual and in-person events, visit econclubphx.org or call 480-727-0596.

Florida Retirement System State Board of Directors Reduces Holdings in ACI Worldwide, Inc. (NASDAQ: ACIW)


The State Board of Administration of Florida Retirement System reduced its position in ACI Worldwide, Inc. (NASDAQ: ACIW – Get Rating) by 6.4% during the first quarter, according to the company in its latest 13F filing with the Securities. and Exchange Commission (SECOND). The fund held 42,157 shares of the technology company after selling 2,880 shares during the period. The State Board of Administration of Florida Retirement System’s holdings in ACI Worldwide were worth $1,328,000 when it last filed with the SEC.

Other hedge funds and other institutional investors have also recently bought and sold shares of the company. Mutual of America Capital Management LLC increased its position in ACI Worldwide shares by 2.0% during the first quarter. Mutual of America Capital Management LLC now owns 107,215 shares of the technology company worth $3,376,000 after buying 2,057 additional shares last quarter. Sciencast Management LP strengthened its position in ACI Worldwide shares by 25.7% during the 1st quarter. Sciencast Management LP now owns 23,388 shares of the technology company worth $644,000 after buying 4,786 additional shares last quarter. Hennion & Walsh Asset Management Inc. increased its position in ACI Worldwide shares by 9.7% in the 1st quarter. Hennion & Walsh Asset Management Inc. now owns 19,326 shares of the technology company worth $609,000 after buying 1,711 additional shares last quarter. American Capital Management Inc. increased its position in ACI Worldwide shares by 5.3% in the fourth quarter. American Capital Management Inc. now owns 398,000 shares of the technology company worth $13,811,000 after buying an additional 20,000 shares last quarter. Finally, SG Americas Securities LLC strengthened its position in ACI Worldwide shares by 173.1% in the 1st quarter. SG Americas Securities LLC now owns 74,559 shares of the technology company worth $2,348,000 after purchasing an additional 47,258 shares last quarter. 99.85% of the shares are currently held by hedge funds and other institutional investors.

ACI Price Performance Worldwide

ACIW opened at $26.13 on Monday. The company has a 50-day moving average price of $26.73 and a 200-day moving average price of $28.90. The company has a market capitalization of $2.98 billion, a PE ratio of 20.10 and a beta of 1.06. ACI Worldwide, Inc. has a 1-year low of $23.63 and a 1-year high of $36.01. The company has a debt ratio of 0.85, a quick ratio of 1.24 and a current ratio of 1.24.

ACI Worldwide (NASDAQ:ACIW – Get Rating) last released its quarterly results on Thursday, August 4. The tech company reported earnings per share (EPS) of $0.12 for the quarter, matching the consensus estimate of $0.12. ACI Worldwide had a return on equity of 17.24% and a net margin of 10.51%. The company posted revenue of $340.40 million for the quarter, versus analyst estimates of $330.22 million. During the same period a year earlier, the company posted EPS of $0.23. The company’s revenues increased by 12.8% compared to the same quarter last year.

Analysts set new price targets

Several research companies have recently commented on the ACIW. TheStreet downgraded shares of ACI Worldwide from a “b-” rating to a “c” rating in a Thursday, May 5 research report. Stephens assumed coverage of ACI Worldwide stocks in a Thursday, July 14, research note. They issued an “overweight” rating and a target price of $31.00 for the company. StockNews.com downgraded ACI Worldwide shares from a “buy” rating to a “hold” rating in a Friday, Aug. 5 research note. Finally, DA Davidson lowered his price target on ACI Worldwide shares from $42.00 to $36.00 in a Monday, April 25 research note.

ICA Global Profile

(Get an assessment)

ACI Worldwide, Inc, a software company, develops, markets, installs and supports a range of software products and solutions to facilitate digital payments to banks, merchants and billers worldwide. The company offers ACI Acquiring, a merchant management system to deliver digital innovation, improve fraud prevention and reduce interchange fees; ACI Issuing, a digital payment issuance solution; and ACI Enterprise Payments Platform which provides payment processing and orchestration capabilities for digital payments.

Featured Articles

Want to see what other hedge funds hold ACIW? Visit HoldingsChannel.com for the latest 13F filings and insider trading for ACI Worldwide, Inc. (NASDAQ: ACIW – Get Rating).

Institutional ownership by quarter for ACI Worldwide (NASDAQ: ACIW)

Get news and reviews for ACI Worldwide Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for ACI Worldwide and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

Rental agent pleads guilty to fraud and awaits sentencing

Frank Intelligent

A lettings agent, who left more than £80,000 out of pocket for landlords, has pleaded guilty to fraud.

Frank Smart, owner of Smart Residential Letting Agents in Newmarket, appeared at Ipswich Crown Court on Friday where he pleaded guilty to two counts of withholding rent and bail under the S1 Fraud Act 2006.

The 46-year-old, of Dowding Avenue, Cambridge, will be sentenced at a later date after officers from Suffolk Trading Standards, along with colleagues from the National Trading Standards Tri Regional Investigations Team, began investigating him and Smart Residential in fall 2018.

Trading Standards responded to several complaints from landlords and tenants who were unable to get in touch with the company after the sudden closure of its Wellington Street office in July 2018.

A spokesperson for Suffolk Trading Standards said: “Many of these landlords have entrusted Smart Residential with their rental properties and holding rental deposits on their behalf.

“By law, these deposits should have been placed in a deposit protection system – providing protection for tenants in the event that a landlord or rental agency faces financial difficulty. We believe that Mr. Smart did not use this scheme, resulting in substantial losses for his victims.

“We spoke to over 30 witnesses, and many landlords told us they were not receiving rental income and had to repay rental deposits out of their own pocket. This resulted in individual losses ranging from £700 to over £8,000 and an estimated total loss of over £80,000.

Cllr Andrew Reid, Cabinet Member for Public Health and Public Protection, commented: ‘This successful prosecution sends a very clear message to business owners, like Mr Smart, that fraudulent trading will not be tolerated in Suffolk .

“His actions have led to countless landlords being heavily out of pocket, causing immeasurable personal and financial stress – and underscoring the importance of ensuring that any rental deposit is placed in a deposit protection scheme.

“I would like to thank the officers of Trading Standards and the National Trading Standards Regional Investigations team for their incredible work on this complex matter, as well as everyone who provided information to enable this investigation to come to light. the courts and dispense justice. Finished.”

Jailed ex-estate agent charged with fraud

Has inflation peaked?


Stocks rallied strongly last week on better-than-expected consumer inflation (CPI) data. But has the inflation rate peaked for this cycle? At the risk of spoiling the ending, it looks like the worst year-over-year inflation rates are behind us. It may still be premature to break the champagne with an overall rate still at 8.5% year-on-year and an uncertain timing to reach the target inflation rate.

First of all, the good news, the energy component which was a major driver of the surge in inflation has receded somewhat. While the gasoline component of the CPI is still up 44% year-on-year, it was -7.7% in July. Gasoline prices are still well above year-ago levels, but the decline is helping to ease some pressures on households and the economy.

Additionally, some areas of consumer inflation that have been particularly affected by the reopening of the economy following the Covid shutdowns have started to show improvement. For example, car rental prices skyrocketed as the economy reopened due to a lack of vehicle fleets and the inability to replace cars at a reasonable price due to a shortage of microchips. . Car and truck rental prices fell -11.9% year-over-year in July. Additionally, hotel and used car prices have risen at a rate below the overall inflation rate.

Now the hardest part of the inflation story. Despite the decline in the headline inflation rate year-over-year from the previous month, the sticky part of the components of inflation rose to 5.8%. Sticky elements take longer to adapt than gasoline, which can have more volatile fluctuations. This persistently high inflation makes it more difficult to reach the 2% inflation rate.

A sticky part of inflation is rent. Primary residence rent is up 6.3% year-over-year, and rent tends not to drop very often. Even during the global financial crisis, which included the bursting of the housing bubble, rent components barely dipped into negative year-over-year. Directionally, housing prices tend to drive rents, so monitoring activity around homes will be key. Federal Reserve rate hikes have cooled real estate activity and prices may follow. Lots of housing data is coming in this week, including building permits, housing starts and existing home sales.

Salaries are another component that tends not to drop often. Despite high unemployment during the global financial crisis, average weekly earnings only dipped into slightly negative territory. In July, average weekly earnings rose 5.3% year over year, and the upward pressure is expected to continue as the unemployment rate remains low. Furthermore, the (real) growth rate of income after inflation is negative, which should add to the reasons why the nominal level remains high.

It is always instructive to look at what the collective wisdom of the markets expects from inflation. The Breakeven inflation over 10 years has recently fallen to 2.48%, implying that market participants believe that inflation will reach this average level over the next ten years. Interestingly, the equilibrium rate peaked at the end of April. The Forecast breakeven inflation rate over 5 years over 5 years tells us what the markets think inflation will be over the next five years, starting five years from now. Looking at inflation five years ahead helps to suppress some short-term price movements and focus on the expected long-term path. This metric fell to 2.24% and also peaked in late April.

Notably, 2-year and 10-year Treasury yields have been lower since peaking in mid-June. Nominal yields on Treasury bills would not be lower if inflation was expected to continue to accelerate. Looking back, the S&P 500 hit a closing low shortly after the peak in returns and rebounded nearly 17%!

Another piece of evidence supporting markets believing we have seen the peak in inflation is the outperformance of cyclical stocks versus commodities. Cyclical stocks are more exposed to the economy than commodities, implying that the Federal Reserve is less likely to be forced to continue to aggressively raise interest rates. The market seems to be looking past the economic slowdown with some relief on the inflation front.

Markets cheered the better inflation news, but the timing and path to a normalized environment remains unclear, with persistent components of inflation remaining elevated. Despite the respite given to lower-quality companies by the relatively positive inflation news, investors should focus on quality companies that can survive a possible recession and prosper once the turmoil passes. Investors should focus on an asset allocation that provides the financial means to weather market volatility and an economic downturn, as the economic backdrop remains challenging.

3 Super High Yielding Dividend Stocks That Can Turn $350,000 Into $1 Million By 2030


Investing in 2022 has been an adventure – to put it mildly! The first six months of the year saw the sea S&P500 deliver its worst first-half performance since 1970. Meanwhile, growth stocks have been burned. Centered growth Nasdaq Compound plunged as much as 34% from its all-time high reached in November 2021.

While this year has really tested investors’ resolve, it has also rolled out the red carpet for long-term investors to buy high-quality stocks at a discount. Although much of the focus over the past two years has been on fast-growing companies, some dividend-paying stocks have become particularly attractive.

Image source: Getty Images.

Companies that pay a regular dividend are often profitable, proven, and offer transparent growth prospects. The icing on the cake, dividend stocks have a rich history of outperforming stocks that don’t offer a payout. Income stocks are the perfect place to consider growing your money in such an uncertain environment.

Of course, not all dividend stocks are created equal. The following are three ultra high yielding dividend stocks – an arbitrary term I use to describe income stocks with yields of at least 7% – that have the ability to turn an initial investment of $350,000 into $1 million by 2030.

Enterprise Product Partners: 7.39% return

The first passive income powerhouse that can deliver a return of 186% (or more) on an initial investment of $350,000 by 2030 is the oil and gas stock Enterprise Product Partners (EPD 1.16%).

For some investors, the thought of putting money to work in an oil stock sends shivers down your spine. Just over two years ago, the historic decline in demand associated with the COVID-19 pandemic sent crude oil and natural gas prices plummeting. In some cases, highly leveraged drilling companies have lost 80% or more of their value.

However, this is not a problem that the shareholders of Enterprise Products Partners will deal with. This is because Enterprise Products Partners is a midstream energy company. Intermediate suppliers are similar to intermediaries in the energy complex. They provide transmission pipelines, storage space and processing facilities.

What makes Enterprise Products Partners such a safe energy stock is that, like many other midstream oil and gas stocks, it relies on fixed-price contracts. There are few, if any, surprises when it comes to the company’s operating cash flow in any given year. Accurate cash forecasting is imperative because it allows the company to distribute distributions, set aside capital for new infrastructure, and make acquisitions, all without hurting profitability.

Speaking of new infrastructure projects, the company has about $5.5 billion tied up in new or upgraded infrastructure. Many of these projects are expected to be commissioned between early 2023 and the first half of 2024. With growing domestic energy needs, this investment is expected to pay off in the form of increased operating cash flow while throughout the decade.

If you still need more convincing, consider that Enterprise Products Partners recently increased its basic annual distribution for the 24th consecutive year since its IPO. With a healthy payout coverage ratio and historically high crude prices likely to encourage drillers to increase production, Enterprise Products Partners is perfectly positioned to thrive this decade.

Innovative Industrial Properties: 7.41% yield

A second ultra-high-yielding dividend stock with all the tools to turn $350,000 into $1 million by the end of the decade is a cannabis-focused real estate investment trust (REIT). Innovative industrial properties (IIPR 2.15%)or IIP for short.

Like any real estate SIR, IIP aims to acquire assets that it can rent out for long periods. In this case, IIP purchases marijuana growing and processing facilities and leases them for long periods of time. As of August 3, 2022, the company owned 110 properties covering 8.6 million square feet of rental space in 19 legalized states. Although the company stopped reporting its weighted average lease term earlier this year, it was north of 16 years when last checked.

Although Innovative Industrial Properties derives most of its revenue from acquisitions, it incorporates a component of organic growth. Each year, the company passes on inflationary rent increases to its tenants and collects a property management fee of 1.5% on a monthly basis. These latter charges are tied to the tenant’s base annual rental rate.

It is generally an operating model that generates transparent and predictable cash flows. But as IIP learned recently, it’s not foolproof. One of the company’s largest tenants, Kings Garden, failed to pay its July rent. IIP is in talks with Kings Garden about this and has pitched the idea of ​​leasing Kings’ facilities to other multi-state operators. But even with this setback, IIP continues to collect rents from its multitude of tenants and is not in danger of defaulting on its juicy dividend payment obligations.

Speaking of dividend payouts, Innovative Industrial Properties has increased its quarterly payout by (drum roll) 1,067% over the past five years. While the pace of its distribution growth is likely to slow as macroeconomic headwinds take their toll, it’s a hearty payout that may continue to grow at a more modest pace throughout the decade.

Finally, Innovative Industrial Properties is likely to benefit to marijuana which remains federally illegal. The company’s sale-leaseback agreement allows the company to buy properties for cash and immediately lease them to the seller. This provides much-needed liquidity to multi-state operators who may not have access to traditional financial services. Meanwhile, he networks IIP’s long-term tenants.

Several hundred dollar bills folded to create a makeshift house.

Image source: Getty Images.

AGNC Investment Corp. : yield of 11.76%

The third ultra-high yielding dividend stock that can turn $350,000 into $1 million by 2030 is the Mortgage REIT AGNC Investment Corp. (AGNC 0.79%). AGNC has the highest return on this list (11.8%) and has averaged double-digit returns in 12 of the past 13 years.

Although the purchase of mortgage-backed securities by REITs can be somewhat complicated, their operating model is simple. Companies like AGNC aim to borrow money at the lowest possible short-term rate and buy higher-yielding long-term assets. These higher-yielding assets are almost always mortgage-backed securities (MBS), hence the name of this class of REIT. The greater the yield spread (known as the net interest margin) between the long-term assets held by mortgage REITs and their short-term borrowing rate, normally the more profitable they are.

What makes AGNC so attractive to patient income investors is that the industry is transparent. If you watch the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy and the Treasury yield curve closely, you can pretty much tell exactly how well or poorly mortgage REITs are doing.

Over the past two quarters, AGNC and its peers have faced an uphill battle. Historically high inflation forced the country’s central bank to become aggressive on interest rates, which quickly drove up short-term borrowing costs. To add, the yield curve has flattened or, at times, inverted. These headwinds tend to weigh on AGNC’s book value and reduce its net interest margin.

But the interesting thing about mortgage REITs is that they make great bad news buys. When things look worse, that’s often the best time to buy. For example, the interest rate curve spends a disproportionate amount of time going up and to the right. The reason? The US economy spends much more time expanding than contracting.

Plus, higher interest rates aren’t the land mine you might think they would be for an interest rate-sensitive company like AGNC. Although this has hurt short-term borrowing costs, rising interest rates will eventually increase the returns of the MBS the company purchases. Over time, this is a recipe for a wider net interest margin.

Another reason AGNC can excel is in its investment portfolio. At the end of June, $59.5 billion of its $61.3 billion in assets were in agency securities. An “agency” asset is guaranteed by the federal government in the event of default. This radical protection allows the company to use leverage wisely to increase its profits.

AGNC may not have the growth potential of enterprise product partners or innovative industrial properties, but its supercharged dividend and improved net interest margin can pack a punch over the next eight years.

Avanta Residential Reaches Financial Close for Westgate Homes in Jacksonville, Florida


DENVER, August 12, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — Avanta Residential today announced that the business has closed on approximately 20 acres on two lots adjacent to Jacksonville, Florida to develop a built-to-let community. The community, called Avendale in Westgate, marks Avanta’s first project in Florida.

The single-family rental community will consist of 157 two- and three-bedroom luxury townhouses averaging 1,516 square feet. Community amenities will include a rental center, clubhouse and resort-style swimming pool, and provide connectivity to an adjacent city park with a playground, soccer fields and open spaces.

“We are delighted to expand our presence in Florida,” said Terence Johnson, Senior Vice President of Development. “Avendale’s location in Westgate is ideal, with its proximity to national retailers as well as major employers.”

Avendale at Westgate is located in a rapidly growing area of Jacksonville just south of Beach Boulevard and just 3.5 miles from downtown St. Johns, a major retail and dining destination featuring many national retailers including Apple, Nordstrom, Target, TopGolf and Publix Grocery. Major employers located near Avendale in Westgate include Johnson and Johnson, CEVA Logistics, St. Vincent’s Healthcare, Web.com and Deutsche Bank.

Avanta, headquartered in denver, was established in 2020 to cater to the increasingly popular purpose built single family rental industry. Avanta continues to strengthen its already experienced team to execute its development pipeline.

Avanta plans to deliver homes to Avendale in Westgate in 2023.

About Avanta

Avanta sets the standard in the construction communities for rent industry. Avanta was created from the deep experience of Hunt Companies Inc., a diversified family holding company with over $8.5 billion in completed real estate developments, including the development of over 70,000 single-family rental homes across United States, 50,000 of which are still owned and operated today. Avanta is committed to developing thoughtful, well-designed, and amenity-rich single-family homes for rent across the United States. Avanta is active in Texas, Florida, Georgiaand Colorado and expand its footprint. For more information, www.avantaresidential.com.

SOURCE Avanta Residential

Take your Mediterranean holiday to the next level by renting this Vespa-like electric scooter


” We’re late ; we’re going to miss our bus! my friend cried in the spanish midday sun. I said “Follow me” and I made a mint green scooter EV parked on the sidewalk. She walked around the retro Vespa-style scooter, gave a look at its chrome and stripes, and said, “Cute!” Then I took out my phone and the scooter came to life. She recovered from her shock, jumped on her back and we ran along Calle Torneo and over the Guadalquivir. As I accelerated, the wind dried the sweat that was building up on our skin. two euros later, we jumped off our electric scooter and turned it off – and even took the bus – thanks to an app called YEGO.

What is a YEGO scooter?

YEGO scooters are Vespa-sized electric scooters. You can rent them, even for a few minutes at a time, using the YEGO app – much like Revel in the US, YEGOs are only available in certain Spanish and French cities, they’re far from the scooter most common commendable electric – but they might be the most stylish.

YEGO Scooter | Henry Cesari MotorBiscuit

RELATED: Daniel Craig’s James Bond Motorcycle Skills Wowed a Moto GP Champion

If you live in certain US cities, you might be familiar with “electric scooters” from Lime or Bird that are the same size and shape as a Razor. But in Europe the Vespa-sized scooter is ubiquitous and the scooter rental app means a company like YOU GO.

The difference between a Vespa moped and a Vespa scooter comes down to the size of the engine. Therefore, new electric vehicles are labeled as “scooters” instead of mopeds to give them a premium appeal.

As of this writing, YEGO scooters are available in the Spanish cities of Seville, Malaga, Valencia and Barcelona. They are also available in the French cities of Toulouse, Bordeaux and Paris.

See my trip up Barcelona’s Montjuïc hill in the Twitter embed below:

Plan your YEGO scooter rental in advance

YEGO Scooter | Henry Cesari MotorBiscuit

RELATED: What brand of truck does the Ukrainian army drive?

If you decide on a whim that you want to spin a nice green YEGO, you first have a few steps to follow. You’ll need to download the YEGO app to your phone (which may require wifi if your roaming data plan isn’t robust enough). Next, you will need to upload and approve your documents.

I found the approval process quick and easy. I also found the staff at YEGO to be very responsive. That said, the company warns that reviewing your documents could take them two hours on weekdays and longer at night or on weekends. Therefore, it is a good idea to plan ahead.

Of course, locals can simply upload their Spanish or French driver’s license to the YEGO app. But for us foreign travelers, it can be more complicated. The YEGO app has the ability to upload a photo of your driver’s license, passport or international driver’s license.

Theoretically, YEGO will allow you to ride with just your driver’s license and passport. But when I offered the three documents, the staff specifically asked me for my international driving license.

An app-based electric scooter can improve your vacation

YEGO rental scooter on its kickstand, on a cobbled street by a river.
YEGO Scooter | Henry Cesari MotorBiscuit

RELATED: How much does it cost to rent a van?

If you choose not to rent a car for your next vacation, definitely consider app-based electric transportation. It may take some research and planning ahead of time, but it’s worth it.

If you can set up the app before you go, you’ll find that a scooter like YEGO gives you another option for city transportation. This gives you a bit more flexibility when on the go. It’s also a fun way to experience adventures abroad that you couldn’t experience on foot.

Then watch a YEGO addition in the video below:

” src=”https://www.youtube.com/embed/B2AgoT2W2S4?feature=oembed” frameborder=”0″ allow=”accelerometer; automatic reading; clipboard-write; encrypted medium; gyroscope; picture in picture” allow full screen>

RELATED: Is Your Motorcycle’s Tire Pressure Right for Your Riding Style?

UK economy shrinks in Q2, heightening recession fears


LONDON (AP) — The United Kingdom’s economy contracted in the three months to June, figures showed Friday — a weaker-than-expected contraction that nonetheless added to jitters about the tough months ahead.

The Office for National Statistics said Britain’s gross domestic product fell 0.1% between April and June, compared with growth of 0.8% in the previous quarter. GDP fell 0.6% in June and growth estimates for May have been revised down from 0.5% to 0.4%.

The statistics office said healthcare spending was the main contributor to the fall, as the government cut coronavirus testing, contact tracing and vaccination programmes.

“Many retailers also had a difficult quarter,” said ONS director of economic statistics Darren Morgan. “These were partially offset by growth in hotels, bars, hairdressers and outdoor events in the quarter”, partly following Queen Elizabeth II’s Platinum Jubilee celebrations in June.

Analysts said the drop doesn’t necessarily mean the start of a recession, often defined as two quarters of economic contraction. The Bank of England, however, says the UK is likely to fall into recession later this year as the cost of living crisis deepens and inflation rises above the current 9.4%.

The average UK household fuel bill has risen by more than 50% this year as war in Ukraine cuts global supplies of oil and natural gas, and another rise is expected in October, when the average bill is expected to hit 3 500 pounds ($4,300) per year. .

“The fall in UK GDP in the second quarter was largely due to noise,” said James Smith, developed markets economist at ING Economics. “But the risk of recession is growing rapidly, with gas futures hitting new highs for next winter and our latest estimates suggesting the household energy price ceiling could approach 5,000 pounds in the second quarter of next year Much now depends on fiscal policy announcements in the fall.

Anti-poverty campaigners, consumer groups and opposition politicians are pressuring Prime Minister Boris Johnson’s Conservative government to help people cope with skyrocketing bills. But Johnson is in his final weeks as prime minister and says “important budgetary decisions” must be left to his successor, who takes office in September.

Seagate Technology Holdings plc (NASDAQ:STX) Receives Consensus “Hold” Recommendation from Brokerages


Shares of Seagate Technology Holdings plc (NASDAQ:STX – Get Rating) received a consensus recommendation of “Hold” from the twenty-four analysts who currently cover the company, MarketBeat reports. One research analyst rated the stock with a sell rating, seven gave the company a hold rating and eight issued a buy rating. The 1-year average price target among analysts who have reported on the stock in the past year is $89.85.

A number of research companies have published reports on STX. Fox Advisors downgraded Seagate Technology from an “overweight” rating to an “equal weight” rating in a Friday, July 22 research note. Susquehanna Bancshares cut its price target on Seagate Technology from $67.00 to $58.00 and set a “negative” rating for the company in a Friday, July 22 research note. Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft lowered its price target on Seagate Technology from $82.00 to $75.00 in a Friday, July 22 research note. Craig Hallum downgraded Seagate Technology from a “buy” rating to a “hold” rating and reduced his price target for the company from $112.00 to $79.00 in a Wednesday, August 3 research note. Finally, Wedbush reduced its price target on Seagate Technology from $85.00 to $75.00 in a Friday, July 22 research note.

Seagate Technology Institutional Trade

Several hedge funds have recently changed their STX holdings. Sanders Capital LLC increased its equity stake in Seagate Technology by 325.4% during the 4th quarter. Sanders Capital LLC now owns 3,998,452 shares of the data storage provider worth $501,232,000 after acquiring 3,058,553 additional shares in the last quarter. Norges Bank purchased a new stake in Seagate Technology stock during Q4 for a value of approximately $221,348,000. Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Holdings Inc. purchased a new equity stake in Seagate Technology during Q2 for a value of approximately $83,163,000. Bank of New York Mellon Corp increased its stake in Seagate Technology shares by 41.1% in the first quarter. Bank of New York Mellon Corp now owns 3,898,164 shares of the data storage provider worth $350,445,000 after acquiring 1,134,751 additional shares in the last quarter. Finally, Renaissance Technologies LLC purchased a new stake in Seagate Technology stock during Q4 for a value of approximately $108,404,000. 87.48% of the shares are held by hedge funds and other institutional investors.

Seagate Technology trades up 3.9%

Seagate Technology stock opened Thursday at $80.34. The company has a 50-day simple moving average of $76.87 and a two-hundred-day simple moving average of $87.06. The company has a market capitalization of $17.26 billion, a P/E ratio of 10.95, a P/E/G ratio of 9.32 and a beta of 1.07. Seagate Technology has a 52-week low of $67.36 and a 52-week high of $117.67. The company has a quick ratio of 0.69, a current ratio of 1.13 and a debt ratio of 46.44.

Seagate Technology (NASDAQ:STX – Get Rating) last released its quarterly results on Thursday, July 21. The data storage provider reported earnings per share (EPS) of $1.59 for the quarter, missing analyst consensus estimates of $1.76 per ($0.17). Seagate Technology achieved a net margin of 14.14% and a return on equity of 412.90%. During the same period of the previous year, the company achieved EPS of $1.92. Analysts expect Seagate Technology to post EPS of 7.18 for the current year.

Seagate Technology Dividend Announcement

The company also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Wednesday, October 5. Shareholders of record on Wednesday, September 21 will receive a dividend of $0.70 per share. The ex-dividend date is Tuesday, September 20. This represents an annualized dividend of $2.80 and a dividend yield of 3.49%. Seagate Technology’s dividend payout ratio (DPR) is 38.15%.

About Seagate Technology

(Get an evaluation)

Seagate Technology Holdings plc provides data storage technology and solutions in Singapore, the United States, the Netherlands and internationally. It provides large capacity storage products, including enterprise nearline hard disk drives (HDDs), enterprise nearline solid state drives (SSDs), enterprise nearline systems, video hard drives, and image storage and network storage drives.

Further reading

Analyst Recommendations for Seagate Technology (NASDAQ: STX)

Receive daily news and reviews for Seagate Technology – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for Seagate Technology and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

Dan Fumano: No one can live in a ‘housing unit endorsement’


Opinion: As rental housing approvals surge, completions are lagging and, many fear, could soon get worse. And no one can live in approval

Content of the article

A press release from the City of Vancouver this year announced that 2,956 purpose-built rental homes had been approved for construction – “the highest approvals in several decades”. And a press release last year announced “historic approval figures”.

Advertisement 2

Content of the article

While welcome, approvals aren’t the only stat that matters. The city’s numbers also show that rental housing completions are lagging far behind approvals.

And looking ahead, homebuilders in both the private and nonprofit sectors are warning that current and future conditions could mean many recent approvals will never become completions.

Municipal authorities share their concerns. In a city with a chronically low rental vacancy rate and projected population growth, a lack of rental construction could worsen Vancouver’s housing problems for years to come.

Figures from Vancouver’s development permits, provided to Postmedia News upon request, show the city approved 15,390 purpose-built rental units between 2010 and 2021. But during that time, only 6,249 rental units were completed, or barely 40% of the total approved.

Advertisement 3

Content of the article

This annual average of approximately 500 rental completions is more than double the previous decade. Between 2000 and 2009, the average number of rental completions in Vancouver was about 200 homes per year.

But that’s a far cry from the peak before the condo building boom. The average number of rental units completed in Vancouver between 1960 and 1969 was approximately 2,600 homes per year.

Of course, a unit approved one day will not be built the next. Construction takes years and the reasons for delays are many. The numbers show that completions started to increase a few years after approvals resumed, which makes sense.

The worry now is which direction the completion numbers might go.

For several reasons, including changing government policies and the advent of condo building, Vancouver and other Canadian cities built far less purpose-built rental housing after the 1970s. In 2010 and 2011, Vancouver didn’t build anything.

Advertisement 4

Content of the article

Condos can provide good homes, either for the owner or in the secondary rental market. But purpose-built rentals offer far more security and stability than rented condos or basement suites, and Vancouver planners have developed programs over the past decade to promote rental construction. Raising rents was a major part of Mayor Kennedy Stewart’s 2018 campaign and will likely be a key issue in his re-election this year.

Cynthia Jagger at West Broadway and Granville Street.
Cynthia Jagger at West Broadway and Granville Street. Photo by NICK PROCAYLO /PNG

Recent rising rental approvals suggest the city’s policies of the past decade have had the desired effect, said Cynthia Jagger, director of Goodman Commercial, a Vancouver real estate company specializing in rental properties and development sites. .

“But then you look at the completions, and it’s so sad. … We should have built tens of thousands of units just to catch up. …. But we get 100, 500, 600 at a time.

Advertisement 5

Content of the article

In recent years, with low interest rates and supportive government programs, “stars were really lined up for hire,” she said, “and we only completed 689 of them last year. , so it’s a bit scary for the future. … There are so many headwinds now.

Many of these headwinds are beyond city hall’s control – interest rates, global supply chain issues, regional labor markets.

In 2016, Ottawa unveiled a low-cost construction loan program for rental projects, which the industry hailed as vital to enabling developments in recent years.

But in this year’s budget, the federal government proposed to increase affordability requirements so much that the program is “collapsed,” said Beau Jarvis, president of Wesgroup Properties.
More accessibility seems like a good thing.

Advertising 6

Content of the article

But, Jarvis predicted, the changes would mean the private sector simply wouldn’t build these rental projects.

The low-cost loan program “was working like a charm in terms of converting transit condo projects into rental units. That’s how good the program was. And that’s what you want,” Jarvis said. “But now, just at a time of skyrocketing construction costs and inflation, you’re trying to dial the program in so far that it makes everything unviable? … They back off.

“A lot of times when you see an increase in approvals, it’s because the stars are aligned. And then when you see the actual delivery fading, it’s because those approvals take a while and the stars are drifting apart,” Jarvis said. “Even if an approval is granted, all of a sudden it doesn’t make sense to move development forward. And we’re entering that stage right now. Development projects are being scrapped.

Advertising 7

Content of the article

Some observers – perhaps rightly so – are skeptical of such claims and argue that private-sector developers are crying foul because their big profit margins might get slightly thinner.

Simon Davie, CEO of Terra Housing, outside Wilson Heights Church who created an affordable housing project in their parking lot.
Simon Davie, CEO of Terra Housing, outside Wilson Heights Church who created an affordable housing project in their parking lot. Photo by Gerry Kahrmann /PNG

But even nonprofits have to make projects financially viable to build them. And the climate looks tough, said Simon Davie, CEO of Terra Housing and vice president of Lu’ma Development Management, the leading local nonprofit property developers.

Rising construction costs reduce the affordability of finished homes, Davie said, which means fewer deeply affordable homes that everyone agrees are badly needed.

“If I’m on the side of the market, theoretically, if rents keep going up or if the selling price of condos keeps going up, I have a bit of a buffer,” Davie said. “But on the nonprofit side, revenues are pretty flat. … We can’t just turn social purpose real estate into a market condo.

Advertising 8

Content of the article

“I think what you’ll find is that projects just don’t show up,” Davie said. “Some projects will stop before they start.”

Sadly, Davie said: ‘The need is not going anywhere. … There is so much pressure.

Such concerns are “legitimate and valid,” said Dan Garrison, head of housing policy and regulation in Vancouver. “Rental projects, in particular, are very sensitive to changes in interest rates, so we are hearing a number of applicants, both private and non-profit, have concerns about the viability of building some of these projects. , even if they have been approved.

The town hall is not wrong to boast record approvals. There can be no completion without getting approvals first, so for anyone who agrees that Vancouver needs more safe rental housing, more approvals is good news.

But endorsements are only part of the picture. People need affordable and decent housing. And no one can live in an amenity.

[email protected]


More news, less ads: Our in-depth journalism is possible thanks to the support of our subscribers. For just $3.50 a week, you can get unlimited, lightweight access to the Vancouver Sun, The Province, National Post and 13 other Canadian news sites. Support us by subscribing today: The Vancouver Sun | Province.

Advertisement 1


Postmedia is committed to maintaining a lively yet civil discussion forum and encourages all readers to share their views on our articles. Comments can take up to an hour to be moderated before appearing on the site. We ask that you keep your comments relevant and respectful. We have enabled email notifications. You will now receive an email if you receive a reply to your comment, if there is an update to a comment thread you follow, or if a user follows you comments. See our Community Guidelines for more information and details on how to adjust your email settings.

US inflation slows after 40-year peak but remains high


Falling prices for gasoline, airline tickets and clothing helped Americans escape the pain of high inflation last month, though overall price increases slowed only slightly from the highest reached in June in four decades.

Consumer prices jumped 8.5% in July from a year earlier, the government said on Wednesday, compared with a 9.1% year-on-year increase in June. Month-over-month prices remained unchanged from June to July, the smallest such increase in more than two years.

Much of last month’s relief was felt by travellers: hotel room prices fell 2.7% from June to July, air fares nearly 8% and car rental prices from 9.5%. These price declines followed strong increases over the past year after COVID-19 cases eased and travel rebounded. Airfares are still almost 30% higher than a year ago.

Lower travel-related prices last month helped lower core inflation, a measure that excludes the volatile categories of food and energy to provide a clearer picture of underlying inflation. Core prices rose just 0.3% from June, the smallest month-over-month increase since March. And compared to a year ago, core inflation stood at 5.9% in July, the same year-on-year increase as in June.

All told, the July figures raised hopes that inflation may have peaked after more than a year of relentless increases that have strained household finances, soured Americans on the economy , led the Federal Reserve to aggressively raise borrowing rates and lowered President Joe Biden’s approval ratings. .

Yet core prices have slowed in the recent past only to reaccelerate in the following months. And even if inflation continues to weaken, we are far from the Fed’s annual target of 2%.

“There are good reasons to believe that inflation will continue to slow,” said Michael Pugliese, economist at Wells Fargo. “What I think gets lost in this discussion is how long?”

Even if consumer inflation were to slow to 4% — less than half its current level — Pugliese suggested that would likely force the Fed to keep raising rates.

Americans are still absorbing larger price increases than they have in decades. Grocery prices jumped 1.1% in July and are 13% higher than a year ago, the largest year-over-year increase since 1979. Bread prices have jumped 2.8% last month, the highest in more than two years. Rental and medical costs increased, although slightly less than in previous months.

Average paychecks are growing faster than they have in decades, but not fast enough to keep up with these rising costs. Consequently, some people who had retired have felt the need in recent months to return to the labor market.

Among them is Charla Bulich, who lives in San Leandro, California. For the past six months, Bulich, 73, has worked a few hours a week to care for an elderly woman because her social security and food stamps don’t cover her rising costs.

“I go over budget all the time – that’s why I had to look for a job,” Bulich said. “I wouldn’t even think of buying hamburger meat or a steak or anything like that.”

Now she fears losing her food stamps in the coming months because of her extra income.

Micheal Altfest, director of community engagement at the Alameda County Community Food Bank in Oakland, said his organization now provides about 4.5 million pounds of food per month, up from less than 4 million in January. The group also budgeted for a 66% increase in fuel costs. This is mainly because of higher gas prices, but also because he is now using more trucks to meet the demand for food.

Altfest’s rent recently jumped 14%, he said, forcing him to recalibrate his budget.

“All of these costs go up, all of a sudden,” he said. “People here were already exhausted.”

Wednesday’s report raised hopes that the modest slowdown in inflation could allow the Fed to slow the pace of its short-term rate hikes at its meeting in late September – and sent stock prices soaring. The speed and magnitude with which the Fed raises borrowing costs has significant effects on the economy: steeper increases tend to reduce consumer and business borrowing and spending and make a recession more likely. .

If the Fed doesn’t have to hike rates that high to rein in prices, it’s more likely to engineer an elusive “soft landing,” in which growth slows enough to rein in high inflation, but not to the point of triggering a recession.

Biden picked up on the report in remarks he made on Wednesday, pointing to the flat monthly inflation figure:

“I just want to say a number: zero,” he told reporters. “Today we learned that our economy recorded zero percent inflation in the month of July.”

Biden pointed to lower gasoline prices as a sign that his policies — including large releases of oil from the country’s strategic reserve — are helping to reduce higher costs that have hurt household finances, especially for low-income Americans and black and Hispanic households.

Still, Republicans point to persistently high inflation as one of the main issues in the midterm congressional elections, with polls showing that high prices have sent Biden’s approval ratings plummeting.

Other signs indicate that inflation could subside in the coming months. According to a survey by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Americans’ expectations for future inflation have declined, likely reflecting lower gasoline prices that are very visible to most consumers.

Inflation expectations can be self-fulfilling: if people think inflation will stay high or get worse, they are likely to take actions – such as demanding higher wages – that can drive up prices in a self-perpetuating cycle. Companies then often increase their prices to compensate for the increase in their higher labor costs. But the New York Fed’s survey found that Americans expect lower inflation in the next one, three and five years than a month ago.

Supply chain issues are also easing, with fewer ships docked off Southern California ports and shipping costs falling. Prices for commodities such as corn, wheat and copper fell sharply.

Yet in categories where price changes are more rigid, such as rents, costs continue to rise. A third of Americans rent their homes, and higher rental costs leave many with less money to spend on other items.

Stubborn inflation is not just an American phenomenon. Prices have jumped in the UK, Europe and less developed countries like Argentina.

UK inflation rose 9.4% in June from a year earlier, a four-decade high. In the 19 countries that use the euro, it reached 8.9% in June compared to a year earlier, the highest since the start of the registration of the euro.

Christopher Rugaber reports for The Associated Press. AP writer Zeke Miller contributed to this report.

Copyright 2022 AP. All rights reserved. This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten or redistributed.

When the USS Enterprise aircraft carrier nearly sank after hitting a rock


You’ve heard of anti-ship missiles killing aircraft carriers from China that pose a major threat to US Navy aircraft carriers, but sometimes floating airports are threatened by geographical features close to shore. In 1985, nuclear The USS Enterprise nearly sank after crashing into a shallow seamount. The collision caused a 60-foot gash that damaged three propellers and ripped off the port keel. Let’s take a closer look at this story as one of the Navy’s most famous aircraft carriers nearly sank.

What happened?

In 1985, the Enterprise was operating in the Southern California area of ​​operations for readiness exercises. While sailing 100 miles south-southwest of San Diego near Cortes Bank, on November 2, 1985, the Enterprise struck a 13-mile stretch of Bishop Rock, which damaged her hull. The crew “counter-flooded the void and controlled the flooding”, according to the account of the incident by Seaforces.org. But the number one screw was broken and two others were damaged. There was also a short term loss of 24 JP-5 fuel storage tanks.

Brave divers assessed the damage

The damage necessitated repairs which required dry docking quickly. Enterprise rooted in San Francisco Bay before moving to Hunters Point Shipyard. Afterwards, a more thorough damage assessment was carried out on board to inspect the wreckage. Divers fell 25 times in actions that took 400 man hours to assess the destruction.

The captain’s attention was on the plane

In the account of the events leading up to the accident, it is reported that the ship’s captain Robert L. Leuschner encountered a difficult cruise. The carrier’s air group was performing mock attacks and bombardments and the planes were having difficulty hitting the targets and additional planes were landing and taking off quickly.

Captain and crew were distracted

Task and objective described what happened next. “The navigator alerted him to the proximity of Cortes Bank and plotted a course correction. At this point Captain Leuschner became distracted by what turned out to be a false report from an armed man under During the precious moments when communications and outreach were linked, no one noticed the carrier’s approach to the bank. Leuschner was later relieved after the wreckage caused $17 million in damage.

Brief company history

The Enterprise, the first nuclear-powered carrier, was introduced in 1960. It was considered ahead of its time due to new reactor technology. Most of Enterprise’s service was valiant in the Vietnam War, but the ship endure a tragic fire who killed 27 sailors and injured 314 in 1969. He also ran aground heading for a port outside of San Francisco in 1983.

The moments leading up to the accident are mysterious

The Navy should be commended for righting the ship after the collision and putting it in drydock. The divers bravely did their job. Questions remain. What was the situation below decks that distracted the captain and sailors on the bridge? It would be a shooter. It sounds mysterious and even wacky. But the false alarm was enough to divert the sailors’ attention from the task at hand – keeping the ship safe at all times.

It’s unclear what kind of investigation the Navy conducted into this accident, but Enterprise was lucky it wasn’t worse. This should be a lesson learned by Americans who today have applications in the East and South China Seas where the Chinese Navy also patrols. Dealing with rival ships can be a distraction, and the US Navy will need to avoid further incidents that could damage its ships while navigating contested waters.

Now as 1945 Defense and National Security Editor, Brent M. EastwoodPhD, is the author of Humans, Machines and Data: Future Trends in Warfare. He is an emerging threat expert and former US Army infantry officer. You can follow him on Twitter @BMEastwood.

Florida Retirement System State Board of Directors Reduces Stake in Axon Enterprise, Inc. (NASDAQ: AXON)


The Florida Retirement System State Board of Directors reduced its stake in shares of Axon Enterprise, Inc. (NASDAQ: AXON – Get Rating) by 1.9% during Q1, according to the company in its most recent filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission. . The company held 73,828 shares of the biotech company after selling 1,459 shares during the period. The Florida Retirement System State Board of Directors held 0.10% of Axon Enterprise worth $10,168,000 when it was last filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission.

Other institutional investors and hedge funds have also recently changed their stakes in the company. Washington Harbor Partners LP purchased a new position in Axon Enterprise during the fourth quarter worth approximately $2,098,000. Texas Permanent School Fund increased its stake in Axon Enterprise by 2.1% in Q1. Texas Permanent School Fund now owns 48,541 shares of the biotech company valued at $6,686,000 after buying 983 additional shares in the last quarter. Teacher Retirement System of Texas increased its stake in Axon Enterprise by 17.8% in the fourth quarter. Teacher Retirement System of Texas now owns 12,531 shares of the biotech company valued at $1,967,000 after buying 1,890 additional shares in the last quarter. Psagot Value Holdings Ltd. Israel acquired a new position in Axon Enterprise in Q4, valued at approximately $63,000. Finally, Capital Fund Management SA increased its stake in Axon Enterprise by 25.1% in the 4th quarter. Capital Fund Management SA now owns 31,976 shares of the biotech company valued at $5,020,000 after buying an additional 6,415 shares in the last quarter. Institutional investors and hedge funds hold 72.06% of the company’s shares.

Insider buying and selling

In related news, director Mark W. Kroll sold 3,159 shares of the company in a trade that took place on Wednesday, June 8. The shares were sold at an average price of $102.82, for a total transaction of $324,808.38. Following the sale, the director now directly owns 13,691 shares of the company, valued at approximately $1,407,708.62. The sale was disclosed in a legal filing with the SEC, which is available via this link. 6.90% of the shares are held by insiders.

Axon Enterprise Price Performance

Shares of AXON opened at $116.23 on Tuesday. Axon Enterprise, Inc. has a fifty-two week minimum of $82.49 and a fifty-two week maximum of $209.00. The company’s 50-day moving average price is $96.81 and its 200-day moving average price is $112.82. The company has a market capitalization of $8.25 billion, a P/E ratio of 223.52 and a beta of 0.66. The company has a quick ratio of 2.18, a current ratio of 2.43 and a leverage ratio of 0.02.

Axon Enterprise (NASDAQ:AXON – Get Rating) last announced its results on Tuesday, May 10. The biotech company reported earnings per share of $0.76 for the quarter. Axon Enterprise had a net margin of 4.62% and a return on equity of 3.90%. The company posted revenue of $256.43 million for the quarter, versus a consensus estimate of $233.57 million. During the same period of the previous year, the company achieved EPS of ($0.75). The company’s revenue for the quarter increased 31.5% on an annual basis. On average, research analysts expect Axon Enterprise, Inc. to post 1.35 earnings per share for the current fiscal year.

A Wall Street analyst gives his opinion

Several equity analysts weighed in on the stock. JMP Securities reiterated a “buy” rating and issued a target price of $195.00 on Axon Enterprise shares in a Wednesday, June 1 report. Robert W. Baird cut his price target on Axon Enterprise shares from $145.00 to $125.00 in a Wednesday, May 11 report. Morgan Stanley downgraded shares of Axon Enterprise from an “overweight” rating to an “equal weight” rating and set a price target of $120.00 for the stock. in a report on Monday, May 23. StockNews.com upgraded Axon Enterprise shares from a “hold” rating to a “buy” rating in a Saturday, June 18 report. Finally, Northland Securities cut its price target on Axon Enterprise shares from $180.00 to $130.00 in a Thursday, May 12 report. One financial analyst gave the stock a hold rating and eight gave the stock a buy rating. According to data from MarketBeat.com, Axon Enterprise currently has an average rating of “Moderate Buy” and a consensus price target of $162.25.

About Axon Enterprise

(Get a rating)

Axon Enterprise, Inc develops, manufactures and sells pulsed energy devices (CEDs) under the TASER brand in the United States and around the world. It operates through two segments, TASER, and Software and Sensors. The company also offers cloud-based hardware and software solutions that enable law enforcement to securely capture, store, manage, share and analyze video and other digital evidence.

Featured Articles

Want to see which other hedge funds hold AXON? Visit HoldingsChannel.com for the latest 13F filings and insider trading for Axon Enterprise, Inc. (NASDAQ:AXON – Get Rating).

Institutional ownership by quarter for Axon Enterprise (NASDAQ: AXON)

Get news and reviews for Axon Enterprise Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analyst ratings for Axon Enterprise and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

U-Save Car & Truck Rental Announces New Location in Winchester, Indiana


U-Save Car & Truck Rental Winchester opened in early August.

RIDGELAND, MS, USA, August 8, 2022 /EINPresswire.com/ — U-Save Car & Truck Rental is pleased to announce the opening of a new location in Winchester, Indiana. The new location is locally owned and operated by Casey and Morgan Dyer and James and Lisa Keener.

The new franchise located at 401 Symmers Center Drive in Winchester will include a fleet of sedans, small and midsize SUVs and minivans; and will diversify as it grows.

“We are thrilled to announce the opening and affiliations with U-Save Auto Rental of America,” said Casey Dyer. “We look forward to adding another contributing business to the community. Currently, Randolph County residents are leaving the area to rent a car. Our team is looking forward to changing that.

About U-Save Car & Truck Rentals
U-Save Car & Truck Rental was founded in 1979 and is the oldest car rental franchise company in the United States. With over 200 rental locations worldwide, U-Save offers discount rentals with fast, friendly service and a personal touch. U-Save Car and Truck Rental can make your car rental experience easy and satisfying, from your local neighborhood or airport to major markets nationwide and popular vacation spots.

Location Information:
Phone: 765-584-4515
Address: 401 Symmers Center Drive
Winchester, Indiana 47394

U-Save Marketing and Communications
U-Save Car and Truck Rental
+1 800-438-2300
write to us here

China’s military modernization boosts growth of state-owned enterprises


In 2021, Chinese defense revenues increased for each of the seven state-owned companies involved in Chinese defense production. Growth has been variable among the seven companies, but all have benefited from relative economic growth in 2021, as well as the People’s Liberation Army’s continued modernization and acquisition of naval, aerospace and land capabilities. .

Companies in the shipbuilding and electronics sectors have seen particularly high growth between 2020 and 2021. China’s state-owned enterprises, or SOEs, have also reportedly made significant progress in fully implementing the three-year plan to reform SOE of the State Council, which is to be completed before the 20th Party Congress in the fall of this year.

In 2021, the Aviation Industry Corporation of China – also known as AVIC – remained China’s top defence-related state-owned enterprise for the fourth consecutive year, according to an analysis by the International Institute of Defense. strategic studies.

See the top 100 list here

Speak Top 100 Defense News lists, AVIC’s total revenue grew from $67.9 billion in 2020 to $80.4 billion in 2021, while its defense-related revenue grew 18% from $25.5 billion. dollars in 2020 to $30.2 billion.

In line with the requirements of the 14th Five-Year Plan as well as the requirements of the PLA Air Force and Navy, Chinese securities companies expect continued growth in defense-related and civilian businesses from AVIC. Thanks to this strong growth rate, AVIC has maintained its position as the world’s sixth largest defense company in the Top 100.

However, it was not the fastest growth rate among Chinese state-owned enterprises. Between 2020 and 2021, the defense-related revenues of China Electronics Technology Group (CETC) and China South Industries Group Corporation (CSGC) are estimated to have increased by 40% and 28%, respectively.

The increase in CETC revenue is due to the acquisition in June 2021 of telecommunications rival China Putian Information Industry Group, also known as Potevio, whose revenue in 2019 amounted to 116 billion yuan (17 billion of dollars). The acquisition means CETC’s total revenue in 2021 has reached $58 billion, of which IISS estimates $14.7 billion is for defence-related activities, moving the company from 15th to 11th place in this year’s Top 100.

Potevio’s activities focus mainly on the commercial sector, although a major subsidiary, Eastern Communications, supplies telecommunications systems to the Chinese military. The acquisition is in line with the “independent innovation” goal of China’s 14th Five-Year Plan, which also includes a requirement for national defense entities to expand their collaborative efforts – both among themselves and with the commercial sector. – in order to strengthen national defence. industrial capacity and innovation.

CSGC’s estimated defense-related revenue increased by approximately 28%, from $10.7 billion in 2020 to $13.7 billion in 2021; from 2019 to 2020, it increased by 21%. Despite internal restructuring and streamlining reforms appearing to bolster performance over the past two years, CSGC revenues are still well below peak 2016 levels due to annual declines of 25% per year between 2017 and 2019. The company’s overall revenue growth in 2021 can be attributed to the growth of the automotive sector (including electric vehicle), the optics industry, and the electronics and energy industries.

For the second year, shipbuilding giant China State Shipbuilding Corporation Limited, or CSSC Group, released official figures following the merger of China Shipbuilding Industry Corporation and China State Shipbuilding Corporation in 2019. Following the global economic recovery in 2021, China’s shipbuilding industry maintained a global lead in 2021 in terms of volume of ships built, new shipbuilding orders and pending order volumes.

Also in defense, Chinese shipbuilders have had an active year supplying the PLA Navy. In 2021, the PLAN commissioned eight guided-missile destroyers, two amphibious assault ships and one nuclear-powered ballistic missile submarine. Construction was underway on PLAN ships which were commissioned in July 2022, including two more Type 052D destroyers, three Type 055 destroyers, a Type 075 amphibious assault ship and the third aircraft carrier of the ‘APL – Fujian. The IISS estimates that the defense-related revenues of the CSSC group increased by 16% between 2020 and 2021.

Defense-related revenue for NORINCO – or China North Industries Group Corporation Limited – grew 16% from 2020, reaching $18 billion in 2021, nearly doubling the company’s annual growth over the previous three years . According to NORINCO’s annual work report, this reflects a “good start for the 14th Five-Year Plan”, with the company signaling the successful completion of delivery tasks for the PLA’s participation in international military competition and for civilian use. in the Beijing Science and Technology. Winter Olympics.

The company also continues to play a leading role in application development research and construction of the BeiDou satellite navigation system. Internationally, the activity report highlights the company’s activity “against the tide”, with the construction of major projects along the “Belt and Road” initiative, an economic and development program. Chinese investment.

The China Aerospace Science and Technology Corporation recorded defense-related revenue growth of 12% from 2020 to 2021, helping the company hold on to 18th place in the Top 100. During its annual work conference 2022the company highlighted the success of “building models of national defense weapons” as well as progress in space development with 48 launch missions and the first Mars exploration mission completed.

However, the company noted that the challenges of “the economic environment have increased significantly” while the task of corporate reform is “still arduous”.

For the China Aerospace Science and Industry Corporation, revenue growth was relatively subdued for the third consecutive year, at just 9% from 2020 to 2021, which dropped the company from 11th to 14th place in the Top 100. Nonetheless, the company has managed to maintain overall business revenue in recent years, despite supply chain challenges and significant exposure to commercial aviation, where performance is constrained by ongoing lockdowns related to the COVID-19.

In May 2022, Hao Peng, director of the state-owned enterprise reform leading group of the State Council Office and the council’s Public Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, announced that more than 90 percent of enterprises had completed almost all the necessary reforms according to the three-year public enterprise reform plan – 2020 to 2022.

Last year was apparently important for achieving this level of progress, as 70% of reform tasks were completed in 2021 at the central and local levels of state-owned enterprises. These reforms focus on improving governance structures and party leadership; improve efficiency and encourage market-based measures; create incentives for scientific and technological innovation; achieve technological advancements; lose weight and reduce risk; and improving capital oversight, among other objectives.

Although Chinese reports suggest that the full realization of these reforms is on track for the deadline of the 20th Party Congress, it is unclear to what extent they may have played a role in the revenue growth seen in all companies. defence-related public works in 2021.

Factors such as China’s broader economic backdrop after the COVID-19 outbreak, the country’s civilian industry and the PLA’s procurement in line with the 14th Five-Year Plan targets are likely explanations.

However, following the Chinese government’s adherence to its so-called dynamic zero COVID policy, a crisis in the real estate sector, a rural banking scandal and concerns over overseas debt repayments, the economic malaise of China so far in 2022 could paint a different picture for next year’s results.

Fenella McGerty is a research fellow in defense economics at the International Institute for Strategic Studies, where Meia Nouwens is a research fellow on Chinese defense policy and military modernization.

SMART Global Holdings – Consensus indicates 69.3% upside potential


SMART Global Portfolios found using the ticker (GHS) now have 6 analysts covering the stock. Analyst consensus points to a buy rating. The range between the high target price and the low target price is between 45 and 22 with an average TP of 33.83. Given that the stock’s previous close was at 19.98, this now indicates that there is 69.3% upside potential. The 50-day moving average is 20.1 and the 200-day moving average is 25.62. The market cap of the company is $980 million. Company website: https://www.smartm.com

The potential market capitalization would be $1,659 million based on market consensus.

You can now share it on Stocktwits, just click on the logo below and add the ticker in the text to be seen.

SMART Global Holdings designs and manufactures specialized solutions for the computing, memory and LED markets in the United States, Brazil, China, Europe and internationally. It operates through Memory Solutions, Intelligent Platforms Solutions and LED Solutions segments. The company offers dynamic random access memory modules for desktops, laptops, servers and smartphones; embedded and removable flash memory products; and flash component products. It also provides supply chain services, including sourcing, logistics, inventory management, temporary warehousing, scheduling, kitting and packaging. Additionally, the company offers Penguin Computing solutions to customers in the financial services, energy, government, social media and education end markets; Penguin Edge solutions for government, telecom, healthcare, smart city, network edge, and industrial applications; and hardware and software products, including solutions based on the Open Compute Project. Additionally, it provides servers, software, integrated turnkey clusters, enterprise-grade storage, and networking in hardware or cloud-based solutions through Penguin-On-Demand; Open Compute Tundra Extreme Scale products; turnkey storage solutions; and rack-mounted servers and GPU-accelerated computing platforms. Additionally, the company’s LED solutions offer LEDs optimized for lighting, video displays and specialty lighting applications under the CreeLED brand. It sells its products directly to original equipment manufacturers, businesses, governments and other end customers through a direct sales force, e-commerce, customer service representatives, engineers on-site application, independent sales representatives, distributors, integrators and resellers. The company was formerly known as Saleen Holdings and changed its name to SMART Global Holdings in August 2014. SMART Global Holdings was founded in 1988 and is headquartered in Newark, California.

Vacation rental owners sue Nevada and Clark County over new law


Dana Gentry/Nevada Current

An association representing vacation rental owners in Southern Nevada is asking a judge to bar the state and Clark County from enforcing what it says are unconstitutional regulations imposed on the industry last month so-called “Airbnb”, and to declare state and local laws unconstitutional.

A state law passed in 2021 required the county, which had largely turned a blind eye to the 10,000 to 12,000 short-term rentals (STRs) operating illegally in its jurisdiction, to impose regulations.

The county, under an order that took effect last month, is set to license 2,850 units, a fraction of those currently in operation.

The county is expected to begin accepting applications for six months. After that, a lottery will determine which applications will continue. Properties within 1,000 feet of a licensed property will not qualify, as will properties within 2,500 feet of a casino.

The Greater Las Vegas Short-Term Rental Association argues that government interference in a previously unregulated industry is haphazard and will rob landlords of the revenue potential of their properties.

The lawsuit was filed this week by Hutchison and Steffen, the law firm founded by former Republican Lieutenant Governor Mark Hutchison.

Democratic Congresswoman Rochelle Nguyen, who has championed the state legislation, did not respond to a request for comment. Clark County declined to respond to ongoing litigation.

Opponents of STRs claim to have turned neighborhood houses into mini-hotels and exacerbated the area’s affordable housing crisis by raising prices and taking already scarce units off the market. Las Vegas is one of the most profitable markets for STR owners and a popular location for private and institutional investors.

The lawsuit says GLVSTRA, which has about 700 members, does not oppose the regulation or the fees and taxes that come with it. But he says the order exceeds “reasonable and permissible government regulation” under state and federal constitutions.

He alleges that the enforcement and enforcement provisions of the ordinance are arbitrary and capricious and violate the Due Process Clause of the Nevada Constitution, as well as the Amendments to the United States Constitution.

The ordinance requires applicants to submit a completed application just to be eligible for the lottery.

“Whether or not they get a license is up to luck,” the suit reads. “No qualifications. Not a timely application. Not a complete application. No compliance history. Not paying fees. These could be stellar, but an applicant could be randomly denied the opportunity to earn an income or use his own property.

He goes on to say that even those lucky enough to have their number drawn “would still be denied an application if, by any chance, a neighbor who lived within 1,000 feet of their home also received a license.”

The lawsuit says a 2,500-foot separation requirement between licensed properties and resort casinos is arbitrary, noting that this is more than double the 1,000-foot separation required between marijuana dispensaries. and resorts.

GLVSTRA alleges that the ordinance violates the taking clauses of state and federal constitutions because the regulation deprives owners of the economic benefits of their properties.

The new law, the suit says, also violates the privacy rights of occupants, whose outdoor activities could be monitored through required sound monitors at licensed properties, and by allowing regulators access to the properties.

“The total effect of these provisions is that Clark County – a government entity – will have unrestricted access to view all persons entering and exiting a home, what they do behind a fenced front or back yard, and, even more blatantly, can enter. home without cause or notice…,” the suit reads.

Similar lawsuits are unfolding across the country, particularly in tourist spots, as communities grapple with the debate over the right to house visitors in homes.

Last month, a Hawaiian association of STR owners filed a lawsuit to block a law restricting new vacation rentals on the island of Oahu.

Austin, Texas, which changed its ordinance in 2016 to grow into some 17,000 existing STRs, defied court orders to issue more permits.

Charen: An American-first immigration policy | News, Sports, Jobs


Postcards from America’s Great Labor Shortage: A couple arrives at Seattle airport after a five-hour flight and waits in line at the rental car counter. People are angry. In the office sits a harassed employee explaining that he simply has no car to rent. Nothing. Why? There are not enough employees to vacuum, wash, fuel and treat the cars.

Another snapshot. A couple has been driving for several hours and needs a restroom stop. They walk into a Burger King. The doors are locked. The only service is at the drive. Why? Lack of employees.

Have you stayed in a hotel recently? Housekeeping and room service are sparse. If hotels offer these services, they are only available on request. About 25% of restaurant and hotel employees are immigrants. What could be going on here?

Politico reports that hospitals in 40 states have reported critical staff shortages — orderlies and janitors, yes, but also nurses, doctors and medical technicians. One in five nurses and one in four nursing assistants were born abroad. Twenty-eight percent of physicians are immigrants.

That dining room set you’ve been waiting for to get delivered? A shortage of port workers and truckers slows everything down. No more airline delays. Fewer varieties of food in supermarkets. Shortages of wood, cars and consumer electronics.

And, as you may have noticed, everything is much more expensive.

The reasons for this are multifactorial. Falling demand for cars during the pandemic, for example, prompted the industry to slow production. It takes time to come back up. The inflation we are experiencing is partly the result of the government pumping too much money into people’s accounts, compounded by COVID-induced supply chain shocks and disruptions caused by the invasion of Ukraine by Russia.

But the one factor we discuss too little of is immigration – or rather, we emphasize the wrong aspect. Republicans are obsessed with the southern border and the dreaded waves of people (or sometimes “caravans”) trying to enter. But we’ve had people crowding the Mexican border for a long time. What we haven’t seen in many decades is a serious drop in the number of legal immigrants — a drop that’s a big factor in everything Americans don’t like about the way things are going. are happening right now. If an immigration advocate had wanted to concoct a scenario to show Americans how much their lives would be diminished with fewer immigrants, they could not have devised a better scheme than the combination of the Trump administration and the pandemic.

Trump began his push on immigrants in 2017 with a ban on immigration from seven Muslim-majority countries and followed with drastic reductions in the number of green cards issued, the number of refugees admitted (a shameful political choice) and the number of legal immigrants. treaty. A Government Accountability Office review found that the Citizenship and Immigration Service had increased its processing time for immigration applications sixfold between 2015 and 2020. Trump officials threw sand in the gears. They increased the fees for naturalization applications from $620 to $1,160 and added onerous and burdensome requirements. A 2019 rule, for example, required immigrants to refile forms if they left a blank, even if the question did not apply to them. The interviews were blocked and they deprived the agencies concerned of funding.

Where is the outrage that we are turning away highly skilled immigrants who could make a difference in our competition with China? Wouldn’t an “America First” policy capitalize on our desirability as a destination for talent instead of slamming our doors? Wouldn’t we welcome those who will create the key technologies of the future, such as artificial intelligence?

Before Trump, Republicans used to point out that they were all for legal immigration but only opposed the illegal variety, but that has all changed now. In fact, as Alex Nowrasteh of the CATO Institute argues, Trump failed to budge the number of illegal immigrants in the United States, but drastically decreased the number of legal immigrants. Senator Tom Cotton and other Republicans have now declared themselves in favor of less legal immigration. By some estimates, if the immigration rate had remained unchanged during Trump’s tenure, we would now have nearly 2 million more prime-age workers.

These workers would drive trucks, administer IVs in hospitals, clean hotel rooms, pick vegetables and design software. They would start businesses (immigrants are 80% more likely to do this than the native-born), pay taxes and care for the elderly. And, by the way, they would help to lower the general price level.

But Trump has twisted the Republican Party into a narrow-minded, xenophobic cult that mistakenly sees immigrants as a drain instead of a boon.

So the question Republicans need to answer today is: How do you like this immigrant-starved America? Do you like shortages, inflation and bad service? Because that’s what comes from nativism.

Mona Charen is the editor of The Bulwark and host of the “Beg to Differ” podcast. Her most recent book is “Sex Matters: How Modern Feminism Lost Touch with Science, Love, and Common Sense”.


Join thousands of people who already receive our daily newsletter.

AZ Big Media Advice from female banking executives to succeed in a male-dominated industry


The late Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg once said, “Women belong wherever decisions are made. Women should not be the exception. Yet in financial services, women in leadership positions have unfortunately been the exception. And while progress has been made, statistics show that women in leadership positions in banking and finance remain below par. Last year, Deloitte published a study showing a modest increase in female leadership roles from 22% in 2019 to 24% in 2021. However, the same report revealed that the percentage is only expected to rise to 28% by 2030. .

Despite slow-growing seeds of change, female financial entrepreneurs are doing their part to disrupt the stagnation. In the Grand Canyon State, women in banking, credit unions and other financial institutions are evaluating next steps and taking action to make way for new generations of women leaders.

While women in leadership positions in financial services lag behind the average, the entry-level gains held by women are found to be more gradual. According to a 2021 McKinsey publication, women in entry-level financial services jobs made up 52% ​​of the sector’s workforce. But, as the report mentions, “their representation drops at every stage of the companies’ pipeline.”

Lack of leadership in the upper ranks

“Whenever a woman stands up for herself, she stands up for all women.” —Maya Angelou

The realization that women lose their place as they move up the food chain raises an important question: why? A recent Forbes article suggests that factors such as a lack of flexibility, commission pressures and significant time commitments may partly explain why women are underrepresented in leadership roles within the financial services industry. .

Kelli Tonkin, Senior Vice President of Enterprise Bank & Trust, is one of Az Business Magazine’s Most Influential Women of 2022.

“There could be so many variables,” says Kelli Tonkin, senior vice president at Corporate banking and trust and one of Az Business Magazine’s Most Influential Women of 2022. “I don’t know if the pandemic has slowed down [the rate of progress in female leadership] with working mothers who needed to take a step back from their careers to be with their children who were homeschooled.

Numerous studies and surveys confirm the Tonkin hypothesis. According to an article published by Institutional Investor in 2021, almost a third of women in the financial services sector left their jobs temporarily or permanently during the pandemic. And, due to the need to care for children at home or other pandemic-related demands requiring changes to work-life balance, 59% of women surveyed in leadership and senior positions management said the pandemic had hurt their careers.

But balancing family and private life is something that many female leaders in finance and banking have had to grapple with.

“When you’re interviewed by a male leader who knows you have a family, does that play into the decision-making process?” Tonkin speculates. “One of the questions I always get asked when I show interest in a leadership role: Are you comfortable with travel?”

Along with work-life balance, there are other hurdles that stand in the way of women leaders advancing in the financial space.

“Honestly, I think companies have spent a lot of resources and time trying to bring diversity into the workforce, but it’s not enough to hire women at the same rate you hire men. “, says Adaliz Gimenez, vice president and commercial banker. at Bell Bank. “Companies need to understand that change has to come from the top. It is a question of fairness and equality, and no longer a question of numbers. If a company is always focused on the numbers, it is falling behind. »

Adds Kim Dees, senior vice president and director of the Southern Arizona division for WaFd, “[Companies] need – I don’t mean a level playing field, but if you have a group of colleagues who are definitely qualified for this position – look beyond that and look at their own structure at the top of their company and see who would be the most suitable candidate. And I think companies should see this as an opportunity for women to advance. »

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) Assessment

“Justice is making sure that being polite isn’t the same as being quiet. In fact, often times the fairest thing you can do is shake the table.” — Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez

In an effort to rectify the imbalance in women’s representation in leadership, many banks and credit unions are evaluating and implementing various strategies and programs designed to encourage more women to lead.

Adaliz Gimenez, vice president and commercial banker at Bell Bank, is one of Az Business magazine’s most influential former women.

“One of the ways OneAZ has successfully developed leaders is through our Leadership Engagement Acceleration Program (LEAP) for associates,” says Tanasha Lawcock, OneAZ Credit Unionis DEI&B’s business partner.

Lawcock goes on to explain that the two-year training program focuses on aspects of leadership such as project management and understanding different types of biases to help prepare associates seeking leadership roles. “I am proud to say that women are participating in this program at a very high rate. In fact, in our current LEAP class, just over two-thirds of the participants are women,” she says.

Along with companies establishing leadership training strategies and programs, DEI-focused groups, departments, and initiatives are increasingly imperative to building the presence of not only women leaders, but also women of color in leadership.

The previously mentioned McKinsey study shows that the representation of women of color declines sharply as one moves up the corporate ladder, dropping 80% from entry level to C-suite.

“I was blown away by that number,” says Gimenez, one of Az Business magazine’s Most Influential Women of 2020. “I knew there was a disparity. It’s very obvious, but 80% – it’s awful. Unfortunately, it starts with equal access to education. Why? It’s because, from an early age, we need to make sure that we provide exactly the same opportunities for our women to color, that we tell them how amazing they are, that we stop telling them, ‘You have to tone it down.’”

Gimenez reveals that she’s been told in the past that she’s too loud, needs to “lower her voice” and even “blend in.” “I’m a proud, loud Latina. And you know what? No, I’m not going to lower my voice, because that’s what makes me. That’s what makes me special, different,” she shares.

Gimenez observes that these calls “usually come from a place of fear, fear of the unknown, fear of what’s different.” But she points out that “those differences are what make us who we are and how great we can be.”

“As a woman of color,” says Lawcock, “I always hope to see more people of color, especially women in leadership roles, so that our voices can help make rich and meaningful contributions within our respective organizations and communities.”

In her role as DEI&B Business Partner, Lawcock says she works daily to reflect OneAZ’s commitment to being a leader in the banking industry by promoting fairness and equal representation at all levels of the organization. “I come to work every day with the desire to help create an environment where our associates feel a sense of belonging, which means they feel safe to focus fully on their work every day,” she says. .

Train future women leaders

“There is no limit to what we as women can achieve.” – michelle obama

Beyond recognizing what DEI measures are needed and how to incorporate them, mentoring – formal or informal – has been integral to encouraging women in finance to pursue their careers.

Tanasha Lawcock is OneAZ Credit Union’s DEI&B Business Partner.

“I think we have to have both [formal and informal mentoring] because they each bring a different component,” says Dees, one of Az Business magazine’s 2020 Most Influential Women. I also think it could be on the shoulders of us women in leadership positions to bring another element of that to mentoring women.

Giminez agrees with Dees, adding that while formal mentorship programs demonstrate the company’s interest and commitment to nurturing new generations of female finance experts, they can also be limiting. “They’re great,” she said. “But sometimes they are a little energetic. The company tells you who your mentor is, and that doesn’t necessarily equate to how you feel as a mentee or mentor for what you should be doing, or exactly what you need.

“And I think another really important thing is that mentoring is not – and can’t be – handing out something like, ‘Oh, I’m going to help this person. I’m going to give them opportunities. No, the mentoring is really recognizing that this person already has what it takes,” continues Giminez.

Lawcock adds, “To be effective, mentoring should not be intimidating. A more informal process removes barriers, allowing mentor and mentee to build trust with each other. Through trust, we can develop deeper connections with each other, which opens us up to growth and betterment.

One thing all of the women interviewed for this story agree on is that while progress has been made in terms of getting women into leadership positions, it hasn’t been quick, easy, or as gradual as they hoped so. Yet they are cautiously optimistic and welcome continued change.

“25 years ago I started with Lafayette Bank as a teller,” says Dees, “and today I’m a district manager managing 11 branches in southern Arizona. I was fortunate to work in a culture that allowed me to be recognized for my ideas and my contributions.

Tonkin adds: “I started in banking, so I don’t know anything else. I saw some improvement over two decades, but not impactful improvement. We are certainly the minority in leadership.

Giminez ends with this notion of affirmation: “I think as women, we become more assertive when we look for opportunities. We don’t wait for these opportunities to knock on our doors. We are more aware that we have what it takes. What we bring to the table, our skills, our experiences, they’re huge, they’re great, and they make businesses better. »

A battered stock, a beneficial buyout, and the identity software industry gets a makeover


Elias Stein

Text size

Enterprise software stocks have been under siege lately. But depressed valuations are attracting bargain-minded private equity buyers. Wednesday,

Ping identity

which sells identity security software, announced a deal to be acquired by Thoma Bravo for $28.50 per share, or $2.8 billion. Ping went public at $15 a share in September 2019 and sold for a staggering 63% premium to Tuesday’s closing price.

Thoma Bravo has been a busy buyer. In June, the company bought Anaplan for $10.4 billion in cash; in May, it paid $2.6 billion for payments technology company Bottomline Technologies; and in April he agreed to buy

SailPoint Technologies

which also sells identity software, for $6.9 billion. BTIG Holdings analyst Gray Powell notes that Thoma Bravo is paying about 6.5 times projected 2023 sales.


a Ping rival, trades 6.8 times, while


another pair, for 5.8. The SailPoint deal, Powell adds, was priced at just over 10 times 2023 sales.

Powell says Ping’s term-licensing business model “has consistently created earnings confusion and carries a higher degree of title risk,” leading him to believe that no other bidders will emerge. Raymond James analyst Adam Tindle sees synergies between Ping’s pending SailPoint deal and Thoma Bravo.

The Ping deal had side effects: Okta, a struggling pandemic darling, rose 7.8% to $105.52, while ForgeRock, which went public in 2021 at $25 per share, surged 8.8% to $23.65. On Friday, Ping shares were trading just below the trade price at $27.92. Okta is still down 53% for the year and ForgeRock is down 11%.

Write to Eric J. Savitz at [email protected]arrons.com

Last week

Your base draw

Stocks faltered on tensions in Taiwan, fell after Federal Reserve officials reiterated hawkish sentiments, then rose on earnings. New unemployment claims came in at 260,000, as expected; new jobs soared to 528,000. On weekdays, the

Dow Jones Industrial Average

was down 0.13% at 32,803.47; the


edged up 0.36% to 4145.19; and the

Nasdaq Compound

rose 2.15% to 12,657.55.

The pace of gains

At the start of a busy results week,

Goldman Sachs

said 52% of companies beat, above expectations but below the past five quarters.

Devon Energy

led the shale energy crowd with skyrocketing profits and revenues. Big Oil


posted its best profits in 14 years.


took a loss, blaming market volatility.

Robinhood Markets

lost $295 million and reduced its workforce by 23%, and





SVC Health

to beat,


announced its first positive quarterly cash flow, and




beat and stocks rallied.

Pelosi in Taiwan

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and a delegation of lawmakers traveled to Taiwan, despite growing tensions over the trip between the United States and China. After Pelosi left Taipei, China began live-fire exercises off the coast, boycotted some Taiwanese products and halted military and climate talks. Separately, a US drone strike killed al-Qaida leader Ayman al-Zawahiri, 71, on a balcony in Kabul, Afghanistan.

Senate in action

The Senate passed a bill it had rejected a week earlier providing funds for Afghan veterans exposed to the burning stoves. Democrats dropped a curb on interest in the tax and climate bill to win the support of Arizona Sen. Kyrsten Sinema. And Kansas voters defeated a referendum to ban abortion in the state.

Take out the grain

A ship carrying 26,000 tons of corn has left Odessa for Lebanon, the first of a deal with Russia on grain shipments. Ukraine continued its counteroffensive against Kherson as Russia continued to prepare to annex the region. A Russian court sentenced WNBA star Brittney Griner to nine years for drug trafficking.

Annals of Deal Making

The Justice Department tried to block two deals in separate trials in the same Washington, D.C. courthouse: Bertelesmann’s $2.2 billion Penguin Random House merger and

World Paramount
it is

Simon & Schuster, and

UnitedHealth Group
it is

$8 billion contract for

Changing healthcare

…Global Payments said it would acquire

EVO Payments

for an enterprise value of $4 billion…

Toronto-Dominion Bank

agreed to acquire an investment bank


for $1 billion… The Wall Street Journal reports that the cosmetics giant

Estee Lauder

was in talks to buy the luxury brand Tom Ford… A

Global Apollo Management

-the led group agreed to buy air cargo company Atlas Air Worldwide for $3.2 billion…Thoma Bravo said he was taking

Ping identity

private for $2.8

billion… Amazon.com

said he was vacuuming

i robot

for $1.65 billion.

Write to Robert Teitelman at [email protected]

Emerging Trends in Room Rental Platform Market 2022 and Worldwide


Room rental platform market

The research report “Global Room Rental Platforms Market” exhibits major insights on the current growth momentum alongside major revenue-generating elements available in the Room Rental Platforms industry along with various other factors over the course of the planned period 2022-2029. The Room Rental Platforms Market report focuses on a series of parameters including best manufacturing strategies, industry share, key opportunities, industry channel, profit margin, etc. The research study on the global Room Rental Platforms Market is likely to exhibit vital development in the distinct regions including US, Europe, Asia-Pacific, and China.

Based on the strategic aspects, the report represents the detailed profile of major vendors and meanwhile, evaluates their discrete business strategies and other development plans. In this study, we have utilized an extraordinary perspective during the time of COVID-19 pandemic to closely inspect the development and growth of the Venue Rental Platform industry.

A sample report can be viewed by visiting (Use corporate email id for higher priority) at: https://www.worldwidemarketreports.com/sample/821045

Leading companies reviewed in the Room Rental Platform Market‎ report are:

actual page
Total management group
List of apartments

Venue rental platforms segment the market into product types:

Civilian accommodation

Global Room Rental Platform Market Separated by Application:

Long term lease
short term lease

Download a sample PDF of this report: @ https://www.worldwidemarketreports.com/sample/821045

Reportedly, the global Room Rental Platforms Market includes a detailed analysis of notable manufacturers and some valuable facts related to their business enterprise. In addition to this, the Room Rental Platforms Market report covers pricing structure, revenue share valuation, gross margin, key competitors involved, industry manufacturing base and major business grouping of the main companies that are actively working within the global room rental platforms. market.

Global Room Rental Platform Market research report provides updated insights on the current Room Rental Platform industry scenario along with recent industry trends, drivers, major opportunities and the general environment of the global room rental platform market. The vital objective of the Room Rental Platforms market is to offer a brief assessment of the current status of development tactics, an analysis of crucial players as well as major drivers involved in the Room Rental Platforms market. In addition to this, the report shows notable achievements regarding regional growth, new product launch, research and development analysis, and various other significant elements. Besides, the regional development of major manufacturers in the industry was also briefly explained.

The following questions answered in the Room Rental Platforms market report:

➤ What is the market size of the global Room Rental Platforms industry over the forecast period?
➤ What impact has the COVID-19 pandemic had on the global venue rental platform market?
➤ What is the essential strategy available for the growth and development of the Global Venue Rental Platform Market?
➤ What are the key segments explained in the global Room Rental Platforms market report?
➤ What are the strategic phases determined to mark the entry of players into the global Room Rental Platforms market?
➤ What are the key guiding frameworks and technology trends involved in the Room Rental Platforms market?

Please click on the link below if you intend to make a direct purchase @ https://www.worldwidemarketreports.com/buy/821045

Market Report of Top Reasons to Buy Room Rental Platforms:

➤ The Global Room Rental Platforms Market research provides accurate and comprehensive details on industry trends to enable businesses to take beneficial and informed decisions to gain a competitive edge over top companies.
➤ It provides a detailed study of the Room Rental Platforms market along with recent developing industry trends in the global Room Rental Platforms market.
➤ The Room Rental Platform Market report provides a brief categorization with exclusive analysis along with useful insights about it.
➤ The Global Room Rental Platforms Market contains valuable vendors, industry trends and massive movement in requirements throughout the forecasted period 2022 to 2029.

Contact us:

Mr Shah
Global Market Reports,
Tel: USA +1-415-871-0703
UK +44-203-289-4040
Japan +81-50-5539-1737
Email: [email protected]
Website: https://www.worldwidemarketreports.com/

About WMR

Worldwide Market Reports is your one-stop repository of detailed and in-depth market research reports compiled by a long list of publishers around the world. We offer reports on virtually every domain and an extensive list of subdomains under the sun. In-depth market analysis by some of the most experienced analysts provides our diverse range of clients across all industries with essential decision-making insights to plan and align their market strategies with current market trends.

This press release was published on openPR.

How to lower your car insurance premiums when working from home in Singapore, Money News


Covid-19 has brought many negative changes to our world, but some would say there have also been some upsides: a slower pace of life and the ability to work from home. Often, the latter also means less time to contend with rush hour traffic.

There’s also another potential benefit: you could save money on your auto, home and contents insurance. Specifically, we’ll explore how to save on your car insurance premiums in Singapore if you don’t come to the office every day of the week.

If you’re working remotely, that means your car is spending a lot more time in your multi-storey parking lot than on the freeway. But unless you tell your auto insurer it’s going to stay that way, you might actually be paying too much for coverage.

Factors that influence car insurance premium


Interestingly, even your job can affect the cost of your car insurance premium. Although different insurers may have different ways of calculating premiums, people with “outdoor” jobs tend to be charged a bit more than people with office jobs.

Some insurers can be even more specific. For example, they might charge more to insure a salesperson who might spend a lot of time traveling to different customers than they would charge a housewife or an accountant who sits in his office all day.

No Claim Discount (NCD)

A claim-free discount, or NCD, is a discount on your car insurance premium that you can earn for consecutive years of safe driving. Generally, for each year you drive without making a claim, you get a 10% discount when you renew your insurance policy – up to a cap of 50%.

This means that after five years claim-free, you essentially cut your premiums in half. Obviously, driving safely has huge benefits.

Some car insurance policies offer the option of adding an NCD Protector feature, which protects your NCD from being dropped when you make a claim. The NCD Protector usually costs an additional 10% on your premium. Note that in most cases you can transfer your NCD if you buy a new car or change insurance companies.

age and sex

Unfortunately, age and gender are two factors over which you have no control. Drivers in their 20s tend to pay the most for car insurance in Singapore, compared to drivers in their 40s.

However, don’t take it personally – insurers charge different premiums after analyzing their claims data and determining which age groups tend to have the most accidents and file the most claims. Hence, they charge higher premiums accordingly.

Car insurance premiums can also vary depending on your gender. Insurance companies in Singapore generally charge higher premiums for men than for women. Unfortunately, the data indicates that men are much more likely to have an accident than women.

READ ALSO: Does having an electric vehicle affect your car insurance?

How does working from home (WFH) affect your car premiums?

If you now work from home, you will certainly find yourself using the car much less than before Covid-19.

So you might want to talk to your agent or insurance company to take advantage of a better deal on your car insurance premiums. The best way may be to call them directly and let them know your situation has changed. Since your risk is lower, you may be able to renegotiate your premium.

Insurance based on mileage and usage

Another way is to call your insurance to request a switch to a mileage or usage-based insurance plan. But what is it ?

Usage-based insurance tracks a driver’s telematics using a wireless device installed in the car. The device then collects information and transmits the data to the insurer. An app can also be used instead to collect the data.

Some of the data collected includes acceleration, hard braking, and cornering, as well as the time of day the ride was taken.

What about mileage-based insurance? As the name suggests, mileage-based insurance is a type of insurance that charges customers based on the number of miles driven. This type of insurance can be beneficial for people who don’t drive very often, as they save money on their premiums.

Pay per kilometer uses a base rate plus a monthly mileage rate to determine your car insurance premium. The premium will change as your mileage changes. Drivers with more mileage generally pay a higher insurance premium.

However, note that not all car insurance companies offer plans based on mileage or usage. For the most accurate information, it is best to contact your insurance company.

Off-peak license plate

If you only drive for fun and don’t need your car to get to work, you can save big on your premiums by signing up for an off-peak license plate, up to 25% off. mean ! Off-peak drivers can also receive rebates of up to $17,000 and $500 annual road tax reduction.

Off-peak drivers who identify themselves by wearing red license plates on their vehicles are subject to strict constraints on the extent of their driving. Restricted hours are 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. on weekdays, unless they obtain a special electronic day license (e-Day license).

This means that drivers are not restricted to driving on weekends and religious or public holidays.

Car subscription

Maybe the best way is to save money driving a car, but without incurring the expenses of car ownership like insurance, road tax and warranty, it’s subscriptions automobiles. Unlike traditional car rental methods, car subscriptions allow Singaporeans to rent a car on a month-to-month basis, without a fixed-term contract that binds the buyer to a rental car for a year or more.

With COE prices reaching six figures in Singapore, it’s no wonder many Singaporeans are turning to this alternative instead.

For a detailed breakdown of the exact costs of subscribing and owning a car, you can check out our helpful comparison guide here.

ALSO READ: Car insurance in Singapore: everything you need to know to get the cheapest rate (2022)


Working from home certainly offers many advantages. Most people wouldn’t remember that they might have been paying too much for car insurance because they weren’t using their cars as much before Covid-19.

Even if you don’t plan to switch to car rental or apply for an off-peak license plate anytime soon, comparing the cheapest car insurance in Singapore is still very important to keep costs down. Lucky for you, we’ve compiled a list of car insurance policies and their prices for your convenience.

This article was first published in ValueChampion.

Children’s Alliance donates over 1,100 backpacks to West Sac students


On Saturday, the Yolo County Children’s Alliance organized its seventh back-to-school backpack and school supplies for K-12 students in West Sacramento.

This community-supported event provided more than 1,100 K-12 students with backpacks, school supplies, snacks, health resources and more as families prepare for the coming school year.

Additionally, 23 adults and children were able to receive a COVID-19 vaccine at the event.

“Many families supported through this event continue to be impacted by the pandemic, global and national uncertainty, and economic inflation,” YCCA noted in a press release.

“They are navigating between the high cost of living, the traumas of the pandemic and various community stressors. This year’s backpack giveaway event was meant to celebrate the diversity and resilience of our community, as well as provide families with needed resources and school supplies for their children.

One such recipient, who recently arrived in West Sacramento from Afghanistan, said, “This event helps a lot of families, especially mine.

“We’re trying to adjust to the new chapter in our lives, and that helps us on our journey. Plus, it helps our kids start their school with the right supplies, which motivates them to learn.”

This community-supported event provided more than 1,100 students with school supplies. Courtesy picture

The backpack donation took place at the Family Resource Center in West Sacramento. Other vendors available include the Yolo County Health & Human Services Agency and Move It Up, who provided vaccines, as well as Out of the Box Ministries, West Sacramento Police and Fire Departments, West Sacramento Parks and Recreation, Free Books for Kids, and Yolo County Car Seats.

“This past year has been traumatic and uncertain for families as they navigate the new normal with COVID-19 surges and economic stressors. Our backpack giveaway is a way for YCCA to offset some of these stressors by bringing the community together for a fun celebration with resources and tangible items like school supplies and food bags,” said Jeneba Lahai, Executive Director of the Yolo County Children’s Alliance. to strengthen our community by building resilience in youth, adults and families, and we do this by celebrating our community, collaborating with partners and building networks of support.

This event was entirely funded by community donations and partner support. A week earlier, West Sacramento Mayor Pro Tem Quirina Orozco and the organization, West Sac Kids Give Back, held a school supply drive to directly benefit the event.

On Saturday, the Yolo County Children’s Alliance distributed backpacks full of school supplies to K-12 students in West Sacramento. Courtesy picture

Other partners include League of Heroes Inspired, Yolo County Office of Education, Washington Unified School District, City of West Sacramento, Yolo County, Move It Up by UC Davis, Stanford Sierra Youth & Families, Walmart Foundation, Kaiser Permanente, Sutter Health, Teichert Foundation, Waste Management, Yolo Federal Credit Union, Travis Credit Union, Yolo Food Bank, First Northern Bank and First 5 Yolo.

For more information about the Yolo County Children’s Alliance, visit www.YoloKids.org. For Yolo County residents who still need a backpack, call 916-572-0560.

— Contact Anne Ternus-Bellamy at [email protected] Follow her on Twitter at @ATernusBellamy.

Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ:EBTC) shares acquired by Commonwealth Equity Services LLC


Commonwealth Equity Services LLC increased its stake in Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: EBTC – Get Rating) by 95.8% during the first quarter, HoldingsChannel.com reports. The fund held 143,246 shares in the savings and loan company after buying an additional 70,099 shares during the period. Commonwealth Equity Services LLC’s holdings in Enterprise Bancorp were worth $5,747,000 at the end of the most recent period.

A number of other hedge funds also changed their holdings of EBTC. Assenagon Asset Management SA acquired a new position in shares of Enterprise Bancorp in the 4th quarter with a value of $936,000. Monarch Partners Asset Management LLC increased its holdings of Enterprise Bancorp stock by 246.0% during the fourth quarter. Monarch Partners Asset Management LLC now owns 62,508 shares of the savings and loan company valued at $2,808,000 after buying an additional 44,442 shares last quarter. Advisor Group Holdings Inc. increased its holdings of Enterprise Bancorp shares by 130.1% during the fourth quarter. Advisor Group Holdings Inc. now owns 3,553 shares of the savings and loan company valued at $159,000 after buying 2,009 additional shares last quarter. BHZ Capital Management LP increased its holdings of Enterprise Bancorp shares by 1.5% in the fourth quarter. BHZ Capital Management LP now owns 61,884 shares of the savings and loan company valued at $2,780,000 after buying an additional 942 shares last quarter. Finally, First Trust Advisors LP bought a new position in shares of Enterprise Bancorp during the fourth quarter at a value of $251,000. 25.52% of the shares are currently held by institutional investors and hedge funds.

Performance of Enterprise Bancorp shares

NASDAQ EBTC shares opened at $32.40 on Thursday. The company’s 50-day moving average price is $32.14 and its two-hundred-day moving average price is $36.10. The company has a debt ratio of 0.20, a current ratio of 0.83 and a quick ratio of 0.83. Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. has a one-year low of $29.58 and a one-year high of $46.48. The company has a market capitalization of $392.17 million, a P/E ratio of 10.03 and a beta of 0.53.

Enterprise Bancorp announces dividend

The company also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Thursday, September 1. Shareholders of record on Thursday, August 11 will receive a dividend of $0.205. The ex-date of this dividend is Wednesday, August 10. This represents a dividend of $0.82 on an annualized basis and a yield of 2.53%. Enterprise Bancorp’s dividend payout ratio (DPR) is currently 25.39%.

Analysts set new price targets

Separately, StockNews.com downgraded Enterprise Bancorp from a “buy” rating to a “hold” rating in a Thursday, May 26 report.

Enterprise Bancorp Company Profile

(Get a rating)

Enterprise Bancorp, Inc operates as a holding company of Enterprise Bank and Trust Company which provides commercial banking products and services. It offers commercial and retail deposit products, including checking accounts, limited transaction savings and money market accounts, commercial swipe products and term deposit certificates.

See also

Want to see which other hedge funds hold EBTC? Visit HoldingsChannel.com for the latest 13F filings and insider trading for Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ:EBTC – Get Rating).

Institutional ownership by quarter for Enterprise Bancorp (NASDAQ:EBTC)

Get news and reviews for Enterprise Bancorp Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analyst ratings for Enterprise Bancorp and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s FREE daily email newsletter.

Inflation at the origin of three major market problems

  • Australia’s inflation rate hit a 20-year high of 6.1% in the June quarter
  • Inflation rate will skyrocket construction costs, tighten rental market and set the stage for further rate hikes, says Pete Wargent
  • The news spells trouble for construction companies, and more are expected to enter administration

Headlines revealed last week that inflation had hit a staggering 6.1%, the highest in more than 20 years.

While this may seem symbolic to those who have experienced the sharp rises and falls since the Korean War boom 70 years ago, it is more than 3% above the RBA’s official inflation target. 2 to 3%, introduced in 1993.

These high levels of inflation have already caused problems for Australia’s property sector, forcing several construction companies into administration.

It looks like the inflation-induced tension in the market isn’t over yet, with top buyers’ agent Pete Wargent warning of three critical impacts on the housing market.

Mr Wargent, co-founder of BuyersBuyers, says rising construction costs, a tight rental market and future interest rate hikes are all major concerns for the industry.

1. Skyrocketing construction costs

Construction costs are up 10% in the past 12 months to June 2022, according to Corelogic’s Cordell Construction Cost Index (CCI).

“First, we can see that the costs of renovations and building a new home have skyrocketed due to the relaunch of HomeBuilder, very high demand for trades and materials, and shortages of supply,” Wargent said.

“The latest inflation figures have confirmed that the producer price indices for the housing construction sector are going to be very ugly.”

Pete Wargent, BuyersBuyers

Pete Wargent, BuyersBuyers. Image – LinkedIn.

In addition to the impact rising construction costs will have on new home builds, Wargent believes the problem could drive more businesses into insolvency.

“The cost of building a new home has increased by 20-30% in many cases, and we expect an increase in insolvencies in the construction sector, with many projects now shelved or abandoned.

“This has implications for an insufficient supply of housing as immigration increases over the next 12 months,” Wargent added.

2. Tight rental market

The second big area of ​​concern for the sector is the rental market, with rental price inflation starting to show up in the numbers.

“Official inflation figures measure actual market rents, rather than
asking rents – which have skyrocketed over the past year – and so there is a lag in the official data,” Wargent explained.

Mr Wargent expects inflation to rise further as electricity and energy costs currently rise, and said Australia’s headline inflation rate is unlikely to peak until the last quarter of this year.

CPI rents

CPI rents
Source: ABS, collated by BuyersBuyers

“The ABS numbers still have Sydney and Melbourne in negative territory over the year, so there is some catching up to do for this index to reflect what is happening in real time with rental demand for newly signed leases.

“To some extent, the ABS figures reflect the low Central Business District rents, with many tenants choosing to move to the suburbs or the region during the pandemic,” Wargent said.

He added that high immigration rates as visas are processed over the coming year will see rental rates continue on a solid trajectory through 2023.

3. The next rate hikes

According to BuyersBuyers CEO Doron Peleg, the latest note of concern is the inevitability of further rate hikes threatening borrowers in the final half of 2022.

Peleg said with inflation still high, financial markets are bracing for further interest rate tightening.

“The good news for borrowers is that markets weren’t spooked by the June inflation numbers, and in fact bond yields are back to their lowest levels since May, suggesting that the numbers maybe weren’t as hot as expected.”

Australia – Bond Yields

Bond yields
Source: BuyersBuyers

“Indeed, markets are pricing in lower interest rates next year, which reflects our view that home buyers have a 6-9 month buying window with less competition to close. a bargain before the market picks up again next year.

“In our view, there is a tremendous opportunity to bargain hard in the second half of 2022 and buy a well-located property at a discount,” Mr. Peleg concluded.

How to Look Good and Feel Good on Your Honeymoon


Picture this: you’re on your dream honeymoon in the middle of the Pacific Ocean, bathing in surreal turquoise water, sipping pineapple and passion fruit cocktails, and indulging in couples lomi lomi massages. But, after a few days of relaxation and ultimate pampering, you take an hour or two to put on gloves and pick up litter on the beach. Or, you set off on an exciting ATV or helicopter tour that ends with the planting of a native seedling as part of a reforestation effort. Or maybe you and your new spouse mingle with some locals while clearing invasive algae from a shoreline, help clean up a royal fish pond, or attach coral fragments to a nursery to help propagate a new reef. .

These are just a few of the super simple and endlessly enjoyable ways to give back to the earth and the community during the most romantic trip of your life. Doing a little good in no way diminishes the glamor or excitement. In fact, being exposed to new activities, learning a bit, and meeting new people can actually lead to not just more fun, but an even more rewarding and memorable experience in paradise. Additionally, engaging on an equal footing with the people who live in a place, beyond the hotel staff who are there to serve you, can help you gain perspective and appreciation. Then there are the tips you might glean on local restaurants and secret places to visit. Here, a few handfuls of ways to work in a small voluntary action around your tropical honeymoon.


The Hawaiian Islands are a mecca for heavenly honeymoons laced with feel-good elements. In many cases, couples participating in a community project or volunteer organization will receive special perks, discounts, or even free nights at their hotel or resort. It is thanks to a compelling and inspiring initiative called malama hawaii, which means “taking care of Hawaii” in Hawaiian. The term is usually used alongside the word ainameaning “earth”, or kupuna, meaning “elders”. It is a concept rooted in responsibility, or kuleanato be Hawaiian or to live in the islands.

For visitors, participating in these efforts goes a long way to showing respect, and you’ll likely get it back too. There are dozens of ways to malama across the islands, and many can be found on line. (Note that in some cases, COVID has temporarily altered volunteer schedules.) But the beautiful island of Hawaii—full of varied landscapes and very few cars—is a great place to start if you’re looking for an over-the-top adventure, a breathtaking beauty, and a meaningful connection. There, plant lovers should head to Waikoloa Dry Forest Initiative (the fortnightly Saturday volunteer days end with a potluck!), an organization that has had an impressive impact in restoring endangered lowland dry forest and native flora like wiliwili. Do meaningful work sorting seeds, removing native species, or planting shrubbery while learning traditional Hawaiian stories and mythology of these plants. (Fairmont Orchid offers the fourth night free for those who participate.)

Take a magnificent tour of Hualālai Crater above the clouds with Uluha’o or Hualalai is a special opportunity that isn’t actually volunteering, but is about saying thank you for deep immersion in a very sacred place by planting a baby koa on the mountain. Some resorts have packages or opportunities for couples who want to get involved, like Mauna Kea Beach Hotelwhich offers a fifth night free to those who clean up the beach themselves using a provided DIY kit. (Prince Waikiki on Oahu is offering the fourth night free for this effort, a partnership with Sustainable Coastlines Hawaii.) Get there early to beat the heat and you might just be able to join the sunrise chant E Ala E. Mauna Lani, Inn Resorts CollectionMālama Honu, from , is a program to raise awareness of endangered sea turtles and care for hatchlings who, around the age of three, are released on Turtle Independence Day (aka July 4 ) in an evocative ceremony well worth the pilgrimage.

On Oahu, Hawaiian Heritage Reforestation Initiative is one of the efforts you’ll hear the most about, as the organization brings together locals and travelers to help reforest 500 acres of land in Gunstock Ranch with native species like milo and kou trees. A ceremonial planting wraps up some ATV or horseback tours of the sprawling and spectacular ranch, and the energy is so special there have been proposals along the way. ‘Alohilani Resort Waikiki Beachfor its part, offers the fifth night free, plus a $200 F&B credit (use some of it on their sustainable Earth to Cup happy hour menu) and a day car rental for those who make the scenic drive up. ‘to the north coast for a plantation, which also means you can follow your love tree long after you’ve left the island.

Of course, you don’t have to let any hotel perk direct your energy or activities. Ocean enthusiasts – and anyone who doesn’t want to miss a day at the beach – can join a community hukior volunteer event, with Malama Maunalua, for example, and discover and eliminate the exotic seaweed that clogs scenic Maunalua Bay. Also consider who your dollars are supporting: people of color Kaimana Beach Hotelfor example, fresh out of a highly Instagrammable renovation, is one of the few local hotels in the area.

On other islands like Kauai, Timbers Kauai to Hokuala partners with Sustainable Coastlines for periodic beach cleanups that guests of five-star resorts can participate in. Couples can also help harvest or pack seasonal produce from the 450-acre property with Farmer Cody to donate to the Kauai Food Bank. maui Ko’a Kea Hotel & Resort on Po’ipu Beach offers a mālama package that includes a volunteer beach cleanup activity and your fourth night free, while many island resorts including Hana Maui Resortwhich also includes a daily breakfast for two, offer a free night to volunteer with the Pacific Whale Foundation to pick up litter at any Maui beach. Some opportunities are a little more offbeat, like Wailea Beach Resortthe promise of a fifth night free for guests who make an appliqué and sew it on a quilt to donate to kupuna (elders).

Remember, none of this means you can’t treat yourself yet. Feast on the freshest, most mouth-watering seafood at Mauna Lani’s CanoeHouse and discuss history with resident cultural keeper Uncle Danny. Rent a longboard and hit the constant waves in Waikiki. Get a heavenly Huki Huki mud wrap, scalp massage and lomi lomi massage at The Ritz-Carlton Residences, Waikiki Beachthe spa. Walk on the rolling lava of Hawai’i Volcanoes National Park. Climb aboard a helicopter to admire the surreal coastline of Nā Pali. Head out after dark to sip a craft cocktail White sands hotelis a hidden bar. Relaxing on the beach. Balance is a beautiful thing, and a bit of mālama along the way can bring it all to light.


During your stay on the idyllic hillside of Lake Atitlán, the deepest lake in Central America, in the dream property Relais & Châteaux Casa Palopo, lovers can (with a donation) arrange to spend a few hours or a day painting facades of vibrant homes and buildings in the charming technicolor town of Santa Catarina Palopó. The opportunity is with a community revitalization initiative called Pintando Santa Catarina Palopó. Plus, guests get 10% of their nightly rate back in vouchers they can use to shop at local artists and boutiques. Residents then exchange voucher payments for cash at the hotel, greatly benefiting the city’s micro-economy.


If you have a special affinity for sea turtles, you and your love may want to spend part of your honeymoon helping them from the plush Juno Beach. Water Palm Beach Resort & Spa. With a two-night minimum stay, the Sea Turtle Voluntourism package includes an evening visit to Loggerhead Marinelife Center to feed hatchlings, care for current patients, learn about conservation, and release turtles back into the sea. of a turtle patient is also included, so you can get updates on your little boy or girl as they heal.


The eco-friendly but luxury JOALI has set up a Coral Table Nursery to accommodate the varying skill sets of clients in assisting with coral restoration and expanding their sustainable coral gene bank. And, in a super luxurious island resort Soneva Fushicouples can engage in sustainability initiatives that include beach cleanups and placing coral fragments in the ocean to grow new reefs.

Costa Rica

In the Blue Zone of Costa Rica’s Nicoya Peninsula, all-inclusive eco-luxury Hotel Punta Islita offers all the thrilling and relaxing activities the newlyweds could want (zipline, horseback riding, spa treatments) plus deep community involvement in the form of cleaning up the school, church or city beaches, from gardening at the Sports Plaza, harvesting fruit to give back to the community, and teaching local children at the Islita Education and Nutrition Center.

Rollstone Bank & Trust donates $10,000 to Groton History Center


GROTON – The non-profit Groton History Center recently received $10,000 from Rollstone Bank & Trust to help the center expand exhibits, interactive digital learning tools, student program implementation and curriculum development .

“The Groton History Center provides an invaluable service to our community, helping to protect and make known the city’s vast history,” said Martin F. Connors Jr., president and CEO of Rollstone Bank & Trust in a statement. communicated. “We are thrilled to be able to support them in pursuing their goal of sharing stories that educate, enlighten and challenge what we know about Groton’s history.”

Located at 172 Main Street, the Groton History Center has been dedicated to preserving the town’s history for over 130 years. The center has a collection of artifacts, documents and memorabilia.

The endowment campaign, managed by the Community Foundation of North Central Massachusetts, ensures that history remains relevant for future generations through education, preservation and support of museums.

“We are grateful for Rollstone’s support of our work over the years and the ongoing partnership that celebrates our shared culture and history,” said Kara Fossey, Executive Director of the Groton History Center.

Recent exhibits include Carved Birds of Harvey Sargisson and Sense of Place, a themed project bringing Groton residents together to each create an inspired work of art. The expo opened in fall 2021 and attracted over 500 people across the region.

For more information, follow the Groton History Center on Instagram and Facebook @GrotonHistory.

People are renting boats, swimming pools and more this summer


It’s the summer of sharing, as people looking for a luxurious lifestyle book everything from boats to swimming pools in booming Airbnb-style rental markets.

Why is this important: People can increasingly rent the lifestyle they want for a fraction of the cost of ownership. This has created a cottage industry for entrepreneurs to run their own mini-fleets of rental cars, boats, or homes to list.

The big picture: Fifteen years after Airbnb’s debut as a budget hotel alternative, peer-to-peer sharing is entrenched in our culture. Now you can rent someone else’s house, car, pool, garden, private tennis court and more.

  • Pool-sharing site Swimply, for example, exploded amid the pandemic. It has welcomed more than 150,000 bookings on its platform this year, compared to just 800 in 2019, a spokeswoman said. He now plans to add tennis courts, private gymnasiums and more.
  • Explore Eden is building an online marketplace to connect campers with private landowners.

Driving the news: Miami-based Boatsetter raised $38 million this week to grow its business, which has 50,000 boat listings across 700 locations globally and aims to reinvent the $60 billion boating industry.

  • The Series B round was co-led by Level Equity. Reddit co-founder and entrepreneur Alexis Ohanian is also an investor, along with Certares.

Details: Boatsetter, co-founded in 2014, connects boat owners with people who want to get out on the water.

  • Users can rent boats by the hour or day – or take yachts for longer luxury vacations.
  • Inexperienced boaters can hire licensed captains.

To note : Unlike other boat rental companies (like GetMyBoat), Boatsetter is the first to offer peer-to-peer boat rental insurance, says Jaclyn Baumgarten, co-founder and CEO.

  • “The No. 1 challenge I had to solve was insurance,” Baumgarten told Axios, noting that most recreational boat insurance policies are void if the owner rents out their boat.

What we see: Peer-to-peer sharing becomes more professional and less about earning a little extra cash to offset the cost of your car or boat.

  • Airbnb’s founders started out renting inflatable mattresses on the floor to offset their rent, but many of its listings are now owned and managed by real estate professionals.
  • This is also true at Boatsetter. One Miami-based captain, for example, lists six boats for rent and makes about $100,000 a year from his charter business, Baumgarten says.
  • The same is happening on peer-to-peer car rental site Turo, where a Miami entrepreneur lists 22 vehicles for rent, often packaging them with Airbnb properties he also manages. He told Axios he could pocket a profit of $30,000 in a good month.

A different business model comes from Kindred, a members-only home exchange network that started with a group of friends looking for a change of scenery for remote work during the pandemic.

  • It’s a “give to get” model: you earn points for securing a place by renting your own home.
  • Membership costs $300 per year and lets you rent other members’ homes for around $30 a night, well below a typical hotel or Airbnb. Longer stays are cheaper and cleaning fees are extra.
  • “Psychologically speaking, there’s something good about knowing that everyone staying in your home has also listed their home on the platform,” says Talia Goldberg, partner at investor Kindred Bessemer Venture Partners. “There’s a level of trust; I want people to respect my house, just like they want someone to respect theirs.”

The catch: You must be “accepted” as a member while Kindred matches supply and demand. Currently, Kindred lists over 500 homes in 20 US cities.

The bottom line: What’s mine is yours — for a fee — in the new sharing economy.

1988 Porsche 959 or 1992 Ferrari F40? Both are auctioned


• Today’s picks force you to choose your weapon in the defining supercar rivalry of the 1980s, and do so before the twin auctions end on Friday August 5th.

• Porsche’s 959 was a high-tech tour de force that accurately predicted the future of the turbocharged, all-wheel-drive 911.

• Second on the scene but the first production car to hit 200mph, the F40 is still arguably more desirable than any Ferrari flagship that came after it.

Released in 1989, the personal computer video game The Duel: Test Drive II asked a difficult question. Faced with the option of a Porsche 959 or a Ferrari F40, which do you choose? It’s still a puzzle today. But you might have to decide, because the cars are both currently listed on Bring a Trailer (which, like Car and driver, part of Hearst Autos) by the same dealership in San Diego. Bidding ends just five minutes apart, and while the F40 is currently leading with an offer of 1.7 million dollars to 959 Highest bid of $1.3 millionthe final price for each should be neck and neck.

The game Road Test II was quite advanced for its time, using video footage captured in a Porsche 944 Turbo on the Sea-to-Sky Highway in Vancouver, British Columbia, to simulate one of the stages of the race. The developers even went so far as to rent a Ferrari 308, record its engine, and then faithfully reproduce the sound to the best of 8-bit technology. The Road test series culminated in the long run Need of speed franchise.

Porsche 959

Bring a trailer

ferrari f40

Maybe you, dear reader, grew up racing a digital 959 versus a digital F40 on mom’s Apple IIGS. Maybe you’ve also made wise investments in Microsoft, or Playstation, or those images of electric monkeys that no one understands the purpose of. And now you’re ready to cash in and finally buy the 1980s supercar of your dreams. So what’s it gonna be?

The case for the 959 is that it’s the rarest thing, a usable supercar. Launched in 1986, it was a window into the future of automotive performance. Its 2.9-liter flat-six engine featured water cooling and twin sequential turbochargers. Peak power was 444 horsepower and the 959 used its smarts Porsche-Stuer Kupplung all-wheel drive to reduce that power in all possible weather conditions.

Porsche 959

Bring a trailer

This example from 1987 is a relatively late-production Komfort model, meaning it comes with niceties like leather seats, air conditioning and a Blaupunkt cassette stereo. Any successful bidder should consider purchasing Kraftwerk’s immediately electric coffee on tape.

ferrari f40

Bring a trailer

The F40 is also twin-turbocharged but doesn’t have a full stereo. That’s not really a downside, because experiencing that Ferrari 2.9-liter four-valve V-8 rushing to the redline behind you is like being front row for Pavarotti in his prime as he hits the crescendo of Sleep Nessun.

Gordon Murray called the F40 “a big kart with plastic bodywork”, and up close these cars have a kit-car build quality. There were also more than three times as many F40s built as 959s: 1311 to 337. Still, there’s a magic to this car that’s hard to define. It’s one of the few cars that stands up to the cult of childhood heroes, even better to drive than you’d hoped.

ferrari f40

Bring a trailer

The F40 presented here is a 1992 model at the end of the series. For investment potential, it comes with the must-have Ferrari Classiche Red book. To get it out and drive it, he had the twin alloy fuel tanks replaced – European models had horrendously expensive rubber fuel bladders – and a full service in May this year.

ferrari f40

With auctions ending August 5, there’s still time to decide which of these icons to take home. Will it be the insanely fast technology of the 959, or will you be swayed by the raw mechanical emotion of the F40? There’s really no wrong choice here: one or the other would be a childhood dream come true.

This content is created and maintained by a third party, and uploaded to this page to help users provide their email addresses. You may be able to find more information about this and similar content on piano.io

Civista Bank Adds Nationwide Children’s Hospital Chief Human Resources Officer to Board


Civista Bancshares Inc., the Sandusky-based holding company for Civil Bankadded Lorina Wise, director of human resources at Nationwide Children’s Hospital, to its board.

On the nine-person board, Wise replaces Tom Depler, who retired from the board in April.

“We are delighted to have the opportunity to add a Director with Lorina Wise’s experience,” Cavista CEO Dennis Shaffer said in a statement. “She will bring a wealth of experience and expertise that will be invaluable as Cavista continues to grow.”

Civista reported total assets of approximately $3 billion as of June 30, 2022.

In terms of recent growth, the bank completed a $50.2 million acquisition in the Toledo market in July with the acquisition of Napoleon-based Comunibanc Corp., the parent company of Henry County Bank.

“I look forward to taking on this new role as a director with an organization, board and management team that represent the highest standards in the banking industry,” added Wise.

Here’s how the bank describes Wise’s journey: Ms. Wise, currently Director of Human Resources at Nationwide Children’s Hospital in Columbus, Ohio, has also served as Assistant General Counsel, Assistant General Secretary and Associate General Counsel. From January 2009 to June 2012, Ms. Wise was Senior Director of International Human Resources and Enterprise Risk Management at Carnegie Mellon University. Prior to joining Carnegie Mellon University, Ms. Wise served for 10 years as Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Privacy Officer and Children’s Community Pediatrics and Corporate Secretary and Associate Counsel at UPMC Children’s Pittsburgh Hospital. Ms. Wise also served as an assistant attorney for the City of Pittsburgh for six years. Ms. Wise graduated in 1981 from Johns Hopkins University and graduated in 1984 from the University of Pittsburgh School of Law. Ms. Wise resides in Reynoldsburg, Ohio and has served on the boards of the Central Ohio YMCA and Big Brothers Big Sisters.

Depler received $31,011 in compensation for his service on the board in 2021, according to company filings.

We Liked the July Action for Cannabis Stocks – New Cannabis Ventures


You’re reading a copy of this week’s edition of New Cannabis Ventures’ weekly newsletter, which we’ve been publishing since October 2015. The newsletter includes unique information to help our readers stay ahead of the game as well as links to the most important events of the week. new.


5 weeks ago we published here how “extremely oversold” cannabis stocks were at the time. In this newsletter, we pointed out that investor sentiment was too negative at the time, and we believe investors are still not so optimistic about the sector.

July was a great month for cannabis stocks. It was a very short month for traders at only 20 days, but the optimism we expressed in June paid off. Our three model portfolios at 420 Investor rose 19.3-21.7% during the month, well ahead of the index.

In July, the Global Cannabis Stock Index rebounded 4.3%, less than half the return of the S&P 500, which gained 9.2%. While our sector lagged, this was the first monthly gain in 17 months. We took off from the lowest closing price in its nearly 10-year history on June 30.

Last week, our sector lost 4.6%, while the S&P 500 gained 4.3%, distorting the month’s relative performance. Despite the delay, we are encouraged by the action. MSOs, as measured by the American Cannabis Operators Index, rose sharply during the month. This index gained 18.8% during the month. We will publish an article later today that will explain the move. As for MSO shares in the Global Cannabis Stock Index, all six rallied, with Cresco Labs, up 36.6%, and Green Thumb Industries, up 14.8%, leading the way. We wrote about performance last week, and there were three declines of over 20% that held this index back. The median of index names beat the average by 1.2%.

We remain optimistic for the second half of the year, noting low valuations, negative sentiment and improving fundamentals due to several states launching adult use.

TILT Holdings, a combination of large cannabis companies that provide products and services to companies operating in the industry, will release its second quarter results on August 15. Analyst expectations point to 15% annual growth in second-quarter revenue to $56 million, with adjusted EBITDA expected to be $5 million. TILT Holdings, which grew 17.7% in July, has a unique business model, an ancillary company with cannabis operations in three states with a fourth launch soon. Earlier this month, the company, in partnership with the Shinnecock Indian Nation of New York, opened a historic tribal-owned cannabis business in Southampton, NY.

Keep up to date by visiting the TILT Holdings Investor Dashboard which we maintain on their behalf as a client of New Cannabis Ventures. Click the blue Follow Business button to keep up to date with its progress.


Cannabis technology company Fyllo offers regulatory software solutions as well as marketing solutions for the industry. We last spoke with CEO and Founder Chad Bronstein in 2020 when the company was in the process of integrating the acquisition of CannaRegs. In this exclusive interview, we catch up to see how the company has grown since then.

The global cannabis stock index posted a gain for the first time in 17 months, rising 4.3% in July. The index, which includes 26 names, is down 53.1% this year so far after falling 26% in 2021. We discuss both the strongest and weakest stocks in this exclusive.


XS Financial provided a $15 million leasing facility to Green Dragon/Eaze with an immediate drawdown of over $2 million to purchase equipment. The equipment will lead to upgrades to existing processing facilities and construction for their expansions in Colorado and Florida. “Having access to non-dilutive financing is a huge win for our shareholders,” said Trey Handley, CFO of Green Dragon/Eaze.


Despite the strong performance of its Zig-Zag and Stoker products, Turning Point Brands reported second-quarter net sales fell 16.1% year-on-year to $102.9 million. Zig-Zag and Stoker’s Products combined net sales showed resilience, declining 0.9% for the quarter.

Tilray Brands reported fourth-quarter cannabis revenue fell 3% sequentially to $53.3 million. President and CEO Irwin D. Simon said, “Over the past year, we have accelerated the optimization of our operations and refined the execution of our most profitable core business opportunities in the areas of medicine, adult, wellness and alcoholic beverages in Canada and Europe. , and the United States”

For real-time updates, download our free mobile app for Android or Apple devices, like our Facebook page, or follow Alan on Twitter. Share and learn about industry news with like-minded people on the largest group of cannabis investors and entrepreneurs on LinkedIn.

Get ahead of the crowd! If you’re a cannabis investor and find value in our Sunday newsletters, subscribe to 420 Investor, Alan’s comprehensive stock due diligence platform since 2013. Get immediate access to in-depth, real-time news and market insights from the publicly traded cannabis industry, including daily videos, weekly chats, model portfolios, a community forum and more.

Use the professionally managed suite of NCV cannabis stock indices to monitor the performance of publicly traded cannabis companies within the day or over longer periods. In addition to the comprehensive Global Cannabis Stock Index, we offer a family of indices to track Canadian licensed producers as well as the American Cannabis Operator Index and Ancillary Cannabis Index.

Check out the Public Cannabis Company Revenue & Income Tracker, which ranks the top revenue-generating cannabis stocks.

Stay up to date on some of the most important communications from public companies by watching upcoming cannabis investor earnings conference calls.

Check out new listings coming soon with Cannabis Stock IPOs and new issues tracker.

Alain and Joel

Get a head start by signing up for 420 Investor, the largest and most comprehensive premium subscription service for cannabis traders and investors since 2013.

Alan Brochstein, CFA

Based in Houston, Alan draws on his experience as the founder of the online community 420 Investor, the cannabis industry’s first and still largest public equity-focused due diligence platform. With his vast network in the cannabis community, Alan continues to find new ways to connect the industry and facilitate its sustainable growth. At New Cannabis Ventures, he is responsible for content development and strategic alliances. Prior to focusing on the cannabis industry in early 2013, Alan, who began his career on Wall Street in 1986, worked as a freelance research analyst after more than two decades in research and portfolio management. A prolific writer, with over 650 articles published since 2007 on Seeking Alpha, where he has 70,000 subscribers, Alan is a frequent speaker at industry conferences and a frequent source for the media, including the NY Times, Wall Street Journal, Fox Business, and BloombergTV. Contact Alan: Twitter | Facebook | LinkedIn | E-mail

Receive our Sunday newsletter

Global Lithium Battery Rental Market Analysis, Size, Share, Growth, Trends and Forecast to 2028


Forecast to be a highly lucrative business vertical, the Lithium Battery Rental Market has been projected to accumulate modest proceeds by the end of the projected timeframe. Incorporating a concise analysis of the Lithium Battery Rental Market in meticulous detail, the Lithium Battery Rental Market research study aims to deliver valuable insights with reference to factors such as market size, revenue forecast, sales volume, and others. The segmentation of the Lithium Battery Rental Market as well as the driving forces impacting the industry landscape are categorically provided in the report.

The latest research report on Lithium Battery Rental market gives stakeholders a head-start by showcasing the overall economic progression from 2022 to 2028 through a multidimensional investigation of past achievements. Furthermore, the report's forecasts are determined and supported by specialists using verified mechanisms. Apart from credible information assembled from a wide range of authentic sources, it also encompasses a series of suggestions for stimulating growth through desirable marketing techniques.

The research discusses the prospects that will mold the operating profit pattern of the market in the upcoming years. It also explores the various industry trends and barriers, as well as approaches for limiting their effects. Moreover, it considers market segmentations to analyze the overall scope of the business landscape.

Request Sample Copy of this Report @ https://www.newsorigins.com/request-sample/42193

Market segmentation and coverage

Product range:

  • lithium battery for camera
  • Power station lithium battery and others
  • The report contains historical information along with forecasts for the revenue, compensation, and CAGR share of each product listing.

Application spectrum:

  • Electronic
  • Automotive
  • Agricultural material
  • Others
  • By region
  • North America
  • United States
  • Canada
  • Europe
  • Germany
  • France
  • UK
  • Italy
  • Russia
  • Nordic countries
  • The rest of Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • China
  • Japan
  • South Korea
  • South East Asia
  • India
  • Australia
  • Rest of Asia
  • Latin America
  • Mexico
  • Brazil
  • Rest of Latin America and Middle East and Africa
  • The information collected and projections regarding market share, product demand and growth rate are provided for each application line.

Regional bifurcation: North America, Europe, China, Japan

  • The assessment focuses on the overall sales and profits generated by each market niche, as well as the expected growth figures.

Competitive Landscape Summary

  • Colibri Energy MHM UK Jungheinrich Sunbelt Rentals Triathlon Batteries Sydney PA Hire ASAP Rental Pluggo Charger AdoramaRentals Vistek Castex Rentals Lensrentals Crown Rental Topic Rentals ShareGrid Platforms Talamas SAF Greener Barn Door Lighting Outfitters R&R Rentals EP Equipment U Can-Do-It Rentals FEH

are the crucial entities that define the competitive dynamics of the industry. Companies are highlighted based on their revenue, sales, pricing models, market portfolio, and business techniques. Accordingly, the research focuses on strategies that distributors can use to supplement their revenues over the estimated period of subsequent mergers and acquisitions, innovative products, R&D and expanded coverage.

Industry Value Chain Analysis Overview

The industry value chain overview, which focuses on customers, distributors and sales networks, is deliberately intended to help companies reduce costs at each phase of the brand lifecycle while delivering the most value to their customers.


  • Who are the key players in the Lithium Battery Rental market?
  • Which regions are encompassed in the Lithium Battery Rental market report?
  • What will the Lithium Battery Rental Market be worth between 2022 and 2028?
  • How is the Lithium Battery Rental Market product terrain segmented?

Here are some of the reasons why you should buy Lithium Battery Rental Market Report:

  • The report examines how the lithium battery rental industry is likely to develop in the future.
  • Using Porter’s five forces analysis, it investigates several perspectives on the lithium battery rental market.
  • This Lithium Battery Rental market study examines which product type is expected to dominate the market, along with which regions are expected to grow fastest throughout the projected period.
  • Identify the recent advancements, Lithium Battery Rental market shares and tactics of significant market players.
  • It examines the competitive landscape, including the lithium battery rental market share of significant companies and the growth strategies accepted over the past five years.
  • The research includes comprehensive company profiles for key players in the Lithium Battery Rental market, including product offerings, important financial information, current developments, SWOT analysis and strategies.

Customization request for this report @ https://www.newsorigins.com/request-for-customization/42193

Soaring rents in mobile home parks


LOCKPORT, NY – For as long as anyone can remember, rent increases have rarely happened at Ridgeview Homes, a family-friendly mobile home park in upstate New York.

That changed in 2018 when business owners took over the 65-year-old park located in the middle of farmland and on the road to a fast food restaurant and grocery store about 30 miles northeast of Buffalo.

Residents, about half of whom are seniors or disabled on fixed incomes, bear the first two increases. They hoped the last owner, Cook Properties, would take care of bourbon-colored drinking water, sewage bubbling in their bathtubs and pothole-filled roads.

When that didn’t happen and a new lease with a 6% increase was imposed this year, they formed an association. About half of residents launched a rent strike in May, prompting Cook Properties to send out around 30 eviction notices.

“All they care about is raising the rent because they only care about the money,” said Jeremy Ward, 49, who lives on just over $1,000 a month in disability benefits after his legs suffered nerve damage in a car accident.

He was recently fined $10 for using a leaf blower. “I’m disabled,” he said. “You don’t do your job and I get a violation?”

The fate of Ridgeview residents is being played out nationwide as institutional investors, led by private equity firms and real estate investment trusts and sometimes funded by pension funds, rush to buy up parks of homes mobiles. Critics say mortgage giants Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are fueling the problem by backing a growing number of investor loans.

Shopping puts residents in a bind, as most mobile homes — despite their name — can’t be moved easily or cheaply. Landlords are forced to either accept unaffordable rent increases, spend thousands of dollars to move their home, or abandon it and lose tens of thousands of dollars they have invested.

“These industries, including the mobile home park manufacturing industry, continue to tout these parks, these mobile homes, as affordable housing. But it’s not affordable,” said Benjamin Bellus, an assistant attorney general. of Iowa, who said complaints have increased “100-fold” since out-of-state investors began buying up parks a few years ago.

“You put people in a trap and a trap, where they have no ability to defend themselves,” he added.

Driven by some of the strongest returns in real estate, investors have shaken up a once dormant sector that is home to more than 22 million mostly low-income Americans in 43,000 communities. Many are aggressively promoting parks as providing a steady return – repeatedly raising rents.

There’s also a growing industry, with how-to books, webinars and even a mobile home university, offering advice on attracting small investors.

“You went from an environment where you had a local owner or manager who took care of things as they needed to be fixed, to where you had people who looked at a cost-analysis benefits for how to get the lowest penny,” Bellus said. . “You combine it with the idea that we can just keep raising the rent and these people can’t leave.”

George McCarthy, president and CEO of the Lincoln Institute of Land Policy, a Cambridge, Mass.-based think tank, singled out Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for guaranteeing the loans under what the lending giants regard as an expansion of affordable housing. Since 2014, the Lincoln Institute estimates that Freddie Mac alone has provided $9.6 billion in purchase funding for more than 950 communities in 44 states.

A Freddie Mac spokesperson countered that it purchased loans for less than 3% of mobile home communities nationwide, and about 60% of those were refinances.

Shortly after investors began buying up parks in 2015, complaints about double-digit rent increases followed.

In Iowa, Matt Chapman, a resident of a mobile home in a park purchased by Utah-based Havenpark Communities, said his rent and fees have nearly doubled since 2019. Legal Aid’s Alex Kornya of Iowa said another park purchased by Impact Communities saw rent and fees increase 87% between 2017 and 2020.

“A lot of people living in the park had fixed incomes, disabilities, social security and just weren’t going to be able to keep up,” said Kornya, who met about 300 angry mobile home owners in a mega-church. “It almost led to a political awakening.”

In Minnesota, purchases of parks by out-of-state buyers have increased from 46% in 2015 to 81% in 2021, with rent increases of up to 30%, according to All Parks Alliance For Change, an association of parks. ‘State.

US Senator Jon Tester of Montana, speaking at a Senate hearing this year, recalled tenants complaining about repeated rent increases at a Havenpark development in Great Falls. One resident, Cindy Newman, told The Associated Press that her monthly rent has risen from $117 to nearly $400 over a year and eight months, the increase of the past 20 years.

In addition to rent increases, residents have complained of being inundated with fees for everything from pets to maintenance and fines for congestion and speeding — all locked into leases that can exceed 50 pages.

Josh Weiss, a spokesperson for Havenpark, said the company must charge prevailing market rates when purchasing a park at the fair market price. That said, the company has taken steps since 2020 to limit its rent increases to $50 per month.

“We understand the anxiety that any rent increase creates for residents, especially those on fixed incomes,” Weiss said. “While we try to minimize the impact, the financial realities do not change.”

The mobile home industry argues that communities are the most affordable housing option, noting that average rent increases in parks nationwide were just over 4% in 2021. improvement were about 11%. Significant investment is needed, they said, to make improvements to older parks and prevent them from being sold.

“You have people coming into space who are giving us all a bad name, but these are isolated examples and these practices are not common,” said Lesli Gooch, chief executive of the Manufactured Housing Institute, the association industry professional.

Both sides said the government could do more to help.

The industry wants Federal Housing Administration financing to be made available to residents, many of whom rely on high-interest loans to buy homes that cost an average of $81,900. They also want the US Department of Housing and Urban Development to allow the use of housing vouchers for mobile homes.

Resident advocates, including MHAction, want lawmakers to cap rent or require a reason for a raise or eviction — state legislation that succeeded in Delaware this year but failed in Iowa, Colorado and Montana.

They also want Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to stipulate in the loans they support that rents remain affordable. And they’re supporting residents buying their communities, which started in New Hampshire and has grown to nearly 300 parks in 20 states.

A spokesperson for Freddie Mac said it had created a new loan offering that encourages tenant protection and last year made them mandatory for all future transactions in the mobile home community.

In Ridgeview, it is unclear how the rent strike will be resolved.

Cook, which claims to be the largest operator of mobile home parks in New York and has the slogan “Exceptional Opportunities. Exceptional Returns,” declined to comment. The company closed a $26 million private equity fund in 2021 that bought 12 parks in New York, but it was unclear if any of them were Ridgeview.

The residents, meanwhile, continue. Joyce Bayles, an 85-year-old resident, has started mowing her own lawn because crews only show up every month. Gerald Korb, a 78-year-old retiree, said he was still waiting for the company to move a utility pole and transformer that he said could fall on his house during a storm.

“I bought a place and now they’re forcing all of this on us,” said Korb, who stopped paying rent in protest. “They are absentee owners, that’s what they are.”

Joyce Bayles, 85, mows the lawn around her home in the Ridgeview Homes mobile home community in Lockport, NY on June 23, 2022. The 85-year-old resident started mowing her own lawn because Ridgeview crews didn’t only show up every month. Bayles is not participating in a rent strike with other Ridgeview residents and does not want to get involved. “They’re going to raise the rent and there’s nothing I can do about it,” Bayles said. (AP Photo/Lauren Petracca)

New Community Leaders Featured at Room Breakfast


Community and business leaders gathered Thursday morning to meet and welcome new faces to their ranks at the Chamber Community Breakfast at UNM-Los Alamos, as many organizations recently hired new leaders. Photo by Bonnie J. Gordon/ladailypost.com

From left, Keith Jones, who is overseeing the renovation of the Los Alamos Comfort Inn, Ryn Herrmann, director of the Los Alamos Chamber of Commerce, and Donovan Price of Enterprise Bank and Trust. Photo by Bonnie J. Gordon/ladailypost.com

Liz Martineau chats with new Los Alamos Public Schools Superintendent Jose Delphin. Martineau is spearheading a project to train employees to become Los Alamos ambassadors. Photo by Bonnie J. Gordon/ladailypost.com

Network of business and community leaders at the Chamber Breakfast. Photo by Bonnie J. Gordon/ladailypost.com

Los Alamos Creative District Director Jeremy Smith chats with new Self Help Inc. Director Diane Smogor. Photo by Bonnie J. Gordon/ladailypost.com

New Executive Director of the Los Alamos Community Foundation, Steve Laurent introduces himself to attendees at the Chamber Community Breakfast. Photo by Bonnie J. Gordon/ladailypost.com

Los Alamos Historical Society Executive Director Todd Nickols introduces himself to the breakfast attendees. Photo by Bonnie J. Gordon/ladailypost.com

Owner of Little Shop on the Mesa Joanne Kozuchowski, left, with room manager Ryn Herrmann. Photo by Bonnie J. Gordon/ladailypost.com

Angie and Doug Roth of Youth For Christ School Character Program which extends to Santa Fe. The program serves Los Alamos and Española. Photo by Bonnie J. Gordon/ladailypost.com

Sharecare (NASDAQ:SHCR) Hits New 52-Week Low at $1.43


Sharecare, Inc. (NASDAQ:SHCR – Get Rating) shares hit a new 52-week low during trading on Thursday. The company traded as low as $1.43 and last traded at $1.43, with volume of 5229 shares changing hands. The stock previously closed at $1.47.

A Wall Street analyst gives his opinion

A number of research analysts have recently commented on the company. BTIG Research reiterated a “buy” rating and issued a $10.00 price target on Sharecare shares in a research note on Friday, April 22. Canaccord Genuity Group lowered its price target on Sharecare from $12.00 to $6.00 in a Friday, April 1 research note. Goldman Sachs Group lowered its price target on Sharecare from $4.50 to $4.00 and set a “neutral” rating for the company in a Friday, April 1 research note. Finally, Morgan Stanley began covering Sharecare in a research note on Wednesday, July 20. They issued an “equal weight” rating and a price target of $2.50 for the company.

Sharecare price performance

The company has a market capitalization of $500.89 million, a price-earnings ratio of -0.16 and a beta of 0.17. The stock has a fifty-day moving average of $1.99 and a two-hundred-day moving average of $2.61.

Sharecare (NASDAQ:SHCR – Get Rating) last released its quarterly earnings data on Thursday, May 12. The company reported ($0.12) earnings per share for the quarter. The company had revenue of $100.71 million in the quarter. Sharecare had a negative net margin of 21.72% and a negative return on equity of 22.95%. On average, research analysts expect Sharecare, Inc. to post an EPS of -0.27 for the current year.

Sharecare Institutional Trading

A number of large investors have recently bought and sold shares of the company. BlackRock Inc. increased its stake in Sharecare by 4.1% during the 1st quarter. BlackRock Inc. now owns 4,705,162 shares of the company worth $11,622,000 after acquiring an additional 186,973 shares during the period. Charles Schwab Investment Management Inc. increased its stake in Sharecare by 3.5% during the 1st quarter. Charles Schwab Investment Management Inc. now owns 1,454,392 shares of the company worth $3,593,000 after acquiring an additional 49,081 shares during the period. WealthPLAN Partners LLC increased its holdings in Sharecare by 11,497.2% during the 1st quarter. WealthPLAN Partners LLC now owns 1,235,099 shares of the company worth $3,384,000 after acquiring an additional 1,224,449 shares during the period. State Street Corp increased its stake in Sharecare by 2.2% in the first quarter. State Street Corp now owns 1,157,135 shares of the company worth $2,858,000 after acquiring an additional 25,126 shares during the period. Finally, Samjo Capital LLC acquired a new stake in Sharecare during the 1st quarter with a value of approximately $1,828,000. 16.76% of the shares are currently held by institutional investors and hedge funds.

About ShareCare

(Get an assessment)

Sharecare, Inc operates as a digital healthcare platform company. Its Sharecare platform connects people, patients, providers, employers, health plans, government organizations and communities that optimize individual and population-wide wellness. The Company offers enterprise solutions based on a software-as-a-service model that enables enterprise customers to message, motivate and manage their populations, as well as measure the progress of their people; a suite of data and information driven solutions; and life sciences solutions, which provide members with personalized information, programs and resources to improve their health and well-being.

Further reading

Receive news and reviews for Sharecare Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analyst ratings for Sharecare and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

From housing to groceries, Sonoma County residents are adapting to pay more


Customers are cutting their prices while some are turning to hybrid and electric vehicles to save money on gas, she said.

“From an inflationary point of view, everyone is really looking at their budget,” Negri said.

Car buyers, however, were not particularly disadvantaged with auto loans. Those rates have been climbing more slowly than those in the mortgage market, she said.

“Rates are still relatively low,” Negri said, adding that Redwood’s auto loans start at 2.69% and it offers discounts for hybrid and electric vehicles.


Shoppers are also experiencing higher supermarket bills. The US Department of Agriculture noted that grocery prices rose at an annual rate of 3.5% in 2020 and 2021 during the height of the pandemic.

The largest increases occurred with meats, especially beef and veal. Fresh fruits and vegetables saw the smallest spikes. But the department was clear on what COVID-19 has done to food production: “No food category decreased in price in 2021 compared to 2020.”

At family-run Molsberry Market in Larkfield, co-owner Dean Molsberry said he tries to strike the right price balance with the roughly 30,000 different items his grocery store stocks. “It definitely becomes a juggling act of where you can take a margin or where your margins are definitely going down,” Molsberry said.

Transportation costs are a significant factor in wholesale price increases, especially for international products. Items that take up more cargo space, such as paper towels, incur additional charges.

“Cereals aren’t heavy, but they take up a lot of space,” he said. “So when you get deliveries, they charge you for the space you fill.”

The market found that some items were willing to pay more, such as gourmet items and pet food. “I will literally see people skimp on their personal food so their pets get better food,” he said.

Conversely, they are more demanding on items such as canned vegetables, where prices have remained generally stable, with generics filling a void.

“I will say we’re seeing more house tags for this (article),” Molsberry said.


Arguably no industry has been hit harder by the pandemic than restaurants, as Sonoma County has seen numerous closures over the past two years despite government aid efforts to save them. Steele and Hops in Santa Rosa were the latest victim this month.

Restaurants have been impacted by rising food costs and a tight labor market. This has forced many to cut their hours and operate with fewer workers. This also translated into higher menu prices. Average menu prices rose 7.7% between June 2021 and June 2022, the largest annual increase since 1981, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

This was the case at the Bear Republic Brewing Co. restaurant in Rohnert Park.

For example, the cost of chicken wings has continued to rise while demand remains strong. As a result, the restaurant raised its menu price for chicken wings from $12.50 to $14, owner Richard G. Norgrove said. The starting price for his plate of burgers is now $15, which is about the floor for restaurants in Sonoma County that aren’t fast food.

“Chicken tenders. Fries. These are all commodities that have to be shipped from somewhere,” Norgrove said. “You do your best not to pass on those food prices. review daily.

wine and beer

Both of these local commodities are also under price pressure. For wine, it’s a tale of two markets, according to Rob McMillan, founder of the wine division of Silicon Valley Bank.

Bargain shoppers should take advantage. “Prices in the sub-$11 grocery segment aren’t going up,” McMillan said in an email.

He added that the budget price category in grocery stores had fallen 8% in revenue through May. “It’s clear that higher-production wineries aren’t keeping up with inflation.”

This is not the case for more premium wines. His bank conducted a survey released earlier this year that showed 72% of wineries making wines over $25 said they would raise prices, most by a small amount.

“Ultimately, inflation impacts wine producers, but they don’t fully pass on the impact of price increases to consumers. They make lower margins,” he said.

Meanwhile, craft breweries are adjusting to increases in trucking costs, packaging materials, aluminum cans and malt prices, said Bart Watson, chief economist at the Brewers Association, the trade group that represents independent breweries.

“Everything is more expensive,” he says.

Bear Republic is reviewing its pricing structure with its distributors, Norgrove said. “I think you’re going to see a lot of brewers…you’ll see price take in the fall,” he said. “We’re already losing money on things right now.”

But some are waiting for now.

Anderson Valley Brewing Co. in Boonville has realized savings from its solar panels as well as a switch to 100% aluminum cans and cardboard packaging to reduce trucking costs, said Kevin McGee, president and chief executive officer. . “We had the option and elected to hold the price,” McGee added.

UK Car Rental Market Report 2022-2027 with Key Players


DUBLIN, July 29, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — The “UK Car Rental Market, By Vehicle Type (Economy, Executive, Luxury), By Channel (Online, Offline), By Type (Self-Driven, Chauffeur-Driven), By End-Use ( local, airport, external station), by region, forecast and competition opportunities, 2017-2027″ report has been added to from ResearchAndMarkets.com offer.

UK The car rental market is expected to register growth during the forecast period, 2023-2027

Advancements in mobile car rental applications, internet-based services, location-based fare adjustments, simple user interface coupled with the rapid rise of online service providers are contributing to the growth of UK car rental market.

The entry of new players into the rental services market and the expansion of car rental service are some of the factors supporting the growth of UK car rental market in the coming years. Rising trend of on-demand transportation services and low car ownership among millennials are some of the factors supporting the growth of UK car rental market.

The UK The car rental market is segmented by vehicle type, channel, type, end use, competitive landscape and regional distribution. Based on vehicle type, the market is further segmented into economy, executive and luxury. The economy vehicle segment is expected to hold the largest market share UK car rental market due to their growing adoption for short-haul trips. Rising demand for leisure travel could contribute to the rapid growth of the luxury car segment in the coming years.

The big companies of UK car rental market are Lex Autolease Ltd., Alphabet (GB) Ltd., Enterprise Rent-A-Car UK Ltd., LeasePlan UK Ltd., Europcar Mobility Group, Avis Budget Group Inc., Hertz UK Ltd., Sixt SE , Dollar Rent A Car, Inc., Green Motion International, among others.

Goal of the study:

  • To analyze the historical growth of the market size of UK car rental market from 2017 to 2021.
  • To estimate and forecast the market size of UK car rental market from 2022 to 2027 and growth rate to 2027.
  • Classify and predict UK car rental market based on vehicle type, channel, type, end-use, region and company.
  • To identify the dominant region or segment in the UK car rental market.
  • Identify drivers and challenges for the UK car rental market.
  • Review competitive developments such as expansions, new product launches, mergers and acquisitions, etc., in the UK car rental market.
  • Identify and analyze the profiles of the main actors operating in the UK car rental market.
  • Identify key sustainable strategies adopted by market players in UK car rental market

Competitive landscape

Company Profiles: Detailed analysis of the main companies present in UK car rental market.

  • Lex Autolease Ltd.
  • Alphabet (GB) Ltd
  • Enterprise Rent-A-Car UK Ltd
  • LeasePlan UK Ltd
  • Europcar Mobility Group
  • Avis Budget Group Inc.
  • Hertz UK Ltd
  • Dollar Rent A Car, Inc.,
  • GreenMotion International

Report Scope:

Years considered for this report:

  • Historical years: 2017-2020
  • Base year: 2021
  • Estimated year: 2022E
  • Forecast period: 2023F-2027F

UK car rental market, by vehicle type:

UK car rental market, by channel:

UK car rental market, by type:

  • Autonomous
  • Heat Driven

UK car rental market, by end use:

UK car rental market, by region:

  • London
  • East Anglia
  • South West
  • South East
  • Scotland
  • East Midlands
  • Yorkshire and Humberside

For more information on this report, visit https://www.researchandmarkets.com/r/br4qng

Media Contact:

Research and Markets
Laura Woodsenior
[email protected]

For EST office hours, call +1-917-300-0470
For USA/CAN call toll free +1-800-526-8630
For GMT office hours call +353-1-416-8900

US Fax: 646-607-1904
Fax (outside the US): +353-1-481-1716

Logo: https://mma.prnewswire.com/media/539438/Research_and_Markets_Logo.jpg

SOURCE Research and Markets

Inflation reaches a record 8.9% in 19 countries using the euro


BRUSSELS (AP) – Inflation in European countries using the euro hit a new high in July, pushed by rising energy prices due in part to Russia’s war in Ukraine, but the economy still managed low growth.

Annual inflation in the 19 euro zone countries reached 8.9% in July, against 8.6% in June, according to the latest figures published on Friday by the European Union statistics agency. Inflation is at its highest level since 1997, when the registration of the euro began.

Energy prices jumped 39.7%, slightly less than the previous month, while food, alcohol and tobacco prices rose 9.8%, faster than the increase recorded on last month.

The eurozone economy, meanwhile, grew from April to June, growing 0.7% from the previous quarter and 4% from the same period in 2021.

This contrasts with the United States, whose economy has contracted for two consecutive quarters, raising fears of a recession with inflation at its highest level in 40 years. But the labor market is still stronger than before the COVID-19 pandemic, and most economists, including Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell, said they don’t think the economy is in good shape. recession.

Many, however, increasingly expect an economic downturn in the United States to begin later this year or next, much like in Europe.

Europe’s proximity to the war in Ukraine and its dependence on Russian energy mean it risks a recession as Moscow chokes off natural gas flows that fuel factories, produce electricity and heat homes in winter.

Further cuts this week via a major pipeline to Germany, Nord Stream 1, have heightened fears the Kremlin could cut off supply altogether. It would force rationing of energy-intensive industries and drive up already record levels of inflation due to soaring energy prices, threatening to plunge the 27-nation bloc into recession.

As European Union governments this week approved a measure to cut gas consumption by 15% and passed tax cuts and subsidies to ease a cost-of-living crisis, Europe is at the mercy of Russia and the weather.

A cold winter, when demand for natural gas soars, could reduce storage levels that governments are currently scrambling to fill, but which have been made infinitely more difficult by Russian cuts.

“With the region’s gas supply now tight and inflation expected to remain elevated for some time, the eurozone is likely to slide into recession,” Michael Tran, deputy economist at Capital Economics, said in an analysis. this week.

Economists’ forecasts vary on the impact on economic output, particularly from country to country, but ING Bank says the hit of a complete Russian gas cut to the 19 countries sharing the euro would be 1 to 3% of GDP in the short term.

“Given that we are already expecting a mild recession, that would be enough to get to a real recession,” ING analysts said in a research note this week.

To combat soaring inflation, the European Central Bank raised interest rates last week for the first time in 11 years by half a point higher than expected. It should be followed by another increase in September.

The ECB had followed other central banks like the Fed and the Bank of England in making credit more expensive, fearing the outsized impact of the war-related spike in energy prices.

US needs 4.3 million more apartments by 2035 as loss of affordable units increases, industry groups say


Apartment developers need to build 4.3 million units across the country over the next twelve years to meet demand, industry groups estimate, with about 40% of that construction needed in California, Florida and the United States. Texas.

Those three states will need 1.5 million new units by 2035, according to a study released Wednesday by two multifamily advocacy organizations. The projected number of US units needed to meet demand includes an estimated shortfall of 600,000 units due to underconstruction in the aftermath of the Great Recession, as well as declining affordable rents.

The United States lost 4.7 million affordable units, which are classified as units that rent for less than $1,000 per month, between 2015 and 2020, according to the study commissioned by the National Apartment Association and the National Multifamily Housing Council.

“Put simply, we don’t have enough housing,” Bob Pinnegar, NAA president and CEO, said in a statement. “It is time to step back from decades of underconstruction and instead pursue responsible and sustainable policies that not only meet this demand, but address the missing middle and loss of affordable housing.”

Discoveries come as apartment construction is expected to slow this yearwith rising interest rates and construction costs that remain elevated while historic increases in rent growth wane.

Apartment construction has generally increased from a low point in 2010 following the Great Recession, which hit a low of 134,295 units, according to CoStar data. That was well below the drop in 2020, when units under construction were around 700,000 in the third quarter. There are now 826,190 units under construction.

Although the groups exist in part to drive demand for their industry, their argument that there is a shortage of affordable apartments is consistent with what housing advocates and elected officials have been saying for some time. Officials in the state of California, which has the largest homeless population in the country, have argued that more needs to be done to promote the construction of affordable housing, as cities like Los Angeles, San Francisco and San Diego have struggled with this problem.

CoStar data shows total apartment inventory is nearly 18.4 million units and is expected to grow to around 20.1 million units in five years, an average of 320,000 units per year . At this average rate, the United States would reach the 4.3 million units needed by 2035.

Property developers often point to the ongoing obstacles to obtaining the rights to build apartments through government processes that can be swayed by local residents with a vision not in my backyard.

“At the local level, NIMBY attitudes need to be educated that new multifamily housing does not mean low-income households will overwhelm the community,” said Jay Lybik, national director of multifamily analysis for CoStar. “Nearly half of all apartment renters are single people and the lack of rental options available only makes life more difficult for those working in your community with longer commute times, housing costs higher and, in some cases, the migration of people necessary to make a community thrive.”

The study revealed that immigration is a major driver of demand. Immigration had slowed before the pandemic and remained low. “A reversal of this trend would significantly increase the demand for apartments,” according to the study.

The study factored a 3.8% increase in home ownership into the apartment demand figures.

New home sales have plummeted as mortgage rates rise on top of steadily rising home prices, creating affordability challenges for many homebuyers. They are now choosing to continue renting rather than buying, which has kept apartments full and rents higher.

Rents in many major cities across the country plummeted at the start of the pandemic as people left urban areas for other parts of the country as businesses sent people home to work.

Then, rents rebounded significantly last year, with many cities seeing double-digit rent growth at levels exceeding pre-pandemic demand.

The Biden administration has sought to address the affordability problem by rewriting rules on how cities and states can use US bailout funds to create more affordable rental housing, targeting those earning 65% or less than the median income of a region.

Some states are also tackling housing shortages by offering incentives to apartment developers. California, the most populous state in the country, set aside hundreds of millions of dollars to help transform underutilized office space into housing.

Secondary markets are expected to account for the majority of demand for needed apartments by 2035, according to the NAA and NMHC study. Application for apartments in Boise, Idaho; Austin, TX; Las Vegas, Nevada; Raleigh, North Carolina; Orlando Florida; and Phoenix, Arizona, is expected to grow at least twice the national rate of 1.1% per year through 2035.

“We need a massive supply of new homes for sale and for rent” across the country, NMHC chief executive Doug Bibby said in a statement.

Dos and Don’ts of Credit Card Chargebacks



When Jeff Campbell checked into the Austin airport for spring break, the last thing on his mind was a credit card chargeback. Instead, he thought about how much fun he would have with his three daughters at Universal Orlando Resort that week.

“Literally at the gate, my airline canceled the flight,” he says. “An agent said they would reimburse that specific flight, but then handed me a business card to call and tell someone.”

His only option was an expensive rental car and about a 17-hour drive from Orlando. He didn’t even bother to ask his airline for a refund when he decided to drive home.

“I disputed the entire charge on my credit card,” he says.

Campbell, a personal finance expert who blogs at Middle class dads moneyjoined the many other travelers who turn to credit card chargebacks when they have a problem while traveling.

Under the Fair Credit Billing Act, consumers can dispute credit card charges for goods and services they did not receive or accept. Your bank will investigate and, if they side with you, you will be refunded.

Monica Eaton-Cardone, Chief Operating Officer of Chargebacks911, a firm that protects businesses against fraudulent chargebacks, says it has become more common for consumers to actively dispute credit card payments and demand refunds from their banks. According to the company’s research, the number of such conflicts has increased by 25% since the start of the pandemic.

Experts believed things would return to normal after the pandemic sparked an initial round of disputes over the canceled vacation. Then came another wave of travelers who were unwilling to accept airline vouchers or cruise credits. Now, industry watchers say chargebacks are increasingly seen as a preferred tool for obtaining refunds from travel agencies.

Take the case of Campbell, for example. As a personal finance expert, he knows how chargebacks work and the limitations of the Fair Credit Billing Act. (I’ll get to that in a moment.) But he didn’t want to bother asking his airline for a refund. He just wanted his $2,300 back. Two months later, his bank returned the money.

The dispute resolution process was no more difficult than in the past, he says. “But it took a lot longer to get a resolution.”

How bad has it gotten? Stephen Fofanoff, CEO of Domaine Madeleine, a small inn in Port Angeles, Washington, says it has noticed a significant increase in credit card disputes since the pandemic began. They follow a similar pattern: customers book the cheapest non-refundable rooms, skip travel insurance, then request a refund when their plans change.

“If we don’t refund them, they threaten us with bad reviews and then file a chargeback with their credit card,” he says.

But a chargeback isn’t a magic bullet for travelers who want a refund. For starters, this only applies to credit cards. If you pay by cash, debit or bank transfer, you cannot get a chargeback.

The Fair Credit Billing Act protects purchases with the wrong date. (For example, you booked a plane ticket for the 23rd of the month, but you received a ticket for the 25th.) This also applies to receiving the wrong number of goods or services (you have booked a rental car but got charged for two) and math errors, like getting the decimals mixed up that turns your $4 latte into a $4,000 cup of coffee.

You have 60 days after receiving the first statement containing the disputed transaction to file a chargeback.

If you have a complaint about the quality of a travel product, as opposed to failure to provide service, the threshold is even higher for credit card disputes. The law requires that the business be located in your home country or within 100 miles of your current billing address, and that the purchase be over $50. You must also make a “good faith effort” to resolve the issue with the seller first.

A credit card chargeback is almost never the fastest or easiest way to get a refund. Even if you’re successful, a chargeback is a long process, and the merchant can still send you to a collection agency or add you to their “Do Not Rent” list. It’s far better to work with the airline, rental car company, or hotel to get your money back.

So when should you immediately file a chargeback? Only when a travel agency charges you fraudulently. Please be patient with any further disputes. If, for example, a company promises a refund and does not send it, you should talk to your bank. (Remember the 60-day limit.)

“Don’t use the chargeback as a weapon,” advises Y. Murat Ozguc, managing partner of the Turkish tour operator Travel Workshop. He frequently deals with chargebacks from customers who don’t recognize his company’s name on their credit card bills. Instead of calling to inquire about their bill, they file a chargeback. They don’t win the argument, but it complicates everyone’s life.

Read the fine print before calling your bank or credit card. Brandon Barron thought he could use a credit card dispute to get a refund of Aeroflot after the airline canceled its flight from Washington, DC, to Kemerovo, Russia this summer. But the airline was unable to refund the money, as it was hit by US sanctions. Then he realized that he had booked the tickets with a debit card.

“Rookie mistake,” says Barron, who works for a timeshare company in Charlotte. “I don’t have much hope of ever seeing a dime on what amounts to nearly $5,000.”

Bottom Line: Credit card chargebacks can be a powerful tool to get your money back from a travel agency. But use them sparingly and only after exhausting all other measures.

Prospective travelers should consider local and national public health guidelines regarding the pandemic before planning any travel. Information on travel health advice can be found on the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s interactive map showing travel recommendations by destination and the CDCs travel health advice web page.

Car Rental Market Size to Reach USD 137.25 Billion by 2029 |


Pune, India, July 26. 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The world car rental market size will reach USD 68.84 billion in 2021. The market value is expected to increase from USD 82.54 billion in 2022 to USD 137.25 billion by 2029, showing a CAGR of 7.5% during the forecast period. The market has declined significantly due to COVID-19, due to lack of demand in all areas throughout the pandemic. Due to the growing popularity of online rental car booking apps on smartphones, the car rental industry has received a lot of attention. Customers can rent cars from companies for a short or long term, says Fortune Business Insights in its report titled “Car Rental Market, 2022-2029”.

Impact of COVID-19 –

Substantial decline in the global tourism industry due to the COVID-19 pandemic

According to the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), an overall decrease of 2,703 million passengers compared to 2019 and a loss of approximately USD 372 billion in airline passenger operating revenue impacted on the airport transportation car rental business in 2020. Additionally, as tourism declined globally, car rental companies were forced to sell off much of their fleet.

Request a sample copy of the research report: https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/enquiry/request-sample-pdf/car-rental-market-105117

Report Scope and Segmentation:

Report cover Details
Forecast period 2022-2029
Forecast Period 2022 to 2029 CAGR 7.5%
2029 value projection $137.25 billion
base year 2021
Market size in 2022 $82.54 billion
Historical data for 2018-2020
Number of pages 194
Segments Covered The market is divided into four segments based on vehicle type, luxury cars, executive cars, economy cars, sport utility vehicles (SUVs) and multi-utility vehicles (MUVs).
Growth engines Market growth will be driven by on-demand transportation services
North America led the global market share

Market factors-

Market growth will be driven by on-demand transportation services

Rising vehicle prices, limited parking spaces, and high car maintenance costs encourage people to use on-demand transportation services for commuting and commuting. Accordingly, the growing demand for on-demand transportation is expected to drive the market growth over the forecast period.

The increase in smartphone sales is also influencing people’s preferences for on-demand transportation services. For carpooling and rental services, smartphone apps allow for easy online booking and payment. Accordingly, the rising popularity and usage of smartphone apps and online platforms for rental services provided by ride-sharing companies, such as Uber, Lyft, and others, is driving the growth of the market. However, during the forecast period, rising oil or fossil fuel prices are expected to hamper the growth of the car rental market.

Click here for the short and long term impacts of COVID-19 on this market. Please visit: https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/car-rental-market-105117

Report Highlights-

The report provides a detailed analysis of the market, focusing on key aspects such as major companies, vehicle types, and major service applications. Apart from this, the report provides an overview of market trends and highlights key developments in the industry. In addition to the factors mentioned above, the report includes a number of other factors that have contributed to the growth of the market.

Regional segmentation-

North America led the global market share

Comprised of 36.07% in 2021, North America led the global car rental market share. This can be attributed to the lack of flexibility in public transport routes and the shift to environmentally friendly rental vehicles, which further increases the demand for rental cars for leisure activities and business trips. In addition, the boom in tourism in North America and Europe is increasing the demand for rental services.

The introduction of a dedicated electric vehicle rental service and the entry of major players in the automotive industry are expected to grow business in the European market.

The scenario in Asia-Pacific and Latin America, on the other hand, is very different. In these regions, rising vehicle and fuel prices are increasing demand. As the majority of the region’s population has middle-class disposable income, renting a car is a popular way to meet travel needs. In addition, the Asia-Pacific market is expected to witness significant growth owing to favorable macroeconomic factors and the introduction of self-driving vehicle rental fleets by major players.

The Middle East and Africa is expected to grow at the fastest CAGR over the forecast period, owing to increased business and tourism in the region.

Quick Buy – Car Rental Market research report: https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/checkout-page/105117

Competitive landscape-

Hertz rental hit hard by COVID-19

During the COVID-19 pandemic, Hertz Rental, a market leader, faced critical challenges and filed for bankruptcy. Despite the company’s extensive distribution network, particularly in the United States, it failed to manage funds effectively during the lockdown. To weather tough times, the company recently applied for $1.65 billion in funding.

The list of players operating in the car rental market is as follows:

• Enterprise Holdings Inc. (United States)

• Hertz Global Holdings (United States)

• Avis Budget Group (USA)

• Europcar Mobility Group (France)

• Lotte Rental Co. Ltd (South Korea)

• TOYOTA Rent a Car (Japan)

• Europcar International (France)

• Sixt SE (Germany)

• Localiza Rent a Car SA (Brazil)

• CAR Inc (China)

• Alamo Rent A Car LLC (USA)

You have a question ? Ask our experts: https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/enquiry/speak-to-analyst/car-rental-market-105117

Segmentation of the car rental market:

By type of vehicle:

  • luxury cars
  • Executive cars
  • Economy cars
  • SUV
  • VUM

By type of application:

  • Local use
  • Airport transportation
  • External post
  • Others

By type of rental duration:


1. Introduction

1.1. Search scope

1.2. Market segmentation

1.3. Research Methodology

1.4. Definitions and assumptions

2. Executive Summary

3. Market dynamics

3.1. Market factors

3.2. Market constraints

3.3. Market opportunities

4. Key information

4.1. Key Industry Developments – Mergers, Acquisitions and Partnerships

4.2. Porter’s Five Forces Analysis

4.3. SWOT analysis

4.4. Technological development

4.5. Value chain analysis

4.6. Impact of COVID-19 on the car rental market

5. Global Car Rental Market Analysis, Outlook and Forecast, 2017-2028

5.1. Main results/summary


Get your personalized research report: https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/enquiry/customization/car-rental-market-105117

About Us:

Fortune Business Insights™ delivers expert business analysis and accurate data, helping organizations of all sizes make timely decisions. We adapt innovative solutions to our customers, helping them to meet the challenges specific to their activities. Our goal is to give our clients holistic market intelligence, providing granular insight into the market they operate in.

Contact us:

Fortune Business Insights™ Pvt. ltd.

USA: +1 424 253 0390

UK: +44 2071 939123

APAC: +91 744 740 1245

E-mail: [email protected]

Passenger Vehicle Leasing Market Size, Scope, Growth Opportunities, Trends by Manufacturers and Forecast to 2029 – This Is Ardee


New Jersey, United States – The Passenger car rental market research guides new entrants to get accurate market data and communicates with customers to learn about their needs and preferences. He identifies direct business opportunities and helps bring new products to market. It identifies opportunities in the market. It aims to make changes in the business to make business procedures smooth and business moving forward. It helps business players make informed decisions. The Passenger Vehicle Rental market report helps to reduce business risks and provides means to cope with upcoming challenges. The market information provided here helps new entrants make informed decisions. It emphasizes on major global regions such as Europe, North America, Asia-Pacific, Middle East, Africa, and Latin America along with their market size .

Such a unique research report on Passenger Vehicle Leasing Market offers detailed strategic plans that help players to cope with the current market situation and position themselves. This helps strengthen your trading position. It provides a better understanding of the market and keeps perspective to help stay ahead in this competitive market. Organizations can gaze and compare their presentation with others in the market based on this quick market report. This market report offers a clarified picture of the various market tactics and thus helps the business organizations to earn bigger profits. You get a clear idea about product launches, trade regulations, and market expansion through this market report.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=141840

Key Players Mentioned in the Passenger Vehicle Leasing Market Research Report:

Enterprise Holdings Inc, Hertz Global Holdings Inc, Avis, Europcar Mobility Group, Sixt SE, Budget, Zoomcar, Autoeurope, Carzonrent and Kemwel.

The Passenger Vehicle Leasing Market report encompasses significant data regarding the entire market environment for products or services offered by different industry players. It allows industries to know the market scenario of a particular product or service including demand, supply, market structure, price structure, and trend analysis. It is of great help in developing the product market. It further outlines essential data regarding customers, products, competition, and market growth factors. Passenger vehicle rental market research is very helpful in making the right decision. Future trends are also revealed for particular products or services to help business players make the right investment and launch products in the market.

Segmentation of the passenger vehicle rental market:

Passenger vehicle rental market, by reservation mode

• On line
• Offline

Passenger Vehicle Leasing Market, By Vehicle Type

• Particular Cars
• Luxury/Premium
• Tourist van
• Others

Rental of passenger vehicles Market,By end users

• Autonomous
• Rental agencies

Inquire for a discount on this Premium Report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=141840

To prepare the table of contents, our analyst did extensive research on the following:

Presentation of the report: It includes key Passenger Vehicle Leasing Market players covered in the research study, research scope, market segments by Type, market segments by Application, years considered for the study of research and the objectives of the report.

Global Growth Trends: This section focuses on industry trends where market drivers and key market trends are shed light on. It also provides growth rates of major producers operating in the passenger vehicle rental market. Further, it offers production and capacity analysis where marketing price trends, capacity, production, and production value of Passenger Vehicle Rental market are discussed.

Market Share by Manufacturers: Here, the report provides details about manufacturers’ revenue, production and capacity by manufacturers, prices by manufacturers, expansion plans, mergers and acquisitions and products, market entry dates, distribution and market areas of major manufacturers.

Market Size by Type: This section focuses on the product type segments where production value market share, price and production market share by product type are discussed.

Market Size by Application: Along with an overview of Passenger Vehicle Leasing market by application, it gives a study on Passenger Vehicle Leasing market consumption by application.

Production by region: Here, production value growth rate, production growth rate, import and export, and key players in each regional market are provided.

Consumption by region: This section provides consumption information in each regional market studied in the report. Consumption is discussed according to country, application and product type.

Company Profiles: Almost all major players of Passenger Vehicle Rental Market are profiled in this section. The analysts provided information on their recent developments in the Passenger Vehicle Rental market, products, revenue, production, activities, and company.

Market forecast by production: The production and production value forecasts included in this section are for the passenger vehicle rental market along with major regional markets.

Market forecast by consumption: The consumption and consumption value forecasts included in this section are for the passenger vehicle rental market as well as major regional markets.

Value chain and sales analysis: It thoroughly analyzes customers, distributors, sales channels and value chain of Passenger Vehicle Rental market.

Main findings: This section provides a quick overview of important findings from the research study.

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/tourism-vehicle-rental-market/

About Us: Verified Market Research®

Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and the gas. Etc.

At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

Verified Market Research®

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

Rent Car Indonesia is one of the leading agencies providing various car rental services that complement the competition


Rent Car Indonesia is one of the leading agencies in this area, they are the best mode of transportation and are located right outside the airport which helps to find them easily. The agency offers a wide range of car types, including personal car rental, corporate car rental, groups and events, etc.

California – July 25, 2022 – Rental services are very popular as they facilitate travel to various locations. Especially when arriving in a new place, the first thing a person looks for is a car rental service. Car Rental Indonesia is one of the main car rental indonesia agencies, they are the best mode of transport and are located just outside the airport, it helps to find them easily. The agency offers a wide range of car types, including small and comfortable, mid-size, affordable, luxury, large, etc. With so many car options, choosing the best one for your needs is simple. The cost of their services varies depending on the type of car; some are expensive because they include all amenities, while others are affordable because they don’t have as many luxuries.

“As a professional car agency and one of the best in Indonesia, we make sure that our drivers are very well mannered and well behaved; they take the luggage and keep it safe. They make sure that the customer enjoys from all facilities and feel free during the trip. » business meeting etc. We are available 24 hours a day so even in odd hours we can be called for any emergency.

Car Rental Indonesia provides a variety of high-quality services, including personal car rental, corporate car rental, and rental for groups and events. Their personal services are a daily rental personal car rental service. The types of vehicles available range from city cars and family cars to high-end cars of well-known brands and modern models. Serving routes within the city, between cities, and also across provinces.

As for their corporate car rental, these are daily rental cars or monthly contracts, specifically for companies, both private, public and government. Rental service for VIP shuttle services, government officials, etc. Rent Car Indonesia is renowned for its experience in serving VVIPs and large corporations.

The agency is best known for providing exceptional car rental services for groups and events. Rent Car Indonesia offers car rental services for tourist, small group, large group and event purposes with professional services and at affordable prices. There are different choices of the best big vehicles such as Hiace, Elf, and Bus.

About Rent Car Indonesia

Rent Car Indonesia is operated by car rental specialist Big Benjaya and was established in 2005. The company provides professional car rental services in Indonesia with trustworthy legality. They have the newest fleet with excellent conditions and friendly, experienced drivers. Many large corporations and government agencies trust Big Benjaya as they are experienced in serving large groups and events.

Media Contact
Company Name: Car Rental Indonesia
Contact person: Mr Agung
E-mail: Send an email
Call: +6281328888288
Country: Indonesia
Website: https://rentcarindonesia.com/

Microsoft numbers will serve as barometer of uncertain economy – GeekWire

Satya Nadella, CEO of Microsoft. (Photo by GeekWire file)

Will Microsoft’s forecast for its Azure cloud business exceed 40% growth?

It’s a way for Wall Street to use Microsoft’s quarterly report on Tuesday afternoon to gauge not just the company’s results, but also the future prospects of the broader enterprise tech economy. , according to an analyst.

“We believe that given the large storm clouds on the horizon, all attention will be [Microsoft CEO Satya] Nadella’s comments and advice regarding Azure’s growth heading into FY23, which we believe the line in the sand is north of 40% growth as a barometer for the street ahead approaching Fiscal 1Q,” Wedbush analyst Daniel Ives wrote in a July 21 note to clients.

Microsoft’s earnings report this week will cover the period ending June 30, the fourth quarter of its 2022 fiscal year.

By comparison, in its third fiscal quarter, Microsoft reported revenue growth of 46% in its Azure business and other cloud services, or 49% in constant currency (adjusted for exchange rate fluctuations). ).

For the company as a whole, analysts on average expect fourth-quarter revenue of $52.47 billion, up 14% year-over-year, and earnings of $2.30 per share, from $2.17 per share in same quarter last year.

Broader economic indicators: Microsoft’s report is one of the few that could set the tone for the coming weeks and months in the tech industry. Apple, Google and Amazon are also releasing their quarterly results this week. But Microsoft’s numbers often offer a clearer view of the outlook for technology spending by companies in particular.

Businesses around the world have become more cautious in their spending and hiring, preparing for the potential of an economic downturn. Selective job cuts are becoming commonplace in the tech industry.

Microsoft itself has been part of the trend. In recent weeks, the company has cut jobs and reduces its number of open positionsafter increasing the salaries of existing employees earlier in the year.

Microsoft stock fell 0.5% on Monday morning after Wells Fargo analysts cut their price target for the company, citing factors such as inflation, rising interest rates and a stronger dollar creating a difficult environment for exchange rates. Microsoft cut its forecast in June due to exchange rates.

Microsoft’s decline has contributed to a drop in the broader Nasdaq index.

In the enterprise networking sector, Bank of America analysts downgraded shares of a handful of companies that sell hardware devices, including Seattle’s F5, which reports earnings Monday afternoon. F5 has expanded its business into cloud and security software significantly in recent years.

Is the security sector booming? In other respects, Microsoft might prove to be an exception rather than an indicator. Its security technology business benefits from factors such as the White House directive on cybersecurity in January this year, JP Morgan analyst Mark Murphy said during a July 21 briefing on the company’s latest survey of Microsoft partners.

“Microsoft security software is really gaining momentum, the directive from the White House is really pushing people to move in that direction,” Murphy said, citing comments from Microsoft’s partners in the survey. “And I would encourage you to take a step back and keep in mind that these budgets are huge when you’re talking about the federal government.”

Microsoft last released numbers for its security technology business in the second quarter of its fiscal year 2022, saying security revenue exceeded $15 billion at that time, up nearly 45% from one year to the next.

Nadella outlined the security strategy at Microsoft’s Inspire partner conference last week, saying the company is able to save customers more than 60% on average when they consolidate their security business with Microsoft at from several suppliers.

First Bancorp Inc ME cuts its stake in Microsoft Co. (NASDAQ:MSFT)


First Bancorp Inc ME fell shares of Microsoft Co. (NASDAQ:MSFT – Get Score) 3.9% in the first quarter, Holdings Channel reported. The agency held 12,535 shares of big software inventory after selling 503 shares in the quarter. Microsoft accounts for about 3.5% of First Bancorp Inc ME’s funding portfolio, making the inventory the sixth largest holding. First Bancorp Inc ME’s shares in Microsoft were worth $3,864,000 at the end of the last reporting interval.

Many other institutional buyers and hedge funds have also recently changed their holdings in the company. Joseph Group Capital Administration acquired a brand new spot in Microsoft for approximately $1,535,000 during the fourth quarter. Shore Level Advisors LLC bought a new spot in Microsoft inventory worth about $40,000 during the fourth quarter. Macroview Financing Administration LLC purchased new market value of approximately $62,000 in inventory from Microsoft during the fourth quarter. Artemis Wealth Advisors LLC bought a brand new spot in Microsoft stocks worth about $68,000 during the first quarter. Finally, Evolution Advisers Inc. purchased approximately $84,000 new worth of inventory from Microsoft during the fourth quarter. 69.99% of inventory is held by institutional buyers and hedge funds.

Wall Road analysts’ development forecasts

A number of inventory analysts have recently commented on MSFT shares. Jefferies Monetary Group lowered its target value at Microsoft from $325.00 to $320.00 in a report released Monday, June 13. Stifel Nicolaus lowered his target value at Microsoft from $350.00 to $320.00 in a Thursday, June 2 report. Goldman Sachs Group set a target value for Microsoft of $365.00 in a report released on Wednesday, April 27. Evercore ISI lowered its value target at Microsoft from $370.00 to $330.00 and set an “in-line” score for inventory in a report released Wednesday, April 27. Finally, Deutsche Financial Rese bank set a value target of $350.00 for Microsoft in a report released on Monday, July 18. One inventory analysis analyst rated inventory with a hold score, and thirty-one rated company inventory with a buy score. According to MarketBeat, Microsoft currently has an “average buy” consensus score and a consensus price target of $346.52.

Microsoft inventory down 1.7%

NASDAQ MSFT opened Friday at $260.36. Microsoft Co. 12-month low of $241.51 and 12-month high of $349.67. The company’s 50-day easy-change average is $260.39 and its 200-day easy-change average is $283.19. The company has a market capitalization of $1.95 trillion, a P/E ratio of 27.18, a PEG ratio of 2.05 and a beta of 0.93. The company’s debt-to-equity ratio is 0.30, the current ratio is 1.99, and the quick ratio is 1.95.
Microsoft (NASDAQ:MSFT – Get Score) presented its final results on Tuesday, April 26. The software reported EPS of $2.22 for the quarter, beating the consensus estimate of $2.18 by $0.04. Microsoft had an internet margin of 37.63% and a return on equity of 44.85%. The company generated $49.36 billion in revenue during the quarter, versus $49.05 billion expected by analysts. For a similar period last year, the company reported earnings of $1.95 per share. The company’s revenue for the quarter increased 18.4% year over year. Equity analysis analysts expect Microsoft Co. to report 9.27 earnings per share for the current 12-month fiscal year.